Audio

429: 17 Million Dollar Business Ideas Free For The Taking With Nick Loper

429: 17 Million Dollar Business Ideas Free For The Taking With Nick Loper

Today I have my friend Nick Loper on the show. Nick is the host of the popular Side Hustle Nation podcast where he and I share similar goals.

We highlight entrepreneurs who run businesses on the side or full-time. One of the common complaints that we often get is not being able to decide what type of business to start.

In this episode, Nick and I brainstorm million-dollar business ideas that you are welcome to take for yourself.

What You’ll Learn

  • 17 million-dollar business ideas for the taking
  • What type of business should you start
  • How to run a successful business on the side

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I have my friend Nick Loper on the show. And in case you don’t know who Nick is, he is the host of the popular Side Hustle Nation podcast, which I recommend that you guys all check out. Now in this episode, Nick and I brainstorm million dollar business ideas that you are welcome to take for yourself. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode.

00:26
Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and I depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who is shopping in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought.

00:55
Piece of cake and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my effort on SMS marketing.

01:21
SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source from my e-commerce store and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript which is my text message provider. Now why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers.

01:48
So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S U I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that are released by partner Tony. And unlike this one where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app.

02:18
Now onto the show.

02:25
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I have my buddy Nick Loper on the show. Now Nick is the founder of the Side Hustle Nation podcast where he and I share similar goals. We try to highlight entrepreneurs who run businesses on the side or full time. And one of the common complaints that we both get are that people can’t figure out what type of business to start. So in this episode, both Nick and I brainstorm potential million dollar business ideas. And I want to lead off with one that is a frustrating business of mine.

02:55
And that is, you know, when you’re checking out on any e-commerce store and maybe you have experience with this from Bumblebee Linens is, you know, you see the promo code box and so naturally you open up a new tab and you start searching for store name, promo code or store name, coupon code. And invariably, you know, the same sites show up at the top, like the retail, me nots and the coupon cabins of the world. And none of the codes ever actually work. It’s so frustrating. So my idea number one is the coupon.

03:24
code site where only codes are verified and they actually work. And I know affiliate marketing enough to know they just want to set their cookie. They just want to get the last click. So they get their commission. It doesn’t matter if the code works or not. But as a user, it’s so frustrating. think Google would start to reward the site that actually has a decent user experience and actually delivers what they promise in those headlines. So that’s idea number one for me. What’s your take on that?

03:51
So I love how you started with this one, because I do have lot of experience with this. So first off, to prevent this from happening, I usually actually hide the coupon code field. You actually have to click on it to even display it. So it prevents people from going off. But in answer to your question, we have this issue all the time. People go off to coupon sites, and they’re bogus coupons, and then they get mad at us as a store when that happens. So my solution to that problem, and it’s tangential to your solution, is I have a special coupon page for my own store that I put out.

04:20
that ranks number one for coupons for our store. And it says real coupons for Bumblebee linens that will actually work. So that’s how we solve that problem. But in answer to your question, there’s all these tools, right? That it’s like a Chrome plugin. It literally tries like a million coupon codes kind of on the side. I think Honey is like by the most popular one, right? Yeah, I use like Capital One shopping for that. And sometimes it…

04:46
actually does save you money and then get you a little percentage cash back sometimes too, which is cool. But that’s almost what you need is like the programmatic solution to see what what’s actually going to work. Yeah, absolutely. Yeah, absolutely. I mean, that’s the first thing that I do when I check out at a site too, and I see that coupon code field. And I’m pretty sure it can be done. Right? All you got to do is just have a tool that just goes around to all the stores in the database, and then just try all the codes and just make sure they’re

05:14
they’re verified. don’t know why they don’t do that. Those sites like retail me not. maybe the one maybe you start doing it like in a specific niche first and say like, okay, we’re going to dominate real coupon codes for even stuff even like web hosting or something like in something where you know, maybe there’s not that many providers, you don’t have to do this across 5000 different e commerce stores, you can say like, okay, these are you start with a specific niche or something. Maybe that would be

05:44
a compelling offer. Maybe it’s an add-on to a site that already has product reviews in a specific niche or something, but that’s something that is definitely a pain point whenever I’m shopping online. eventually I just give up and pay full price because at a certain point it’s not worth the time it takes to go and dig 20 pages deep to try and find something that really works. You know what some people do is some stores give out coupons if you’ve abandoned their cart. So some people will start checkout and then wait and make the purchase the next day.

06:14
in hopes of getting that coupon code. Yeah, the abandoned cart email automation. Exactly. Yeah. Since you started out with econ, let me just start out with a pain point here. And this applies to anyone who has a website, a WordPress site, Shopify store, whatever. When you install like a plugin on your site and you uninstall it, sometimes not everything gets uninstalled.

06:40
Like, and this is kind of malicious on behalf of some companies. Some companies leave behind this code that allows them to track the visitors to your website, even though you’ve uninstalled the plugin. So, and this recently plagued a couple of students in my class. So if there was some service to just make sure that everything was uninstalled, that would be a pretty, pretty useful thing for anyone who is like doing any sort of online stuff. kind of like a database or WordPress.

07:09
clean up service essentially like make sure you’re running the code as as lean and clean as possible. Yeah, or just when you uninstall something, you just make sure it’s uninstalled. I mean, the unfortunate reality is and most people don’t know this actually, but little bits of code are left behind. Yeah. Yeah. Is that information is actually sold off, which is the scary part, too. All right. So you need another plugin to make sure it’s a true uninstall for that other plugin.

07:39
Exactly. I didn’t mean to start out like with two technical solutions off the front, but I was just piggybacking on your on your e-commerce one. Yeah, it’s all good. I’ll do another one kind of in the online space. And this is something that has been top of mind as my wife and I have recently moved. You know, we’re about a year into our new house. And so she’s like big into, well, you know, what kind of furniture should we need? This this couch doesn’t really do it for me anymore. It’s, know, from 10 or 15 years ago.

08:08
Like how do we upgrade some of the stuff that we have? And so she’s looking at, know, Pottery Barn and Creighton Barrel and like West Elm, which I would consider like higher end stores. And I’m like, we have young kids, like we can’t have nice things. It’s just going to get destroyed. And so like, I want to find the, you know, Ikea or Wayfair or Target like equivalent or alternative to these. So I think this actually could be a compelling affiliate site to say like, here’s the high end stuff or here’s the medium high end stuff.

08:36
Here’s what it costs. Here’s the features and benefits of that. Here’s something that looks similar. And I think you get a bunch of traffic from Pinterest. I think you get a bunch of traffic from even SEO, Google, like this product versus this product, long tail search, and cash in on affiliate commissions, even though on those heights, those programs are typically in the 1 to 5 % affiliate commission range. But still on

09:02
a $2,000 item or a multi hundred dollar item. I think that stuff starts to add up commission wise with some traffic volume. Or you can do what Asians do and just wrap the whole thing in plastic and then it’ll just last forever. In fact, that might even be a good business, right? You want your furniture to last forever, just hire someone to just wrap the whole thing in plastic. But in answer to your idea, actually, there are companies, it turns out, and the only reason I know this is because we bought furniture.

09:31
when we were in your situation, when we had young kids, there’s like a handful of furniture places, I think in North Carolina, I want to say that actually make the furniture for Crane Barrel and those people. So you can actually buy directly from them. Oh, interesting, drastically reduced prices. Yeah. And it’s the same furniture. It’s just not branded under their thing. So yeah, that would be the equivalent of like the private label product at the store or the store brand products at Safeway or something.

10:00
Correct. The only downside, because I think we ordered from there, is that it takes a long time for the furniture to be fabricated. I think we waited like two months for it or something like that. Very good. Well, that was idea number three for me. Kind of in a new affiliate niche, that would be something that would be compelling for me just because, you know, relatively evergreen demand with relatively longer shelf life products. You know, they’re not changing out every season like I was doing in the footwear niche and in high ticket.

10:30
sales. So you know, doesn’t take necessarily a huge dollar volume, you know, we’re selling $80 pairs of sneakers and you know, making a commission on that. I’m selling a $1,500 couch and collecting a you know, maybe a commission on that. So that was something that if I was starting a new affiliate project would be on the shortlist there. That was idea number three. What’s next for you? All right, so I’m going to switch gears in this one since we’ve been talking about kids. And my kids are a lot older than yours, Nick.

10:58
One of my daughter actually just started high school, like yesterday, in fact, as of the recording. there are these consultants, and it’s important for us for them to get into a good college. There are these consultants that will work with your child to plan their curriculum and everything to give them the best chance of getting in the college that they want. Of course, they still have to get good grades on their own and everything, but there is a certain track and way of doing things so that you have a better chance to get in the school that you want. However, these services,

11:28
like this one that we were looking at, costs $12,000 per year. And you’re supposed to start from freshman year all the way to junior year, right? So that’s $36,000 of high school. Yeah, to get into the college of your of your choice. Yeah, right. They work with your kid all those years. Right. So I did some research into this. I think it’d be pretty easy. Well, maybe not easy, but to put together a web service that self serve.

11:57
that just kind of lists like what classes you should take depending on what you want to do and what college you want to go to. And so it’s like this gigantic database. So let’s say you want to go to like U-Dub, right? Is that the college where That’s right, go Huskies, for sure. So U-Dub, and I want to go into biology. What classes should I take? I go to this high school. And then it tells me, and then what extracurriculars might be good? Like what does U-Dub look for and that sort of thing. And then you have this plan.

12:26
And then you don’t have to pay 12 grand to some consultant. Yeah. Interesting. It doesn’t, it doesn’t seem that complicated. It’s been a long time since I was applying to college, but yeah, just, you know, take the challenging classes, do well in them and hope for the best. don’t know, but it’s a hard, it’s a lot harder to get in now. Like where I live, it’s an arms race. Every single parent has paid for this service for their child. Wow. Uh, at least my friend group. Yeah. And, it just sounds steep, right? Yeah.

12:56
Yeah, there’s got to be a way around that. You know, our mutual friend, Dr. Ryan Gray, who runs medical school, HQ.net, I want to say, he’s got a he’s got a whole host of podcasts. And so we’ve crossed paths at lots of podcasting events. He started an app solution or a web app solution for this specifically for med school admissions, to say like, here’s like, how are you tracking? You know, how are you performing on all these different pre-req classes? And so maybe something similar to that just a little bit.

13:25
broader in this case, you know, elite college admission game plan kind of thing. And yeah, there’s if the one-on-one service is 12 grand a year, there’s plenty of margin to come in and undercut that and even have office hours. You can have some level of one-on-one time or group coaching time inside of that. totally. Very cool. Anyone out there creates the service, I’ll probably sign up. There you go. Anyone listening? Yeah.

13:55
What else you got Nick? All right. Number five for me is what I’m calling similar web but for podcasts because as a podcast guest and even as a podcaster, the universe of available stats, how many downloads does the show get? How many people are actually tuning into the show is really hard to come by. It’s really opaque. And that’s kind of by virtue of all the different hosting.

14:24
platforms and all the different listening apps. Like it’s hard to aggregate this data. And I don’t know if it’s something that people would have to opt in for, but you can go to similar web or you can go to hrefs and you can get an estimate of how much traffic a website is getting. And it’s like, I would love to see something similar for podcasts. Like, and even they go down into like demographic data, you know, what are their top keywords and you know, what are the top pages on their site? It would be really cool to see the same thing for podcasts to say what, you know, what are their top episodes, you

14:54
where are people tuning in? What types of people are tuning in? Because I get invited onto other shows and that’s awesome. But we’ve had to start implementing kind of a bit of a vetting process to say, well, you know, has the show published 25, 50 episodes? Like, are they going to stick around? Has this show, you know, do they have a meaningful number of reviews in Apple podcasts or Spotify? are people, you know, is the audience engaged enough to go in and leave a review? Do they have a website? You know, are they?

15:22
or they just host it on anchor. kind of like, certain things might be red flags or certain things might be a checkbox to say, okay, this might be worth proceeding for. So this is something that I would love to see. I don’t know how many people would get used out of it other than podcasters, but it’s a growing field for sure. I think it’s very useful for anyone who wants to sponsor a podcast too, right? I’m shocked that this hasn’t been done yet. I mean, I’ve been podcasting for eight years now.

15:50
And given that all the other online stuff that we do, which has incredible stats, I’m surprised that podcasts are so lacking. Yeah. There must be some reason why people haven’t jumped on this. There must be some like technical reason why it’s difficult or something like that. I don’t know. Yeah, it’d be cool to see kind of a centralized database to say, well, and even for arranging like episode swaps or promo swaps on top of the advertising things, like, okay, you can kind of send a screenshot.

16:19
but it would be cool to be able to line up with a similar sized show and say, Hey, I’ll shout you out. You shout me out versus you know, sometimes you’re trying to do a promo swap, but it’s like, well, if this show is five times the size, then that’s not necessarily an equitable swap. So that’s, guess, where that pain point is coming from for me. What’s next for you? Yeah, I think so too. Yeah. Since we’re talking about podcasts, there’s something that I kind of thought of too.

16:46
The way you traditionally grow a podcast is you go on someone else’s show or you have someone do like a read for your show, right? If somehow that could be like automated and bartered like ahead of time. like I go on a site and I say, Hey, I want to be mentioned on Nick’s show. So you have like just some set thing. And then like, I have like a set recording or like a script and I just pay you the money and then you just read it. You approve it. And then you just read it. And it’s just all automated like that.

17:16
Yeah, have you heard of like that? Have you heard of Audrey? think it’s Audrey dot IO AUD RY. This is a platform I’ve been playing around with a little bit because it does kind of facilitate those, you know, host read promos. And also you can upload your own trailer like your own promo trailer and and buy access to these. they, you know, they do a little bit to verify that this show gets, you know, five thousand downloads. And this is their price to include these. And this is like

17:45
timeline to deliver. So they’re they’re attempting to solve that. The problem is, it’s only a tiny, tiny fraction of the available podcasts in the universe. And so it’s like, well, yeah, this is cool, but it would be awesome to see a broader reach there. It’s definitely like a chicken and egg problem, right? You got to have a lot of podcasts for people to want to join it. And, you have to have high quality podcasts on there. Also, right. That’s a chicken egg. Yes. Yeah, Audrey.io. Yes.

18:16
Audrey.io, okay, cool. In the meantime, you just have to kind of network, right, with other podcasters in order to make this happen. So I’ve been meaning to get out to podcast movement, in fact, and just meet some other podcasters. It’s true. I haven’t been to that event in a long time. It’s challenging. It’s like when you go to FinCon, everybody’s in kind of the personal finance space. And so you have that in common when you roll up to podcast movement, or I went to PodFest this year in Orlando, and it was like,

18:43
Oh, I, you know, the standard conversation, hey, nice to meet you. What’s your show about? Oh, I talk about, you know, true crime for, you know, moms, know, empty nested moms. It’s like, cool, cool niche, but like, I don’t really know, you know, what the next the next question is, like the next step to any sort of collaboration is. So that’s I find challenging. It’s cool because you get you bounce ideas like off a bunch of different people in a bunch of different niches.

19:12
think that’s what’s awesome about those podcast events, but it is a little bit more difficult I found to find the people in your space or even kind of in the shoulder spaces. That’s where I say, you know, I’ve seen some of the biggest benefit and some of the biggest spikes in the growth of the side hustle show is by becoming the side hustle guy in that personal finance space where I never really considered myself a personal finance expert. But a lot of these shows talk about investing, talk about saving money.

19:42
talk about budgeting and it’s like, oh, it’s a natural progression to say, well, at a certain point you got to address the income side of the equation. Maybe we ought to talk about side hustles. Let’s call up Nick. And so that actually worked really well to grow the show. that’s kind of off a lot of tangent at this point.

20:00
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

20:30
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment processes that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

20:58
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

21:10
No, no, I love your show, Nick. I mean, I think you do a great job. And yeah, you’re right. Everyone wants to make more money and side hustles are the way to go for sure. All right. So I was number five, kind of similar web for podcasts. Oh, is it my turn? Yeah, go ahead. Oh, that was your thing. Okay, see, let me go down my list. Okay, here is one. And again, these are all parenting because my kids are older and they’re going off to high school and stuff. I want a service.

21:38
that you can hire to give like a pep talk to your kid. So this is what I found. And maybe if you’ve experienced this too, Nick, but my kids don’t listen to me. So if I tell them something, it goes in one ear and out the other. But if I were to get someone else who has like authority or credentials in what I want to give them, you just have them and you just zoom with them. Like you bring them on, say, hey, this guy is like the foremost expert on biology.

22:06
And he says you should do this and then they have a short conversation via zoom and then listen to him and not you. I would love that service. think it would be like cameo but for but aimed for kids like kid celebrities did this need to be somebody they would recognize from YouTube or someplace? I don’t even that would be better but it doesn’t have to be the person just has to be in like a position of authority or have credentials I think okay.

22:32
I don’t know if you would say, I mean, your kids are still young, right? They’re still young. They don’t listen to me either, but I don’t know if they would. I don’t know they would listen to anybody else in a similar way. Well, let me give you an example. I was playing basketball with my kids and one of them is really into basketball and I was trying to tell her how to, how to shoot a little better. And she’s like, did you even play? And I’m like, well, I mean, I played rec and, if I could get like a basketball coach, I mean,

23:00
an NBA player would be awesome. Yeah, but like just basketball coach to come and say the same thing. I think she would listen to him more than me easily. Yeah, I think there’s definitely something to that. That would be kind of cool to build out. Yeah, find your find your network of vetted experts in a variety of fields. And maybe again, you start with one niche and you branch out from there. And then, but again, a two sided marketplace difficult to find the critical math critical mass on both

23:27
sides like the expert side and then the demand side, the parent side. But I think there is something to that for like, you know, how do I, how do I get somebody else to say probably the same thing, but in a different way or from a different position of authority and get people to pay attention to it. Yeah, because it has to come from someone else. And Nick, I hope this doesn’t happen to you. I just have this feeling it happens to all parents. I think so. I mean, I remember going through it as a teenager myself with my parents. So I imagine it’s just

23:57
one of those things. All right, the pep talk service for kids. is number six, expert backed pep talks. like that. Number seven for me is, this could be an e-commerce thing. I’ll get your take on this. So I have a, apparently a abnormally small head. And so I have a really hard time finding hats that actually fit and like don’t come down and hit my ears in a funny way.

24:26
and the ear, I don’t know, my ears stick out. And I don’t know if it’s a factor of being bald, but like I like to wear hats to protect my head from getting sunburned. So too old for wearing like, you know, the fitted new era hats, too bald to wear like trucker hats, because like the mesh in the back would be bad news. I just, feel like, because I’ve seen some, there was a company I came across recently that was doing like, you know, custom fitted jeans or something, like where they take all these measurements and then we guarantee you like the custom fitted, like you’ll never have a better fitting gene.

24:55
was like, okay, somebody ought to do the same thing for hats. I would totally pay for that service. But whenever I search for custom fitted hats, what comes up is like customized fitted hats. And it’s like, well, that’s not really what I’m looking for. I’m trying to find the right keywords to advertise this thing and come up with the manufacturing capability to get it done. But I imagine the technology exists to do this. So the ones that show up right now are ones where you can customize like the design on it. Yes. And not size.

25:26
You know, I’m just thinking, I mean, that would have to be like a custom hat if you want to make it. So would you be willing to pay like hundreds of dollars for it? I wouldn’t pay hundreds, but I would pay probably double or triple what a normal hat would cost just to have something that would be confident that would fit. Cause I mean, I had this Kelly Moore painting hat that I wore like all through college, all through painting and wore for the next 10 years until it was like.

25:54
destroyed, like ran it through the wash one too many times. It just got shredded. And I was like so bummed. It’s like that was my favorite hat. And I was like trying to replace it ever since I have this like keen footwear hat that I got like from a internship in college that fits pretty well. But it similarly like getting shredded. And so it’s just, you know, I have several hats, like not very few that actually fit the way that I like. And so, yeah, I would definitely pay for something to have it in the rotation for the next decade.

26:23
So that Kelly Moore hat was one of the few that fit your head. Yeah. Interesting. OK, so it’s already out there is what you’re saying. Somebody somebody somebody did. I went through I like to I found all these pictures of me like, here’s here’s me in Paris rocking the Kelly Moore hat. Here’s me at Machu Picchu rocking the Kelly Moore hat. I’m like trying to get them to like send me another one. And, you know, they said, oh, thanks for rocking our our brand or something like that. They didn’t give me a new hat.

26:54
Yeah, that sounds I’m surprised that there isn’t something out there like that, actually. Yeah, people are doing it. People are doing it for like dress shirts. People are doing it for jeans. I think there’s somebody out there probably is doing it for hats or will be doing it for hats in the future.

27:10
All right, since we’re talking about, I was talking about sports earlier, here’s one and it’s only because my daughter’s really into volleyball also. And I’ve been working with her, like I act as a setter and she hits. But you notice like almost every other sport has a machine that does stuff like basketball, there’s an automatic machine that returns the ball to you if you make the shot. As far as I know, there’s no like volleyball setting machine. I don’t know how many of you guys listening out there actually play volleyball.

27:39
but you just put the machine out there, you just feed it some volleyballs and it just sets it for you to hit. It would seem like pretty obvious that that machine is needed. They have that for tennis. Right, like a tennis serving machine or like, yeah, just, okay, I’m gonna work on my backhand. So this machine is just gonna spit them at me, you know, for as many balls fit in it. It totally seems like it could be a thing. But I’ve been looking for this volleyball setting machine and I know it’d probably be expensive, but you know, I’m getting old. Like when I play volleyball with them, I try to play volleyball with them every weekend.

28:08
and I can’t walk for two days after. So it’s a lot of wear and tear in my body. It’s definitely a young person’s sport. Oh my goodness. Yeah. This was, I don’t know if you were there. We were playing basketball before maybe traffic at conversion summit or something in San Diego. I was wrecked for a week. don’t know. was just like never play basketball to begin with. And then like just, Oh, I know let’s sprint up and down the court for two hours. Um, but it was, it was good times. Yes.

28:35
That actually brings me to you. don’t play basketball because you’re tall. I am tall. And so I get like picked early whenever we’re doing pickup games and people assume, oh, he’s going to be good. Like, no, no, I guess I can I can stand on the hoop and like rebound occasionally. But, you know, I got to kick it out to somebody else to actually make the shock. And that but being, you know, getting older and being sore from all of these things that shouldn’t make you sore. That brings me to my next idea. This is.

29:02
And this may exist, but I would love to see kind of a personalized science backed wellness service. And I’ll try and explain what I mean by that because I have done like wellness effects, I think like this blood testing service for the last several years. And it’s kind of cool. It gives you a snapshot of, you know, all of your blood levels in certain, you know, proteins and cholesterol and stuff. And now having done it, you can kind of see the snapshot and how things progress.

29:30
over time and then can book a call with a handful of the partner doctors and stuff that they have through the site. But where it kind of stops short is just like the ongoing, I mean, I guess you could do it every month. It would get kind of expensive if you did, but just we have no idea what’s going on inside our bodies. Like how do we optimize this machine that we rely on to do our work and live our lives and be our best selves? It is…

29:58
kind of frustrating in a way to not know, you know, so there’s the testing side of this, and then there’s the like actionable recommendations and plan side of this in terms of diet, exercise, supplements, down to, what is the optimal time of day to be taking such and such supplement if you need them? I just really think there’s something that would be worth paying for on this front. Like after you reach a certain level of.

30:26
financial stability, where do people want to naturally invest next? They want to invest in their health. And I think this is something that would be worth looking into, at least for me.

30:37
Does this involve getting blood drawn? It could, wellness effects definitely does. And so that’s why I tend to do it just like once a year. But if there was a way to, even if it was, you know, my cousin was diabetic and so he’d do like the finger pricks almost, almost constantly. And then he ultimately had kind of like a machine hooked up to him. And so maybe there’s a way to do it now, like through a patch to get like more real time data, or you could see how certain foods impact your glucose levels or something. don’t know.

31:07
I just feel like we probably have the technology to do a much better job. Modern medicine is very good at being reactive and solving problems once they come up, but it would be really cool to see something on the preventative side or the optimization side before those problems tend to crop up. I would totally pay for that. But that company sounds like something pretty complicated to put together. Yeah. Probably take some big bucks, but yeah.

31:34
That would be totally, I would sign up for that in a heartbeat, especially since I have kids, like I want to stay alive for them. Totally. You know, till I got grandkids and that sort of thing. So my next idea is like something on the complete opposite spectrum of that. It’s just something that frustrates me and you can share your experience here. We drink a lot of sparkling water in our house. So we’ll go to Costco and we’ll pick up those giant 36 packs of Kirkland sparkling water.

32:00
And if you look at the can, at least in California, I’m not sure if it’s like this in Washington, but you can get five cents back, I think, per can. Yeah. But we’re always too lazy to do that. And what is happening is we just we recycle them, of course. But in the back of my mind, since I’m cheap, that I should be getting five cents back on all of these cans. So the services I was thinking of is just someone who just goes to the neighborhood and picks up your recycling. And they give you like 50 % of whatever you’re recycling. Oh, okay.

32:30
Like a profit share on the refund. Yeah. Yeah. So they just go and just make the rounds in the neighborhood. You sign up every house on your block and they just pay you right out. They just give you a monthly thing based on your consumption of, of recycling. Yeah. This would be a great business idea for the kids to get involved with. Cause we, we actually did this. I guess we just went to a scrap metal place. Maybe it was a recycling center in Livermore. Cause we would, um, you know, we just pick up the cans that people left on the side of the road or like, you know, out.

33:00
in the parking lots or whatever. you know, save them up and we take them in and they would weigh them. And we had like, you know, just a cardboard box the size of these things versus, know, some guy had like garbage cans full of them. And he’s like, it’s that’s cute. Why don’t you go first with your kids? And so we go in, they weigh this stuff and they gave us like five dollars and fifty cents. The kids were thrilled. It was like free money. We found this money. We made this money. So I actually think this is really cool. I think this would be a great one to do. And that profit sharing angle is

33:29
is kind of a unique way to do it. you look, you’re not going to drive to the recycling center. Let’s be real. Like just put it in the curbside thing. Yeah. That’s what everybody does. But yeah, you paid for it. You paid this, you know, can deposit when you bought this thing. And so here’s a way to do that. I like that one. I was just like Coinstar. Have you ever used Coinstar before? I had this whole article on Coinstar, like in the very, very early days of my blog, you know, pre side oscillation. This is like, you know, an article on nickloper.com like from

33:58
2009 or something. And it was like the beautiful business of coin star like here, you give us $1 and we’ll give you 90 cents like what a fantastic business model. But yeah, no, it’s similar. The same thing you got all this stuff, you’re reluctant to go to like the bank and get it changed for bills, right? Yeah. So you take a little less and and you get bills that you can actually use or gift certificates, right? That’s what I think same principle. Yeah, I think that

34:25
That could be good. I’ll pitch that one to the kids because they could be about that. They’re always like, they’re starting to get to that age of like, well, how do we make money? Well, it’s all fun and games until dad has to drive to the recycling plant every day, though. It depends on what kind of volume of cans that are coming through. It starts to fill up the whole garage. Yeah. Number seven, number 10, the neighborhood recycling service with the profit sharing.

34:56
Yeah, extra incentive. I think that I think a lot of people would do it just to support the kids in the neighborhood. But, you know, if you’re going after, you know, business clients or something, I, you know, may, you know, we’ll give you a little bit of kickback from what we collect from your area than some accounting complexity there. But I think that would be a cool incentive to get people to participate there. Number 11 for me is what I’m calling class pass for golf. So have started playing a little bit more.

35:25
golf in the last 12 months, mainly with my dad. This has been his like retirement hobby. And so occasionally he’d be like, Hey, we got an extra spot in our force. So why don’t you come out and hack it up? Yes. I have. Oh, okay. Cool. What was, what’s kind of surprising is you don’t see so much of like season passes for golf, like you would in skiing or other hobbies where it’s like, okay, I just want to pay once I want to pay my five, 600 bucks at the beginning of the season. And then I’m, I’m good. Like it’s unlimited. You don’t see that so much. And so it’s like,

35:55
Wow, I you know, number one, why that is, and number two, like, could you put something together to aggregate a bunch of participating courses and sell that as a bundle or sell that as almost like a lead gen for these courses? Hey, if you like it, you know, come, come play more. I don’t know. What think about that?

36:15
I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at Sellersummit.com. Now, what is the Seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every single year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business

36:44
entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the seller summit will be small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets always sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250,000 or $1 million per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers.

37:12
Now the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. For more information, go to sellersummit.com. Once again, that’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com, or just Google it. Now back to the show.

37:29
I like that idea. Actually, I’m just trying to think how it would work. But yeah, a lot of people want to play in a variety of courses. And this would be a great way to just try them out. It’s kind of like movie pass to write, right? In a way. Yeah, I like this idea. I wonder how it would be priced because every course has its like its own price point to write and they’re all across the board, at least where I live. Yeah, yeah, sometimes it can be very expensive courses. And sometimes like the more budget friendly ones. But it’s just kind of surprising to see you

37:59
you know, if I want to like if I want to commit to this hobby, similar to skiing, you know, how do you know what’s the most economical way to do that like movie pass, you know, if I’m gonna if I know I’m gonna do it. And maybe that’s why the golf courses don’t do it because like, shoot, you know, only our, you know, heavy users would do that we’re going to be cannibalizing all the greens fees we’d normally be getting. And it’s, you know, a high fixed cost, high investment business, like to operate a golf course where you have limited

38:28
I mean, similar to airlines, like, you know, if that tee time doesn’t get booked, like that’s lost revenue for them. And so maybe it’s a way to fill up some of that. You see a little bit with like golf now where the courses use that to fill some of their unsold inventory. But I don’t know, maybe another another angle, like for courses that are having a hard time. Maybe there’s restrictions on like when you can use it and stuff like that to say, you know, to not not cannibalize their peak times that they’ve already booked at full price.

38:59
But I definitely liked the idea actually. Yeah, for sure. Because golf is just one of those sports where you, where the scenery matters too, right? And to try to have, you know, a variety of courses to play on would be great. I like that idea a lot actually. All right. I think that would be kind of cool. All right. Number 12. It’s all you. Okay. All right. So this is one that I just recently had a problem with. So I went on vacation to Florida and I came back and my plants died.

39:29
So the idea that I’m talking about is you leave your plants at this place. I don’t know what it like a plant kennel. Okay. Okay. And they’ll just water it they’ll take care of it for you so that when you come back, like not all of your plants die. Because it’s a pain in the butt to have a friend go over just to water your plants. Right. And it sounds like also take your plants to the plant kennel though. I don’t know which is worse. Well, no, they would just come by and pick it up. Oh, okay. Okay.

39:57
All right, they come by, pick it up, they take care of it for you. And then when you come back, you know, your plant is outside your door and alive and well-nurtured. And well-nurtured, well cared for. Well cared for, probably better than you would care for yourself. Yes, the plant, the kennel, that’s a really interesting one. I’m that again, you know, given all the startups in the Bay Area, it’s almost surprising that doesn’t exist yet. So that’s kind of cool. Because my kids, were

40:25
They nurtured this plant for a long time, you know, because they like taking care of stuff. And then we go on vacation because we haven’t gone on vacation much due to COVID. Yeah. And it’s like this first longer vacation would come back and their plant, they took care of for so long just died. was was heartbreaking. The plant kennel, I would have paid the money to avoid the anguish for sure. What would you pay for it? Probably 100 bucks. Okay. To keep it alive. Yeah. Keep it alive for a week.

40:54
or however long. Yeah. Plants. It depends like if the plant has sentimental value, right? mean, sure. Some people treat their plants like family members. Yeah, I mean, we brought ours when we moved. And it’s like, you we were happy when they all survived. I don’t know if they’ve, I mean, there’s all sorts of studies that say, you know, having a house plants makes you makes you happier, helps clean the internal air and all this stuff. So there might be something to that and talk about super low.

41:22
startup costs, you know, just go sign up some customers in your neighborhood will be, you know, watch your similar to watch your house. Yeah, easy to easy to validate that one before without any startup cost. Or the simple solution is just not get your kids plants that require water, like just get them cactuses for now. They can survive a week or two in the in heat without dying. Well, that kind of tees up my

41:48
next one as a new homeowner. I’m thinking of a home maintenance sold as a monthly membership or sold as a quarterly membership or as a productized service. Because think about, I’m thinking like one stop shopping for pest control, for touch up painting, for gutter cleaning, for just little small fixer upper projects or stuff you probably should be doing, but

42:16
because you never lived here before. You don’t really know how to do, know, cleaning the furnace filter, the dryer air duct thing, like all that stuff. I think it would be cool to maybe there’s somebody out there that already does this. But if you are, if you have a handyman business or something in one of those spaces, you know, you could even you could even play matchmaker if you want to say like, look, I’m going to layer my branding on top of this and then I’m going to have the furnace guy come out. I’m going to have the gutter cleaner come out. I’m going to have the Christmas light guy come out.

42:46
And just all that stuff and maybe kind of like combine it with a monthly calendar. Like here’s what you ought to be doing at this time to, you know, best protect your house and stuff like that. I don’t know. I love this idea. I really do. Let me just give you an example. So my mom, she’s living alone right now and all this stuff just breaks all the time. And I keep telling her like, have to do this, you have to do that. But then she never keeps track of it. If this service existed, I would

43:15
totally signed my mom up for it. And even for myself, I think I’d be willing to, I’m just thinking from both sides, like if you’re running this business, perhaps you can sell like monthly credits, so they don’t abuse it. They can use these credits in any given month. Yeah, you know, up to a certain amount for just maintenance tasks. Yeah. And so maybe it’s a couple grand a year, three, five grand, I don’t know how much it would be and how much would have to be to make it profitable for the players involved. But I

43:45
I subscribe to a handful of these types of services for the business that I don’t use every month, but it’s almost like insurance in a way. One of them is like a on-demand IT support for the website. If something breaks or if I want to change something, I can just message this person. feel good about having… That’s my on-demand IT department in a way. And I feel like for a lot of the stuff, I could walk around the outside of house, I could see that that is probably going to be a problem down the road.

44:15
but I don’t really know who to call. Like if I had a one phone number to call or like one person to message about this thing and then they just took care of it. Like property management, this is like so bad. Like I’m just not a handy person. I just, you know, it’s like property management for homeowners, right? Yeah. No, I would totally sign up for this service. I mean, I can think of a number of things with our house right now that I don’t even know who to call. I’ll give you just a quick example. We have this palm tree in our backyard.

44:42
And then recently the palm fronds started dropping. But those are like seeds. So now we have like three additional palm trees just growing in random places in our yard. And we just neglected it for so long that they’re pretty big now and we need them removed. I don’t even know who to call or what. This clearly could have been prevented early on before it got to this point. Yeah, exactly. Like as a homeowner, you expect to spend a certain amount on maintenance anyway. Here’s just kind of a way to make it.

45:10
hopefully more predictable, right? Like just, you know, to buy an item on your budget instead of, well, oh, I had to replace this thing and that was three grand, like surprise expense. I don’t know, maybe it would help people budget for some of that stuff that they know they’re going to have to spend money on eventually rather than just a state of neglect. That was number 13 for me, kind of this home maintenance productized service or property management for homeowners. Yeah, I love it.

45:36
Nick, how much time we got left for for more? Do we do we have time for a couple? Absolutely. We got all the time in the world. Okay. All right. So this one is something that I just kind of came up with out of the blue because when you run any sort of social media site, or you want social shares and that sort of thing, oftentimes, the way you do it is you have a group of friends that just kind of give that give it that initial kick. Or you can have strangers and that sort of thing. But what often happens is people take more than they give.

46:06
So if you had some sort of system where you’re sharing other people’s posts and that sort of thing, a service that kind of keeps track of everything so that you can’t ask for a share unless you’ve given a share yourself and it just keeps track of all this stuff. And this could work for anything. It could be like a social media post. It could be like a blog post. It could even be just any sort of promotion, kind of like a tit for tat sort of thing so that it’s fair across the board. Oh, right. Because you see sometimes in

46:36
certain groups like the share threads, like, hey, here’s an article I’m trying to promote, but everybody’s trying to promote their own stuff, not necessarily go in and share other people’s stuff. So it’s like some sort of platform, like, hey, I could really use some extra eyeballs or some extra likes on this new video or something. But to be able to ask for that, there’s some system where you have to like go and return the favor to a handful of other people.

47:03
I’m even thinking like, you know, Facebook groups sometimes people just take, take, take. Yeah. And, know, they don’t post anything of value, just even some sort of system where you’re providing value and you get points for it that you can redeem later for in case something that you need. Yeah. Yeah. I mean, this all happens in the business world all the time, kind of verbally, you know, like the, uh, the rule of reciprocity, but right, you know, it’d be nice to just be able to keep track of this. Yeah, I think so. I have a couple more.

47:33
before we close out, these are both from the site kernel, is kern.al. The first one I thought was really interesting was a reverse job board, which allows job candidates, instead of responding to postings, they, I guess, post a profile of their ideal job. Like, here’s the skills that I have, here’s what I can do, here’s what I’m looking for. And instead, companies can go out and say like, yes, that.

48:03
That’s the person that’s the perfect person that I want for that role. It kind of flips the script a little bit on the hiring equation. Interesting. I like that. I guess you’d have to have some pretty good credentials to pull that off, right? Or is it just, is it like a resume or is it like just what you’re looking for in the job? Yeah, essentially it would be kind of like a glorified resume and skills database. And it’d be difficult, you know, cause the companies are the ones paying.

48:33
the hiring, you know, they’re paying recruiters, like hiring, filling a position can be expensive. And so we’d have to have lots of good search filters and stuff to say, oh, you know, here are the, I mean, I’m probably, you know, zip recruiter and indeed do this to a certain extent, like, oh, here are the people we think ought to be a match. I don’t know how much of that is public, you know, you kind of encourage them to, you know, maybe they send an email on your behalf and encourage them to apply to your posting versus being more.

49:01
visible about it and saying like, hey, these are some people you really ought to be proactive and reach out to yourself. Like you see when you’re hiring people on Upwork, for example, like, these these candidates might be a good fit, you know, based on what you have put in what you’re looking for. And so maybe something like that, but for full time stuff versus freelance stuff like on Upwork. Interesting. So it’s kind like a virtual headhunter. Yeah, maybe so. OK. The last time I hired someone not too long ago, maybe like six months ago,

49:30
and I used Indeed and ZipRecruiter and they do have services kind of like this. I don’t feel like they work that well because I’m pretty sure it’s algorithmically generated somehow. So the people that I ended up interviewing, I didn’t ultimately hire. I mean, they weren’t bad, but they ultimately weren’t the people that I hired. So I think it kind of exists in some shape or form already. Yeah, that’s a difficult one because it’s…

49:57
Yeah, the pool of available candidates is so large. It’s like, if I’m the hiring manager, like I’d almost rather have them come to me. But if you kind of showed me a few like, based on what you’re looking for and the role that they’re describing is what they think would be an ideal role, like, okay, maybe there’s a way to fit that person into our organization because we really like, know, we just, you know, based on what they’re showing in their profile, we think they’re going to be a good fit.

50:27
I don’t know. Maybe it removes one step like removes part of the initial application or something. don’t know. Yeah. Yeah. No, I like it though. I like it though. All right. I’d be curious to see how it works in practice. Yeah. All right. So I think this will be my last one. This one’s a little dark. Okay, so we’ll end on a dark one. Okay. My wife is a little bit just paranoid about, you know, bad stuff happening and just with where the world has gone. And so lately, we’ve we’ve been buying, you know, since the pandemic, actually, we’ve

50:56
we bought like emergency food, emergency supplies, and I shouldn’t classify this as paranoid because I know a lot of people are doing it. You know, just in case something happens and there was a point where we couldn’t get what we needed from the grocery stores because everyone just went and bought it all out, right? So what I propose is instead of just haphazardly going out and buy stuff, there’s someone that just comes by and tells you what you need. And in the event like, let’s say like nuclear war or whatever, like they give you the

51:26
like this plan, like this survival plan, in case everything were to become like the wild wild west someday. I would pay for that service. So it would be the the prepping consultant, the survival plan consultant, like the apocalypse apocalypse consultant. It’s the apocalypse consultant. Yeah, you’re right. That is that is quite dark. Like, here’s what you need to have like here’s, you know, food supply, water supply, you know, here’s how to make sure your generator is going to work like that kind of stuff.

51:56
Well, let me tell you, during COVID, at least where I live, it was really hard to get stuff in the supermarket. And there was people just looting, you know, the mall and houses, like literally like 10 miles away, which is kind of close, right? And so what do you do in that case? Like, what if they make it to your neighborhood? Like, I would like to have some sort of plan and stuff in place in case that were to ever happen, mainly because I have kids, you know, and I want to just make sure everyone’s safe. And in the in the past, I would have thought that

52:25
this could never happen. But during COVID, you know, kind of came close to that. At least, you know, around here. Yeah, there’s I saw a saying, you know, we’re nine meals away from anarchy. And it is kind of scary. So like all the supply chain stuff is very interdependent on a lot of stuff working. And I think the early days of COVID showed what happens when even just a few of those dominoes stop working or a few of those gears stop turning. And

52:55
it can have some, sometimes some scary consequences. So yeah, that is, it is quite dark, but the apocalypse consultant, the prep consultant, definitely some demand for that. Cause like those macro fears, your wife is definitely not alone in that. it’s something that definitely sometimes keeps me up as well. So not that I’ve taken a ton of action on it, but yeah, maybe. I need the consultant to.

53:22
give you a little push. A little bit of hand holding here and yeah like I’m almost embarrassed by it because like it feels like you feel paranoid about it and it’s like well everything’s probably gonna be fine so we’ll just kick that can down the road but maybe you would feel better if you if you did take a little bit of proactive action to say like okay well at least I did what I could do at least I did you know I took I took a few steps rather than just you know kind of blindly keeping my head down.

53:49
We probably shouldn’t end on a dark one. Why don’t you end, do have a positive one to end on? I do, I do have one more. This is also from Kernel. This is number 17. It was listed on Kernel as fractional ownership of cash flowing businesses. And what you’re probably thinking is like, yeah, that’s called the stock market. Like, yeah, it totally is. But they’re describing different kinds of businesses. They’re talking about, you know, kind of a local service based businesses, your

54:18
locksmiths, your laundromats, your quote mom and pop type of businesses that when they sell, they typically sell for, call it a 3X annual earnings multiple versus the S &P 500 trading at a 20X annual multiple. And so this is really interesting because you see this happening with crowdfunded real estate on

54:43
Even now for like single family homes, you can buy like a fractional stake in this cash flowing rental property and stuff, but you can do it for commercial properties through Fundrise and a bunch of other platforms. And so their pitch is, you know, how is nobody doing this for these, you know, local small cash flowing businesses? You can kind of roll these up in a way you buy them and take advantage of kind of these marketplace inefficiencies and distribute cash flow to investors in that way. Lots of

55:13
SEC hurdles and regulations to try and tackle this, but might be interesting to do even on a small scale. If you can pull some cash together and have some management expertise in running these things, that’s the biggest thing is like, well, but that problem has been solved on the real estate front. Like, oh, we have property managers in place. Like we have, you know, deal vetters in place. Like, so it’s been solved on real estate, but hasn’t been solved to my knowledge on this cash flowing local business side of things.

55:42
Yeah, I think with cash flowing businesses, it’s a little harder, right? In real estate, I think it’s pretty straightforward. You get a property manager and you’re all good. With a whole bunch of different types of businesses, you almost need different expertise, I think, for each individual type of business, which I think would make it harder. Yeah, maybe you’d have to roll it up. But that’s what a private equity firm does, right? Yeah, totally. Yeah, it started up in, well, I’m going to aggregate a bunch of…

56:11
cleaning companies, like where the owners want to sell or something and maybe start in one niche and distribute investors cash back to them and keep the operators in place or put operators in place. And maybe there’s even some efficiencies like, well, do we really need three separate owner operators in this one area? It’s going to be in the same geographic area. That was something that I would be tempted to invest in because of those market.

56:40
inefficiencies is like, yeah, they take a lot of time and sweat equity to manage. But if there was a more efficient way to do that, somehow, I think that would be kind of cool. And yeah, so this is essentially like a private equity firm of boring businesses. Yes, non sexy businesses, right? Because those businesses are going to still be around, right? There’s always going to be like the laundromat down the corner, or I can’t remember what some of the other examples you gave were, but

57:09
like the post office or like the the landscaper or cleaning service. Yeah. Those are always going to be around because people need those services. So yeah, I can see that as like a pretty good like way to just diversify your your assets. Yeah, I like that idea. Yeah. There’s, I don’t know a lot of these like crowdfunding sites where they’re trying to do this fractional ownership thing, they can only operate in certain states. And there’s a lot of

57:38
regulatory stuff to combat there. But maybe there’s an opportunity to start something on a smaller scale without raising venture capital and spending an arm and a leg on legal fees. But that was number 17 for me, this fractional ownership of cash flowing businesses. Again, idea courtesy of Kern.al on that one. That was it, 17 startup business ideas. Steve, any parting thoughts?

58:08
Any parting thoughts? No, I think we went through a lot more ideas than I thought we were gonna get to. But I think a lot of these are just doable for anybody, to be honest with you. Some of the more advanced ones like the medical one might be out of reach for a lot of people, but a lot of the ones we named are doable. Like you could literally just go out and try these, test it, see if you can make a couple bucks and then just gradually scale if you want to. Yeah, I love geeking out on this stuff all day. It’s like…

58:36
And I feel it exercises this creative muscle. It’s like, if you told me I got to come up with 10 new business ideas, like, ah, that sounds kind of stressful, but you start thinking about your own pains and problems. Like that’s where most of these kind of came from. And of course you can get some inspiration from that Kern.al site as well. Mywifequitterjob.com. Check Steve out over there. He’s got an awesome podcast for anybody in the e-commerce online business space. One of my favorites. He does an awesome job with it. Mywifequitterjob.com slash free is where you can

59:05
Get yourself signed up for Steve’s free six day e-commerce mini course on how to start a profitable e-commerce business of your own. I have one quick update from the last round of business idea giveaways that we did. That was episode 469. If you like this format, go back, check that one out. One of the ideas that we floated in that one was a service I called Erase Me, which is basically get my information off of all of these like white pages sites on the internet.

59:35
And shortly after that, I can’t remember if this company reached out to me or somebody tagged me and pointed me to them, but I found a service called remove-ally.com, remove-ally.com, that does exactly that. You pay them an annual fee to do that and they scrub all these different sites and directories for your personal information and they submit those requests to get those removed. So I was like, oh, that was pretty cool. This does exist. And somebody is out there.

01:00:05
building it and making money doing that. And actually it was interesting a little, you know, had a little bit of back and forth with the founder and said they started out proactively targeting, you know, YouTubers and influencers like, Hey, you got this big online following, you got a million subscribers on YouTube. Just the law of large numbers, a certain percentage of those going to be crazy, right? You probably don’t want your information out there on the internet. And so was like an easy sell for these people who already had businesses that had established followings. And so I thought that was kind of a cool way they got their first customers there.

01:00:36
I’m surprised you’re not using that service. We’ve been using it for like over five years now. No, I did. Yeah. No, I signed up right away. Oh, no, no. Like before it’s been around for a little bit. Maybe this is a topic for a different episode, but like I’ve had some experiences with, with, the crazies in the past. So, yeah. So it’s signed up immediately. Yeah. There was this Tim Ferriss article from a couple of years ago, you know, where he talked about like, let’s just say you have a hundred thousand people paying attention to you online.

01:01:06
If you think of a town of a hundred thousand people, there’s going to be, you know, one or two nut jobs and you know, what do you do about that? And so that kind of inspired that search because I would like go in and you’ll manually, manually submit them, but like it’s like, it’s a game of whack-a-mole, right? You know, you only need a service to go and do that stuff for you. Otherwise it’s just super time consuming. Um, but yeah, that was one that came up.

01:01:35
Well, thank you, Nick, for coming on the show. And for all of you listening, be sure to check out Nick’s podcast called Side Hustle Nation. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 429. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash d.

01:02:02
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now we talk about how I these tools in my blog.

01:02:30
And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

428: Counterintuitive Strategies (Which Make No Sense) That Can Grow Your Sales With Kurt Elster

428: Counterintuitive Strategies That Can Grow Your Sales With Kurt Elster

Today I have my long-time friend Kurt Elster on the show. Kurt is the host of The Unofficial Shopify Podcast and a Shopify store consultant.

As part of his job, he often runs split tests for his clients. And over the years, he’s amassed many counterintuitive strategies that can grow your sales.

Some of these make no sense but they work. Enjoy the episode!

What You’ll Learn

  • How to improve and grow your Shopify Store sales
  • Counterintuitive learnings from running many split tests
  • How to launch your own split tests for your store

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have my long time friend, Elster on the show and Kurt is the host of the unofficial Shopify podcast and a Shopify store consultant. And today we’re gonna talk about some counterintuitive learnings from running an online store. And it’s funny, new and even seasoned entrepreneurs often just blindly copy other successful stores. But as we’re about to find out, this can get you into a lot of trouble.

00:29
Enjoy this episode. Now, before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash d.

00:59
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my eCommerce store and I depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for eCommerce. And here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who is shopping in your store and exactly what they bought.

01:26
So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and this full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I want to mention my other podcast that I’ve released with my partner Tony, and unlike this one,

01:53
where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:17
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Kirk Elster back on the show. And even though Kirk and I have kept in touch, he actually hasn’t been back on the show since episode 118, which was many years ago. So I knew I had to have him back. He runs ethercycle.com where he helps private label sellers launch their own e-commerce websites. He is a Shopify platform expert who helps Shopify users improve their sales. And he is also the host of the popular Unofficial Shopify podcast.

02:46
In this episode, we’re actually gonna talk about counterintuitive learnings that he’s made from running split tests on his client’s site. And when it comes to site design, what we expect to happen doesn’t always happen. And with that, welcome to the show, Kurt. It’s been a long time. Thank you for having me. You know, Kurt, it’s been a while. Anything new that’s up with you since the last time you were on? Like, what are you working on right now that’s exciting? That’s just kind of interesting. I’ve been doing the same thing roughly for 10 years. Helping?

03:16
We were building WordPress sites in 2009. And the only thing that’s changed is like we said, let’s just work exclusively on Shopify and then showed up on your show. We started building apps and I’ve been hosting this podcast the whole time. You know, my own show and that just staying the course, staying steady has tremendously grown things. The big difference now between then and now, a, I have better branding and B I’ve got, uh, I have a team now.

03:45
We were able to hire people full time and part time. It was very helpful. It is helpful as long as you have good people. Like we’ve had a couple of disasters over the years. All right. So I’ve been lucky. I’ve only had one disaster. So we’re talking about split testing today and I have a love hate relationship with it. So for me and I want you to share your experiences also. But for me it takes forever to set up. Then you got to wait weeks depending on how much traffic you have and then

04:15
I would say 80 % of the time the data is inconclusive. So it’s not satisfying. I know you work with a lot of companies and I’m glad you got a lot of successful tests to share with us. So I want to start actually with what your best practices are and what your kind of success rate is for a split test. Okay. Well, so you’re right. Your experience is, is accurate. A lot of people have that experience and I was resistant.

04:41
to split testing. I loved conversion rate optimization, but my experience was like yours. And so I was instead leaning on usability, like let’s do user testing, let’s look at heat maps, let’s do surveys, let’s talk to people and then let’s, look at our analytics and then try and infer update and then go back and check. And that process works. But over time, you know, I started to get a few clients where they had the order velocity,

05:10
where I could run tests and have statistically significant results in two weeks. And the other big change was Google Optimize. Like in the past, you had to mess with these tools that were tough, that were like really very enterprise tools, visual website optimizer, optimizely. Okay, I’m sorry, threw them under the bus. They’re perfectly good tools. They’re also, they are not necessarily for mere mortals. And whereas, and they’re expensive. Google Optimize is free. It is as easy to use as a Google product is.

05:39
which, you know, all right, it’s not like perfect, but it’s definitely easier than those other two. And so the, a lot of the barriers to entry that you described went away for me around two years ago. And I said, all right, I’m going to figure this out. I’m going to get good at this. I know enough to get started and be dangerous. And so I started playing with it. And then I started having the experience you did where like most of the time the test goes, who cares? You know what? That’s a perfectly acceptable answer.

06:08
In which case you go, you know what? It’s preference then. I could decide what to do with this. But what I learned was sometimes it’s because you have the wrong metric chosen for the test. And so it’s nice and optimized. can run multiple objectives. Like it doesn’t have to be conversion rate, which they call transactions. It could be revenue, which that’s going to include average order value. It could be page view. Like, are we just getting them to the next page? That’s suddenly now you can get more significant results more often.

06:38
And the other thing I learned was, you know, the classic split test that we think about is, what color should the buttons be? What’s my end to cart color? And like, of course that’s not a great test. Um, and you end up with that experience where it’s like, nothing mattered. What works better is sometimes you just go, I’m going to try an entirely different template. I’m going to change 10 things about this page, which of these two versions works better. And as long as like, there’s a hypothesis behind it as to like a goal, like

07:06
Does a cleaner version of this work better? Does a more detailed version of this work better? And they’ve got, you know, five to 10 changes between them. Ah, now I’m to start to see those bigger differences where it’s like, yeah, this one is 95 % likely to be better. All right. So let me ask you this then how much traffic and conversions do you need to, run a split test within a reasonable amount of time? Oh, that’s a really good question. You need to be getting

07:37
dozens a day. Hold on, let’s. That’s not that much actually. Well, I’m going to look up a store right now. Okay. I’m going to log into a store. Maybe we have to edit out me waiting. Yeah, that’s cool. So while you’re looking that up. So, so my store gets a lot more than that, but I still found it took a couple of weeks to before like the tool would tell me like I got a semi-conclusive result or the tool told me to just stop the test because it wasn’t going anywhere.

08:07
Sometimes it drags. Yeah. think dozens is the minimum. Okay. Once you’re at like a hundred a day, maybe 150 a day, totally fine. You’re good to go. This is, you’re to be able to run a test. Now the catch is even if you can hit statistical significance quickly, you do realistically need to be running it for 14 days to see a not skewed result. And like here an example as to why is people get paid, typically get paid every other Friday.

08:36
And so you want that like full pace cycle in there. And so two weeks really tends to be the minimum for this. We can think of this as somewhat accurate, a proper data-driven decision. Okay. That makes sense. Cause I remember the first time when I didn’t know what I was doing and arguably I still don’t know what I’m doing, but I would get like a S like a significant result within like the first couple of days and just want to just call the test right away. then the tool would tell me not. Yeah.

09:05
I’ll see that on Twitter. Like I followed a guy who claimed to be like, you know, a stats guy, like a finance econ guy who knew stats, who like had gone to Ecom and he was calling tests in two, three days. So I knew right away, I’m like, ah, this isn’t significant. This isn’t right. And this guy’s full of it. Like that’s just one of those real easy early mistakes. And I did it too. The second question I want to ask you is what like

09:32
Can you just kind of describe for the listeners how easy it is to set up now? You mentioned Google is easy to set up. Can you just kind of describe what’s involved at a high level? Okay, so you probably already run Google Analytics on your site. And because you’re already running Google Analytics on your site, it has most of the data it needs. The part it’s missing is being able to modify the site. So Google Optimize links to your Google Analytics account. Now it’s got all the data it needs, but it needs to be able to tweak the site.

10:01
It’s got a single piece of JavaScript that it’ll give you that it says, put this just on every page. So you drop it in the head of the site. Boom, you’re good to go. And that’s even like the simplified non-Google tag manager version of this. If you’re using GTM by that point, you can already figure this out. And Google has in optimized. It’ll be like, Hey, did you want us to verify the tool is there and everything’s working correctly? Like it will really try to save you from yourself. And then after it’s interested in all your site, you just need to tell it which

10:31
pages you want to test or. So then you got to set up a test and that part. All right. Until you have successfully done it the first time can feel intimidating. I watched a few YouTube screencasts to figure it out and played with it. And once I had done it a couple of times, I was like, OK, I know enough to be dangerous. I could figure this out. Or it’s like you’re going to do just a standard. It’ll give you like several options for tests. You want the first one just says AB and then you’ve got variant.

11:01
A is the original unchanged site variant B. We don’t want to add multiple variants because now we need even more traffic. Variant B is we’re going to modify that site and Google Optimize gives you a visual editor where you could just like click the elements on your site, remove them. That’s often a really like where we start with testing. It’s just like, let’s just start pulling stuff out and see if it was helping or hurting. Remove elements or like text you can rename. Or if you know enough to be dangerous, dangerous with CSS, you could just have it inject

11:30
your own written CSS code and then just restyle, however, however talented you may be. let me ask you this. Does testing on mobile throw a wrench into this? Cause you got responsive. just, are you split testing the mobile site and the desktop site? Or do you do those separately? Hi, this is another good question. Come brings into segmentation. So if I really, I wanted

11:56
make sure either I want to make sure that my test makes sense on mobile and desktop. Cause realistically on my website, I’m getting people on mobile and desktop. And it’s probably like an e-commerce is probably 90 10 split. Yeah. 80 20 occasionally happens, but that’s rare. And like, ideally the test makes sense on both. Like if you’re just changing labels, changing colors, it’ll work on both. But you can segment it. If it doesn’t, you could segment to mobile versus desktop.

12:25
Like the test will only run on mobile. Do you have a separate test just for mobile and a separate test for desktop? Because they are different even if like, because the design is so different, even changing, like removing an element will make a big difference on one and maybe not the other, right? Yeah, yes, absolutely. And with weird unexpected results, I’ll do that. And so like one test that really surprised me is I like on the category pages of your site, you’ve got your category title. Do you have like a really cool lifestyle hero image up there?

12:55
I do not actually. OK, well, a lot. It’s not uncommon. And I like those. You know, I used to be a photographer. I like that. I like the fancy stuff. I like the aesthetic. And I ran a split test where I got rid of that hero image on an apparel site with that’s like style that is driven by lifestyle and aesthetic. And the site performs better without the hero image. And that was just on everyone. And I thought, all right, maybe it’s like it’s because it’s mobile versus desktop. So I ran it as a mobile same test.

13:24
You could duplicate it and go, all right, I only want to show this to mobile and I only want to show this to desktop. Same result. It improves it on both. But I, addition to mobile versus desktop, the other segmentation we need to think about is new versus returning. And so you can do that too. And so I did, uh, not often, but a few times I found like, well, this where you had a mixed result on a test, uh, when you run it again as mobile versus desktop or new versus returning, you’ll find,

13:53
This helps new visitors or this hurts returning visitors. And so then what’s cool in Google Optimize, you can actually deploy these things rather than like go commit them to the website. You can have Google Optimize run that test as what they call a personalization, which is really just like it’s an ongoing test without reporting. Yeah. And that’s just built into it. And again, this thing, I know there’s a paid version of it. I’ve never had to use it. It has always just worked with what I want it to do in the free plan.

14:22
What’s so nice about this is it’s integrated into analytics. So they have all the data already. Whereas in the past it was a pain in the butt. Yeah, you had to go through like adding this whole extra layer onto the site just to support split testing. And it just isn’t the case anymore. Let’s just talk about that test that you just talked about. Like it’s generally best practice to just have your products right there above the fold and not have the hero image. I had pains when I was designing my

14:51
category sites because I want to include content for SEO. And I found that it was just kind of pushing things down. So what I did was I moved it underneath the products and that that was my solution. I had a little blurb at the top, but so it’s good to know that approach. That’s often what we do for exactly the same reasons. But it’s good to know that you actually tested that hypothesis. So no hero image products above the fold as high as possible is what converts the best. Yes. And so this one,

15:20
could translate into a best practice or truism, think scrolling, so it turns out the fold is real, at least as far as it affects your revenue. And so getting the products in front of the person as quickly as possible really tends to be a positive across the board. By the way, for you content creators out there, this holds true for blogs as well.

15:49
Like if your post is about like the top 17 ways to optimize your site, you want to put like the top 17 ways above the fold if you can. Some people don’t even, they look at the intro and they go, oh, this is just junk. I’m not looking for this. And then they bounce. But I never split tested that either. That’s just best practice. You could, you could split test that the way you do it. Like you, you’d publish the blog with the intro that you like.

16:16
And then you could use Google Optimize to either like hide that first paragraph or rewrite it. I like that. Actually, that’d be so easy if you have a high traffic blog. Actually, you’d probably get results right away with that. Now the question there is like, what’s the what’s the goal? And so Google Optimize, you can you can tie it to bounce rate. You could tie it to page views. You could tie it to like if you have subscriptions set up as a goal, you could do that. I love it. I love it.

16:44
There was one thing that we were talking about or that you sent me earlier about category pages removing prices of the products. I’m very curious about that experiment because I think I saw it on the e-commerce fuel forums. There’s a big discussion about that. And I think the consensus on the forum was remove prices on the category pages to get people to browse products more. What did you find with your experiment? All right, this one is a must test.

17:12
In some stores, this will absolutely help you. In other stores, it will absolutely hurt you. And then I think the other thing to consider here is like, does the store have quick view? And that I have not gotten into yet, but I know like this one, if you could support it, absolutely try this and test it. I suspect what’s going on here is pricing psychology. When I see that product in the collection grid, I see the product, I see the title, I’ve got context in my head, whether I think about it not, I have attached a potential price to it.

17:42
And as soon as I click through and I end up, whether that’s like a quick view pop up or I’m on the product page, now I see the price. I suspect what’s going on here is if that price is consistently above what the person expected. That’s going to hurt conversion. If it’s below what they expect, it’ll help conversion. So so much of this is about quality of traffic and presentation. And I think that’s why I’d say a must test. Interesting. So in your case, when putting the prices on was better, what was the price point of that product?

18:12
I, all of these tests we did for apparel stores. So our AOV was always under a hundred. Under a hundred. So not high end then. Okay. This was not, not premium. And so this is where you, I think this is so dependent on audience and product. So what was the, sorry, what was the result of that test? In this case, the test ended up, uh, improving conversions and average order value.

18:41
So we gained revenue by not showing collection or not showing prices on collection or category pages.

18:49
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

19:19
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment process that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

19:47
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

19:59
You know, so I was buying a gift from my wife on I think it was the Tiffany’s website They hide all prices. I was just listening your hypothesis now Because if it’s if it comes in higher like every time I clicked on one of those Tiffany’s jewelry pieces it came out higher than I bet it is They have a strong brand So maybe maybe that’s it and they just want to hide the prices to drive people off the site right away because I would have been probably driven away

20:28
Oh, yeah, that’s yeah, because there’s that click that like you have clicked through. You’re more committed. I think that correlates like page views and conversion. I believe they correlate like when you can really get people to spend time on the site. I think they spend more money. Supposedly, Ikea subscribes to this theory. That’s why those places are like labor. And I actually have a question for you. I don’t know if you tested this, but.

20:55
It’s generally best practice if you display the price to list the products from expensive to least expensive, as opposed to the other way around. I’d like the theory here. The theory being like you set the peak price first. That’s the first thing they see. Now everything else seems cheaper as a result, as opposed to if I flipped it the other way. I have not tested it, but testing collection sort order is a really good idea. I’m writing that down.

21:25
Okay, I’ll just tell you the theory for everyone listening. The theory is they see the most expensive item first that anchors the price. they psychologically are willing to spend more or expect higher prices. And then when they scroll down and see everything else is cheaper, they’re like, oh, okay, this isn’t that bad. That first product was expensive. So, these are much cheaper. That’s a theory at least. I don’t know what it is in practice. Well, I’m going to test it on an apparel store. We’ll see what happens. Yeah. Okay. So what else you got, Kurt?

21:55
That’s counterintuitive. Okay. Uh, let’s see what we got here. Okay. Font size. How important is font size? All right. I’ll just give you an experience from my store. It’s huge for our store because we catered a lot of people over the age of 55 who are farsighted and we didn’t do a split test for this, but we had lots of people complain via email that the writing was too small.

22:25
and they would just call their order in and we didn’t want people calling us because that takes a lot of time. So we literally made the fonts pretty big mobile on mobile and desktop kind of actually mostly mobile, should say mostly mobile across the board. And then those calls stopped. Hmm. All right. I like this. So I know the truism here, the best practices and easier to read site performs better. People do not are not going to tolerate your shenanigans with your like light gray font on a dark gray background.

22:55
They’re just not into it. They’ll tiny font. You’re like, looks so sophisticated and subtle. No, it looks hard to read. And so they’re just going to go to another site that is easy to read. And so I knew anytime we make the site easy to read, it performs better. But I said, let’s, you know, let’s, let’s, let’s test this. Let’s get the data. Let’s prove it. And so I tried split testing, just font size and results are like totally inconclusive all over the place. And what it turned out is

23:22
It’s not just font size. It’s more than that. It is about like total readability. so Baymard put together Baymard usability Institute has readability guidelines that they figured out that they recommend. And they’re like, really the thing that matters is line length. And if you’ve ever read a newspaper or magazine, they have those real narrow columns. You never think twice about it because it’s easy to read and it makes sense. And so that’s actually the thing you’re looking for. And so if you have a clever developer, they can

23:50
set this up for you. like the site’s responsive and those columns are always 60 to 80 characters. And then you want to make sure you have a nice line height between them. And that really will make the site much easier to read. When you implement like those quality readability guidelines versus a site that maybe like had full width and tiny fonts and low contrast. Of course, absolutely. It’s going to perform better for reasons you described was it’s easier to read. People are going to quit complaining about it.

24:18
Interesting. So when you did your test, the results were inconclusive. And then you, this, this other study wasn’t your study, right? This was Baymard. The Baymard. Okay. once we, when we, when I did the test again as our, our, just our previous font, which was like, you know, whatever, it was okay. Um, versus like the full Baymard readability guidelines, the thing that changed was bounce rate. Bounce rate went down.

24:47
That makes sense. That makes sense. You know what’s funny, Kurt, I know you have a couple more tests to talk about here, but what are some of the best things to test and what are some of the worst things to test since you’ve been doing this for a while? think the worst things to test are like subjective styling. And that’s where a lot of people start. I think the best things to test really are content. Like every element on the page should ideally be serving a purpose.

25:17
And if it’s not, why is it there? It’s just getting in the way and split testing often reveals that in stark data. So, uh, I oftentimes like phase one is use it as a way to clean up the site without being emotional about it. Like a website is our baby, right? And there are reasons that we did it the way we did it. But when you have the data going, well, here’s what it costs you to have these trust badges jammed in right here.

25:46
Suddenly the trust badges seem less attractive. It’s interesting. I had a friend who is split testing his landing page, which gets like hundreds of signups per day. And he had this landing page where he’s explaining it was a lead magnet landing page where he explained exactly what people got with that lead magnet. And he was testing it against his one where he’s literally a sentence. I will teach you this email form. And that one can perform.

26:14
way better than the one where you actually explain what you get, which kind of blew my mind. And it was ugly. It was ugly, So he’s he’s to this day, he still uses the ugly landing page for him. It doesn’t make sense. Ugly converts is what I’ve learned is some of the ugliest sites I’ve ever seen where we’re like, this thing seems straight up broken are the ones that print money to this day. The most the highest revenue side I ever worked on was

26:44
Also the ugliest. Really? Yeah. I don’t know what the deal is. And highest converting by what metric like compared to just the other sets of users. Not necessarily highest converting. was highest revenue. It remains. is the highest revenue. And I’ve since then I’ve seen other beautiful sites that are high revenue, but that one stuck with me and that I know good design is not a requirement of high revenue. Sure.

27:13
I mean, I got a story to tell here. A long time ago, I had my site over Bumblebee Linens have left side navigation because it kind of made sense, right? You look from left to right and all my product categories on the left. And I was in this mastermind group where literally everyone there said your site is heinous. You need to be redesigned. And I ended up redesigning the entire site. Problem is, I changed like 20 different things, but it ended up converting like almost 50 % better.

27:44
So when you’re talking to someone about split testing, do you recommend changing one thing at a time or just making like a big change in testing at all at once? Like how have you been conducting your experiments? When you test one thing at a time, you it’s way more often that you end up with the inconclusive results. Test, doing like, we changed this entire site. That’s not that useful. Focusing on like, I think the, the middle ground.

28:13
The thing where like you’ll see the fastest, most consistent results, where it’s easy to wrap your head around it, where it’s just more practical is redesign a template at a time. Like this is, going to, we know the cart page is this bottleneck, you know, cause we could see like how many people viewed a product, how many added to cart, how many reached checkout. Maybe we know the cart pages are bottleneck. All right. So let’s come up with a theory and make three different versions of that cart template. And now we’re going to test.

28:43
systematically test those against the original and see, all right, which one performs the best art? Let’s implement that. That seems to be a better approach. And when you have multiple versions of entirely different pages, yeah, you don’t know what the individual thing is that perform better. But as you’re iterating through tests, you start a picture starts to emerge of this is what my audience likes. And that’s, think one of the other like real learnings I’ve discovered here is it really comes down to

29:12
Well, what does this audience expect? What do they want? What do they prefer? And it often does not have anything to do with what you as the brand owner, what like design trends, like what everybody else likes. It’s the people who you’re asking to open their wallet is their opinion is what matters. You know, it’s funny is I used to be really into split testing or not, not doing them, but actually just reading up on them. And I remember there was some statistic like

29:42
I can’t remember the exact percentage, so I don’t wanna screw it up. But the majority of the successful split tests are when you remove stuff from your page, not add to it. Because ultimately every page should just have one goal where you want people to go and the more things you have people look at, the less likely they’re gonna do the one thing that you want. At least that’s the theory. I agree with that. Yeah, so I’m curious, what other split tests do you have to share? I think the other one that’s worth looking at again with new eyes

30:11
is free shipping. I’m no longer convinced that we have to have free shipping. Really? Okay. There’s always, there’s been this idea that the number one unexpected, there are unexpected shipping expenses, the number one conversion killer in checkouts. I don’t think it’s true anymore. So you could, depending on the platform, there are ways to split test shipping results or shipping rates. for us, it’s like, is you have to be on Shopify plus.

30:41
And there’s a couple of apps, IntelliGems or Ship Scout. So that’s what we’re using specifically. I don’t know how to do it with Shopify and Google Optimize. And with these apps, we can offer different shipping rates and they’ll have an announcement bar on the site itself. like before they hit checkout, they’ve seen what the free shipping threshold is. And it’ll tell you like, this is the conversion rate with these different checkout thresholds. And if you give it the, like your average cost of goods sold,

31:09
and your average shipping expense per package, it’ll also figure out profit per visitor. And once you start doing that, suddenly you discover, oftentimes offering no free shipping at all ends up being way more profitable overall. And the impact on checkout conversion with different thresholds is significantly smaller than you’d think. All right, give me some numbers here. I’m fascinated by this. All right. So we tried this in a store.

31:39
Um, and I’ve run this test now and in four separate stores and we’ve gotten similar results every time. Let’s say no free shipping. This is check our conversion rate. No free shipping will be, uh, about 70 % free shipping at $25 at checkout. They’re going to convert closer to 80%. And then at $75 free shipping threshold, they convert at 75%. Okay. So that’s in line with what you would expect, right?

32:10
Yeah. It’s a 75 is like the ideal balance, but really what matters is profit. so at profit, like for this particular store, their fulfillment cost was 750 in order. I don’t know where that falls in with yours. know, fulfillment costs are all over the place, depending on how heavy your goods are. Yep. But like for this particular store, uh, the $25 free shipping threshold profit per visitor, 13 bucks.

32:37
the profit per visitor at $75, $16.50 profit per visitor with no free shipping, 20. So the chances are, I probably want to not offer free shipping at all is going to result in the highest revenue and profit. Interesting. Yeah. Most people don’t think about profit. They think about conversion rate. I will add a wrinkle to that though, because once you get someone to open up their wallet,

33:05
then you can probably sell them a whole bunch of other stuff. So maybe it’s a little more complicated than that, right? Now, yeah, I could do cross sells and use free shipping as a nudge. What I like about not offering free shipping all the time is that that can then be one of your promotions instead of having to rely on discounting or new product development. You know, yeah, you know, I agree with you. I hate discounting. And whenever I think about discounts, I think about Bed Bath and Beyond.

33:35
Oh, right. Are they still in business? The local one closed like the two Bed Bath and Beyonds by my house closed because I would never shop there without that 20 % coupon. I suspect other people were too. But yeah, profit wise, I can definitely see why that’s the case. We do a shipping threshold and we set it at just a threshold where we try to get someone to add in one more item. So what’s the best practice then, Kurt? What do you recommend here? Well, so the issue here is

34:04
Without this, like these very specific tools, it’s really hard to test. And even within that, like, depending on how your, your fulfillment is set up, testing these can be really hard. So I would still say, Hey, you probably want to offer free shipping. I would make that free shipping threshold higher than your average order value would be my, my safe starting point, but don’t.

34:31
don’t sell yourself short and have like an unnecessarily artificially low free shipping. Cause it’s just a tremendous cost center for most people, especially shipping is getting expensive. It is getting really expensive. In fact, we had to jack up our shipping rates cause yeah, it’s like a loss leader. Yeah, it’s bad now. I mean, it’s going up like all the time before like USPS used to raise their price once a year. I feel like it just creeps up like every time I check now. we did, uh, was working in a store that had

35:02
heavy items. ended up being like six pounds shipped and it was glass. So you had to like really pack it carefully. And it was, it was like, Oh, it’s shipping, you know, from the like Northwest to Wisconsin to the Midwest. And it was like, think it was 30 bucks and like the item itself, you know, with like 40, 50 bucks, like the shipping was over 50 % of the cost. was crazy. It was, what do you do? I don’t know. Do you really, once the item hits a certain weight, like there’s only so much you could do.

35:31
to minimize shipping costs. You know what we’ve struggled with? When people need it overnighted, it’s often really difficult. Like we have table rate shipping. It’s often really difficult to predict because it depends on where they are geographically also. Oh, you got to get that carrier calculated shipping. That makes life so much easier. don’t like that? Because sometimes it goes down and then you don’t get any shipping costs. It actually happens more often than you think. When anything is tied to another service, I don’t like that.

36:01
a buffer to it to make up for that. You know how often it’s low and by how much. And so add either a percentage or a fixed dollar amount to the carrier calculated rate to try and balance it out. Yeah. Yeah. I mean, there’s technical ways to solve this. I just haven’t expended much brain power on it, but occasionally it’s a problem and I get pissed when it happens. Let’s just say the worst is people pay for the overnight. It’s expensive. And then the item does not arrive overnight.

36:28
That’s another story because it’s gotten much less reliable to like FedEx. That’s my resistance. And then you have to be like, all right, well, we’ll refund you the cost of the shipping. And so now, like all of the profit on that order is gone. Well, actually, the carriers started reimbursing again for late. Oh, all right. They stopped doing that during the pandemic, which really was annoying. But they it’s come back, although they make you jump through more hoops now to get it. So anyway, that was just an aside. Sorry about that.

36:58
guys are listening. Do you have any more split tests to share with us? These are really fast. By the way, yeah, one one last quick one. If you you know, on Amazon, it’ll be like your recently viewed products. Yes. I think those are those are neat. This is a good personalization one. We ran this on a for new visitors, the your recently viewed items decreased conversions by nine percent.

37:27
For returning visitors increased it by 33. And so this is an example of like, wow, testing the different audiences and displays can be hugely beneficial because you definitely want that recently viewed items widget. And I like to put it on the cart page. You definitely want that on the cart page, but if you’re there a new visitor, you actually don’t want it.

37:53
If it’s a new visitor though, they presumably don’t even have anything populated there, right? They won’t. And then they’ll have like, you know, as soon as they view something, it’ll show them like the one item is usually how those are set up. Can you explain why you think that’s the case? No, this baffled me, but it’s all like, all right, we’re going to try this again. And so I ran it again and I also did it mobile versus desktop and the results with this were consistent. Really? I guess it’s just more things to click on then, right?

38:21
I assume it’s it goes it like when you’re new it starts as a distraction when you visit the site leave come back a few days later then it’s helpful. That makes sense I guess because if you leave and you come back you probably already know what you’re probably ready to buy or more ready to buy. Yeah I think I’d stop for most stores on subsequent visits like if you’re returning there you’re much more likely to buy than when you’re first poking around. Whereas I guess when you’re first there you’re looking at something and all of sudden you got like 10 choices you’re like forget it I’m not.

38:51
I’m just not buying here anymore. Oh, choice paralysis is totally real. I have not worked out a test for this yet. Yeah, I guess I could hide like total number of items displayed, but that would be an interesting test. It’s like, let’s figure out is paralysis analysis real? And I’m convinced it is.

39:08
I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at Sellersummit.com. Now, what is the Seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every single year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business.

39:37
entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the seller summit will be small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets always sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250,000 or $1 million per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers.

40:06
Now the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. For more information, go to sellersummit.com. Once again, that’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com, or just Google it. Now back to the show.

40:22
So one of the things on my list to implement on my site is frequently bought together. I’m very curious how that performs. Cause I see it on Amazon. Generally I get these ideas when I shop on Amazon, I go, Hey, that’s a nice feature. Let me try that. Which is absolutely the wrong thing to do by the way, if anyone’s listening, like Amazon is not your site, obviously, but that frequently bought together. I always think of ways to just try to increase the average order value. Have you ever tested that with any of your sites? Frequently bought together, well, could

40:51
Assuming like the merchandising makes sense, it does consistently help to boost average order value. And this is another thing with split testing. Like you really don’t necessarily, we’ve implied it here, but you don’t necessarily want to just strictly have conversion rate or transactions as your goal. You can look at revenue. So that includes average order value that could be helpful or.

41:16
a lot of these other items like, all right, does this decrease bounce rate? Does this increase page views? Can I get people on the site longer with this? So once you have like pages instrumented, you can literally test all these variables all at once, right? Without any extra work. Yes. I don’t know what the there’s a limit in Google optimized, but you say like, this is my primary goal. And here are like, I could choose secondary goals. And I think it’s limited at like two or three, I forget which. So that’s really helpful.

41:46
And then you could run multiple tests at once, assuming you have the order volume to support it. But as you add them, it really starts slowing things down because you’re dividing up your audience. Right, right. You know what I have always wanted to know? You know that certain sites have that slide up? Like when someone buys something, it says, this person just purchased that. Oh, the FOMO pop-ups. The FOMO pop-ups.

42:15
always been curious whether that increases the conversion rate or not. I think that’s another one where it depends on the brand. At this point, when they happen, I’m so blind to it. I don’t even see them anymore. And I’m just like, well, at least it’s not the spin to slide out. You know what’s funny about all this is I almost feel like you have to split test often because things tend to work when they’re new. But then, like you said, once people become jaded to something,

42:44
It probably doesn’t convert as well anymore. A hundred percent. Yeah. What works now may not work in 12 months. So what is your strategy then on keeping this up with your clients? Are you constantly running a split test of some sort? Yes. I wish I had some like formal approach to like, all right, you know, we implement this and then we’re going to set a reminder. We’re going to revisit this. It’s more like, um, for the people we’re doing split testing with, we have regular recurring meetings.

43:12
And it’s like, we’re just always going through KPIs. So guess it’s data driven and then trying to identify like, these are our opportunities. And if it comes in, if we get to a point where it’s like, all right, well, suddenly the cart page is our bottleneck again. Often I’ll revisit tests just to like, Hey, let’s just, let’s verify that it is what our belief is still the case. Yeah, absolutely. Nothing wrong with like, let’s run that test again. See, you know, maybe that was a weird outlier.

43:40
So we’ve presented a number of tests to the listeners. Let’s say you’re just starting out and you want to try this. What is like some low hanging fruit that you should test? For sure. I would. I would. You’re going to look at like, what are the prime pages here? It’s going to be homepage category product cart. Look at me. One of those four templates. And I like to like cart is a really good place to start because you get yourself in less trouble. And.

44:10
Cause like cart, we know the very next thing we want people to do is proceed to checkout and make a purchase. So you set that as your goal, uh, go on the cart template and then within it, a lot of times over time, like the cart develops a lot of cruft. And so I think the ideal Google optimized split tests, and this is, this has come up, this has been kind of a minor theme here is what elements. Aren’t aren’t doing us any good. What’s cruft at this point, you know, can we just shave off some of this stuff?

44:39
And so just like Google split tests where we go, this is the original version and this is the cleaned up version where we pulled all the garbage off. And that’s like such an easy thing to do and optimize, select the element, hit remove. It’s gone like magic. Give me an example of cruft, just hypothetically speaking. All right. On a cart page, I often see like, um, a shipping calculator. And I always think this is so weird. Like you’re going to get your, your shipping rates in the cart just to go to checkout and then get them again. I get you like, well.

45:09
We doubled up on steps here. So if I see one of those, like I’m immediately testing it by just like original versus we got rid of this thing. I would actually, now that you think about it, there is a lot of cruft. There’s like some people have coupon codes on there too. Yep. And apply the coupon code. And I bet that always hurts because if they don’t find a coupon that works, they might leave, right? Yes. I actually hid my coupon code field for a long time.

45:38
From people because they I found that people were just going off and going to like whatever those coupon sites were So I made them like it was just a link they had to click on it to expose the field and I think that mitigated that problem a little bit it still happens, but But having on the cart page, I personally think and again, I don’t have any data for this I personally think that’s a no-no along with the calculator. Oh, yeah, calculator drives me nuts Yeah, okay. So start with a shopping cart and then what would be your like your next page? I would then do I’d work backwards

46:08
Then I go product and like the product form specifically tends to pick up a lot of junk. And that’s a thing that’s like usually above the fold or near it. And so that’s a good place to test. That’s also one where I’ll test appearance, like on the product form, like, all right, what happens if I put like a light background and a border on this to call attention to it? Sometimes that helps or it makes no difference in which case, like choose which one you like better aesthetically. And then, all right, collection page, like hide show price.

46:37
is a common one. Hero image collection description, filter sidebar, and then work back to homepage. And then homepage is just like, there’s so many weird random sections on a homepage. Yeah. All right. Which of these help or hurt? If you really want an exotic test that makes everybody nervous, get rid of there. I guarantee the first thing on your homepage is a hero image or a slider video. Hide it. You don’t even replace it with anything else. Just hide it. What happens? That one often the site performs better without it.

47:07
Really? Okay. Yeah, that’s fascinating. Okay. Here’s why I I’m skeptical, but I mean, obviously you have data and I don’t oftentimes if it’s someone brand new and again, I guess you have to test returning versus new if someone’s brand new landing on your site and it’s not clear what you sell or what you’re good at. I feel like they’re to leave because you have to kind of prove to a new a new customer that I agree with you, but I think often brand owners wildly overestimate

47:37
how good their hero slides, et cetera, are at explaining that. That I can believe. That I can believe. Okay. That is very interesting. That test would scare me, actually. But I’d be very curious. It scares everybody. Okay, yeah, that’s good. So I guess there is a distinction between you and returning visitors that you have to worry about when you’re… I’m running a test on a site right now. It’s four days in, so it’s not statistically significant, technically.

48:05
And we’re doing it’s their homepage. And I got three versions, the original, has like hero content and shopping a version that’s anything that’s non-shopping is gone. So this thing is just categories and products. And then a version that does not have the hero slider. That’s the only thing I took out. The shopping only site has a probability to beat the original of 96 % and the version with no hero image, 90%.

48:35
Sorry, you lost me there. So what’s in the lead right now? The shopping only site. is purely, we took out any about, any blog posts, hero sliders, all the content, gone. It is just, these are the departments, these are the products. That’s for the board. That one converts at 2.3%. The version of the page that is just the original page minus the carousel slider converts at 2%.

49:03
And then the original with all the junk in it is one and a quarter. So based on that, it sounds like it’s the hero image and it’s because it’s similar to what we talked about with the hero image on a collection page. You’re pushing so much stuff down the page. Right. Yeah. And I agree with, uh, it makes intuitive sense. Also removing all navigation outside of like finding the product that you actually want to buy. I move all that stuff in the footer usually a captive.

49:32
Captive page. Right. Dude, Kurt, this is awesome. I’m actually very curious about all the split tests that you’re running and especially the one about like the reversed price order. I’ve always been very curious about that. That one I’m going to run in my, I figured out how to do it in my head. It’s going to be a redirect test using query strings. Yes. Yes. That would work. Yeah. Cool. Kurt. Hey man. I should have you back more often. This is, this is interesting stuff.

49:59
If anyone needs help with their Shopify store, if they have any questions for you, where can they find you? On Twitter at Kurt Inc, K-U-R-T-I-N-C, or grab my newsletter at curtlster.com. Awesome. Well, thanks for coming back. My pleasure. Thank you for having me.

50:16
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now this just goes to show that before you make any assumptions about your business or your customers, you have to test everything. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecourterjob.com slash episode 428. And once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecourterjob.com slash KLAVIO.

50:47
Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash KLA VIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform, a choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash dv. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

51:15
Head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and it’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

427: This Old School Marketing Tactic Converts Like Crazy With Mike Epstein

427: This Old School Marketing Tactic Converts Like Crazy With Mike Epstein

Today I have my friend Michael Epstein on the show to talk about an old school marketing tactic that’s making a huge comeback.

With the latest iOS updates limiting the performance of Facebook ads and email marketing, this strategy comes at a great time.

In this episode, we discuss how to use postcard marketing to grow your sales.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Mike and Drew became business partners
  • How postcard and direct mail marketing works
  • How to grow your audience with postcard marketing

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I my friend Mike Epstein on the show and we’re going to talk about an old school way of marketing that’s making a huge comeback and converting like crazy for e-commerce stores. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store and it depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue.

00:27
Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who’s shopping in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers to pay on what they bought piece of cake and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used.

00:54
and can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. If you’re in the e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source in my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider.

01:23
Now why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and that’s their only focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows and abandon cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony.

01:53
And unlike this one where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:17
Welcome to the My Wife, Quarter Job podcast. Today, I’m thrilled to have Michael Epstein on the show. Mike is actually someone I’ve known for years when he was introduced to me by Drew Sinaki. And what’s funny is that I always thought that Mike was Drew’s employee. And little did I know that the two have been partners in a variety of businesses, including Auto Anything, which was a nine figure business, and now Postpilot, which is a postcard marketing business. And in fact, Drew openly admitted

02:45
that Mike was the brains of the entire operation while he served as the face. So Mike, it is finally great to have the brains and the one who does all the work behind the scenes on the show. And today we’re gonna talk about an old school form of marketing that’s making a comeback and converting like crazy. What up, Mike? Hey Steve, finally I get to step out of the shadows and finally that freeloader Drew doesn’t get to take credit for everything.

03:12
I’m telling you, man, like, I know you’re doing all the work behind the scenes. So like, why should I invite Drew back on the pod when I can have like the person who does all the work? You know, it’s a great question. I asked myself that daily. I’m totally kidding. Drew is my my business partner and friend of 10 years and one of the the smartest, most talented guys that I’ve ever met in my life and fortunate to be working with them and just having a lot of fun along the way. Give them a ton of

03:41
ton of credit. So how did you get into e commerce? And actually, how did you guys meet and hook up? Yeah, so I’ve been in e commerce for over 20 years started a company retailer of of gaming like computer gaming and video gaming accessories back in 2000. sold that in 2013 to like a small private equity shop.

04:06
And Drew and I had kind of a similar trajectory. He started a company, furniture, online furniture retailer around that time, sold it around that time. And we connected online and started working on some projects together for typically for private equity funds. So we both kind of came from that world and had experience with that. And so started just collaborating together on projects like.

04:33
diligence projects or operational advisory work or even hands-on work for private equity portfolio companies. So private equity fund acquires online retailer. They’re looking to bring in some outside resources to kind of add, provide some added perspective, look at some deals for them, provide some ideas, opportunities for upside. Started collaborating on that together and ultimately started.

04:59
building an agency together to do that type of operating work. Oh, okay. So you’re not actually a part of the fund. You’re like a hired gun for funds. Yeah, typically. We’ll come in on the deal in some cases. In other cases, we’re kind of like their operating bench. They’ll call us in when they have, again, like a deal that they want us to look at or actually go hands on. In the case of Auto Anything, they actually needed to change out the leadership team and brought us in to run the company.

05:28
as CEO and CMO. You know, this whole time that I’ve known Drew, I didn’t know that he had an agency with you. What’s the agency called? Yeah, it’s Growth Engines. started it. Yeah, I think it was started in 2013. And yeah, we were we were working with a bunch of different private equity funds doing dozens of, you know, working on dozens of different portfolio companies, typically eight and nine figure retailers.

05:54
Typically ones that needed work and were in more of turnaround. Otherwise, I guess if everything was working fantastically, they wouldn’t have called us. But typically ones that didn’t have kind of direct to consumer DNA and needed, they wanted to bring in some folks that could help bring that sort of execution and expertise to those businesses. Yeah. And you guys have had tremendous success over the years. Why did you guys decide to acquire a postcard marketing or direct mail company out of all things?

06:24
Yeah, great question. So we had always had success with direct mail and in the past, either independently or when we started working on some of these portfolio companies, direct mail was just this untapped channel that we took advantage of and always kind of worked, but it was always difficult. It was just clunky. was

06:46
exporting a bunch of spreadsheets and finding a print house and then batch and blasting a bunch of cards to people and then doing a bunch of other matchback work using more spreadsheets to try and figure out what the performance was. So we kind of asked ourselves, why isn’t someone building Klaviyo for postcards essentially? And so we actually actively set out to acquire a company that was in that space and found one.

07:14
that was kind of still in its infancy, but the foundation was there, the vision kind of was there, they were building it in the way that we were aligned with. And so it was a founder led company, we acquired that company, kept the founder on as CTO, he’s still CTO today. And that was about four years ago, and it just continued to grow that business as an alternative to kind of traditional digital channels.

07:43
I mean, I’ll admit when Drew first pinged me about postcard marketing, I was pretty skeptical because back in the day and I don’t know if they’re still around actually, I used to get these Valpak coupons, you know what I’m talking about? Totally. In the mail and I would just throw them straight in the trash and so did my parents. So talk me through this. Do you have any stats on just direct mail marketing today? Yeah, so it is interesting because we would get

08:10
kind of quizzical look sometimes when we were saying direct mail and kind of a few years ago when we were first starting it, you got a little more of that. They’re kind of like, you guys know that there’s like Facebook, right? And we were still kind of, we still had kind of confidence and conviction in the thesis that we had, but I think over the last probably 12 to 18 months, there’s just been.

08:36
this real kind of tidal wave shift in mentality, particularly around Facebook and digital advertising. I think the iOS update triggered a lot of that where all of a sudden people’s ROAS was tanking. They were losing their ability to track and target their customers. And they started realizing that they were reliant upon, you know, these third parties like Facebook for all of their acquisition and retention and targeting. Meanwhile, email,

09:06
open rates and engagement continue to decline as just people get inundated with those messages and start ignoring or deleting them. And so now it’s actually kind of interesting because almost every conversation that I’m in, people are like, I am, I think it’s the greatest idea. I’ve been wanting to do something like this. I’m so sold on this channel as an alternative. We’re dying to get off.

09:35
our dependency on Facebook. We don’t want to interrupt people constantly with SMS. We know email is only reaching a fraction of our customers. So it’s been refreshing and fun to hear kind of that shift in mentality, particularly over the last year or so. So as someone who probably has not done direct mail marketing before, I think their first impression, maybe I’m just speaking for the audience here. So if anyone out there,

10:03
is listening to this and has additional questions, I’m happy to pass them along, but it sounds expensive and it sounds like it’s hard to track. So how do you address those issues? And how much does it cost? So real simple, it’s 49 cents a card. So essentially, and that’s all in including postage and everything. So again, today that’s like less than the cost of a click. So two years ago,

10:32
When you were still getting, there was this Facebook arbitrage play, you were still getting clicks really cheap. You knew you could get a high ROAS. There wasn’t a ton of competition. Yeah. I mean, that, made a ton of sense. Now 49 cents, you know, you’re, probably paying more than that per click anyway. So it’s become a lot more cost-effective, particularly on a relative basis to some other channels. And, know, you asked earlier about, you know, overall kind of, uh, direct mail metrics and,

11:01
Over 90 % of people at least skim direct mail. I think you talked about the Val pack where everything’s in an envelope. You have to choose to open the envelopes, flip through everything and then decide what to do with it. With a postcard, for example, most people don’t take their mail out of their mailbox blindly and throw it in the trash without even skimming through it, right? So at a minimum.

11:23
You’re flipping through it. You’re looking for things that are relevant. You see a card from a brand that you recognize that you’ve done business with or that’s relevant to you. You at least stop and look at it, which is more than you can say for a lot of email campaigns today where you’re just hitting delete or it’s going to your spam folder or promotions tab. You’re not even paying attention to it at all. a minimum, people are looking at it. They’re processing it and it has a longer lifespan than email. In a lot of cases.

11:49
like your Bed Bath & Beyond coupons or other catalogs or things you get from brands that you know, they’re sitting on your kitchen table, they’re sitting on your desk for days, they’re kind of staring you in the face, they’re reminding you every time you kind of walk by. So they have this longer lifespan. So it is effective. And then you asked about tracking. So because we’re natively integrated with Shopify, we know when that customer received the card,

12:15
We know if they go on to make a subsequent purchase and we can attribute that back to the card that they received. And we know if they use a coupon code that’s on the card, whether it’s a static code that was unique for that campaign or actual single use codes like individual different code per recipient, we can do that too. And we can attribute that right back to the card too. So it really is pretty clean attribution. And we do it in real time. Again, since we’re integrated with Shopify, you see it right on a dashboard in real time.

12:44
What’s funny is when I give out coupons, I know they got the coupon, they clicked on the email, but they don’t use the coupon. So can you just walk me through the attribution then? if someone, if Shopify knows that a postcard was sent out and they make a purchase, is that attributed to the postcard then? So we’ll show you. Yeah, it’s a, it’s a great point. Cause we’ll show you both options. We show you one, just we know that that customer received a card and went on to make a purchase. And then we’ll show you if they used a coupon code that was on the card.

13:13
And so that we think of those as kind of like bookends, like the more aggressive look is everyone, anyone that received the card that went on to make a purchase, will show you what that revenue looks like. And then we’ll also show you on the very conservative side, the folks that use the coupon code. And as you said, a lot of people either forget or they find a different code online and use that instead, or they pass it along or something like that. So that’s the most conservative look. And so for most of our customers, they’re thinking,

13:42
Well, if the coupon ROI looks strong, I know we’re getting actually better than that in reality. It’s somewhere in between kind of the total recipient ROI and the coupon ROI. So as long as that number looks good, I’m going to be really happy with my results. And you mentioned 49 cents. It’s actually gone down since the last time I checked by a lot, like 30 % cheaper. that has

14:07
Has it just gone down? I don’t even know what the economics is sending out of postcards. Yeah, no, that was just that was special pricing just for you, Steve. We jacked up the price. No, it’s yeah. So we’ve we’ve kind of refined the model a little bit so that you can pay a lot less per card. You can pay a small monthly subscription cost and that gets you one lowest lower pricing per card and also gets you our full service. So we actually have account strategists.

14:37
and complete in-house creative department on staff. And I think when you tried us out, we hadn’t rolled that out yet. That was probably one of the most pivotal kind of moments or changes in the company was when we realized that this is a new channel that people don’t have lot of experience with. They don’t know what the best practices are. They don’t have a ton of time to do it. They just know that they want to try it, but they know that they don’t want to fail either.

15:05
How do we take our expertise and direct to consumer marketing and in postcard marketing and set them up for success? Well, we provide now free, like complimentary fully managed service to where we will literally do the whole thing for you from setup, strategy, segmentation, full design using our professional designers and basically take it off your plate to the extent you want and you pay the lower price per card.

15:31
Can you give me an idea of some of your customers and their ROI, like kind of across the board on average? Yeah, I think our internal goal is typically to get a six to 10 X ROI on a campaign that we send out. Like when we go in and propose segments and propose campaign strategy, in the back of our mind, we’re thinking like, let’s set this up. We want to feel confident that we can get a six to 10 X ROI on this campaign. And that’s going to make

16:01
pretty much any brand really happy. We often see a lot more in some cases, what we start at that six to 10X and then they say, that’s great. We’ve demonstrated that we can hit that. Now let’s go more aggressive because we’re totally willing to accept the lower ROI if we can expand the total audience size and drive more revenue that way. But we’ve got like Ezra’s brand, boom, Ezra Firestone.

16:26
He got a 26 X ROI on his win back campaign and Eric Banholds from Beardbrand. He did an interesting campaign where he targeted folks that had purchased more than once, but not purchased in at least six months. So these are people that are pretty defective at that point and they are unsubscribed to Klaviyo and we can layer that in as well.

16:51
And got a 10X ROAS on that campaign targeting people that hadn’t bought in six months and were unsubscribed to Klaviyo. So basically unreachable using his regular digital channels and got a 10X. There was like Obvi, that big supplements brand. They were getting 24X on one of their win back campaigns, the 90 day plus win back on a 90 day plus win back. We just did a

17:20
a case study with Orbit Baby, a stroller company who’s using our Orbit Baby is my good friend. Are they still they sold and I thought the company was dissolved actually. Orbit Baby is still around. That’s amazing. The The stroller man. Yeah, they’re one of my good friends from Stanford who start Mike over there who runs marketing. Probably not the same guy that you know, but yeah, I was just talking to him the other day. They just did a case. That’s awesome. Okay. Yeah.

17:45
Yeah, I thought I’d share too that I use the service and I think I got a 16 X ROI. So what I want to talk about actually is if anyone listening wants to try this, like what is the absolute safest campaign that you can run that’s practically guaranteed to work? Yeah, good question. So we would say start with a win back. So you can, you can break that up in a number of ways based on kind of recency and frequency. We think about

18:13
recency, frequency, monetary value, RFM a lot and how we build out segments and cohorts. And so you could target, if you know that you sell a 60 day supply of supplements and you would set a trigger that’s basically like at day 65 or day 70, we know if they have not come back and purchased, we’ve already been hitting them with our regular email kind of win backs or

18:42
refill reminders. They haven’t responded to those. Set a trigger and say day 65. It says, hey, Steve, it’s time for a refill. Here’s a 10 % coupon to come back or scan this QR code and instantly apply a 10 % code and put it in your cart. That is a really safe, like low-hanging fruit, easy win. You’re going to see really good ROI on it consistently. And it’s incremental because you’re hitting folks that have not

19:10
hold the trigger based on your email or digital ads. To that point, you could theoretically exclude them if you want through our segments, but either way, good email open rates for econ these days is like 20, 25%. And that’s the people that are still subscribed to your list. That’s 70, 80 plus percent of folks that aren’t engaging with your email. And that’s just leaving incremental dollars on the table. The longer you wait to try and get them back, the more likely they are to

19:39
permanently defect. So if you get to them quickly or on time with a channel that they’ll engage with, there’s a lot of incremental ROI that you can get from those customers.

19:52
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

20:22
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment process that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

20:50
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

21:02
All right, so let me just repeat what you just said. So you take your list of people who have bought before but haven’t bought in a while and who haven’t opened an email in a while either. And then you send postcards to them. Can this process be completely automated like Klaviyo also? Yeah, exactly. So think of it just like Klaviyo for direct mail where you can send one off campaigns like you would a newsletter type email, a sale announcement, a new product launch, something like that.

21:30
but the real power is in the triggered automation. So you set up just like an email flow, you say customer buys product A, does not make a purchase for 65 days. On day 65 trigger a card that says, Steve, it’s time to come back. Here’s a discount code or customer buys product A. On day 30, if they haven’t bought product B, you trigger that card that says, hey Steve,

21:59
I hope you’re enjoying your jeans. Here’s an offer on a new t-shirt. You can do all those things just like you would with an email flow or an email, an automated email campaign. Walk me through the design of the card. Can I just use the same design for everything? You can. Okay. What works? What are some best practices? Yeah. So best practices are one, make it familiar looking, use your brand colors, make your logo prominent. So again, as you’re flipping through the…

22:27
Think of that person flipping through their mail. You want them to recognize the card right away and recognize it’s a brand that they’ve done business with. You want to have succinct message. Think of it like a digital ad that you’d create for Facebook. You’re not going to put, you’re not going to make it super busy. You’re not going to put a ton of copy on it. You want to make it succinct and concise so that it pops and ease and you can skim it and read it quickly. You want to have some sort of incentive. Kind of, we recommend just having some incentive that creates more urgency.

22:56
You can set an expiration date. We can set expiration dates dynamically, meaning you don’t have to constantly worry about updating that expiration of a coupon code. We can just print on the card, like set expiration for seven days after receipt of the card or set expiration for 30 days after receipt. Again, create that urgency. And now best practices also include that QR code. So COVID brought QR back from the dead and now that’s become best practice. And you can do some really neat things with it.

23:26
You could send someone directly back to their cart. You could apply a discount automatically by appending that URL with, you know, the discount code parameters in your Shopify store. So some really neat things you can do with QR codes though. I can’t even get a restaurant anymore without having to scan a QR code actually. They’re like, don’t even give you the menu. Like the menu never came back. It’s like just scan the table. So this is actually pretty compelling because 49 cents a card. I know I’m paying more than that for a click.

23:56
For Google for sure I’m paying more than that for a click What’s funny? I just have a quick story to tell for people listening like when I launched my first postcard marketing campaign and I was working with you and I didn’t even realize it was it was sent already and then all of sudden people were trying these coupons and I didn’t set up the coupon code yet and people were just calling and calling and calling and I was like, okay Wow, I guess the postcard went out already and it works people people look at it. Can you talk about

24:25
demographics, because my demographic for my customers are like over the age of 45 or 50. And they’re probably all over direct mail. Do you have some companies that where this works better than others in terms of their customers? Yeah, another great question. We get that a lot. And people have this perception of like, oh, I need to be targeting old people with direct mail. And, you know, I’m selling like the I fall in and I can’t get up things. So that’s my target audience. But

24:54
No, it’s actually, there’ve been a lot of studies done on this too, where young people, millennials, one, they’re not, they’re engaging even less with email. Like email is not their preferred kind of channel of communication. They’re more SMS, they’re on social and things like that. So they’re not, they’re not engaging with email the same way. And it’s also more unique and surprising. And I think that’s one of the most kind of interesting and important elements of direct mail today is like,

25:24
We live in this world of digital overload and people are becoming like numb and blind to all the digital noise that’s around them. But when you get a tangible piece of mail from a brand that you’ve done business with, the studies show it’s perceived more like a gift, not an interruption. It’s more memorable. It stands out and it’s unique. And that applies equally well and in some cases better to like the younger millennial and other younger generations because

25:54
Again, it’s just surprising to them. And surprising is like such an important way to stand out today. You have to surprise people because everything else has just been kind of beaten to death. It’s so funny because back in the day, like we used to get all this junk mail. And now actually, I was just looking at my mailbox when we got back from vacation the other day, there actually wasn’t that much stuff. So I think you’re right. I mean, you want to do what other people aren’t doing. And I think these millennials don’t even know what mail is, right?

26:23
Cause they get all their bills and everything digitally and to get like a physical piece of something, I can see them looking at it. Totally. So we talked about winbacks. Would you recommend doing this with like abandoned cart and that sort of thing too? Yeah, absolutely. Winbacks are just one type of campaign that you can run. You can do the second purchase campaigns. We know customer, we just got a new customer who bought product A, how do we get them into product B?

26:50
You can do VIP campaigns. Those are really popular. just showing appreciation. Those whales, those VIP customers that you have make up usually a disproportionate amount of your total revenue of your business. So taking care of them, acknowledging them, and keeping them loyal is worth a ton. So again, just trigger a card after someone’s fourth purchase or after someone makes a total of $500 in orders from your store.

27:18
with a thank you acknowledgement, maybe a loyalty discount as well, just to keep them buying from you. We also have handwritten cards now, which I don’t think we had when you ran your first campaign. Yeah, those are sweet. I heard you guys acquired a company that has machines, right? Yes, we acquired a machine that has like this robotic technology and writes with all the nuance of a human hand, all like the letter variation. It’s all, it’s not even, it’s not like perfect because that’s a telltale sign of it not, but it will write.

27:47
personalized handwritten cards in a handwritten envelope with a real postage stamp. And you talked about like, do millennials even, are they used to even getting mail? mean, imagine when they get a handwritten card in the mail and a handwritten envelope, like anybody opens that because it’s so uncommon today. So great touch point for that, those really high value customers. So that’s a really good one. And then we’re

28:11
moving into acquisition campaigns too, because that’s the big question. was going to ask you about that next, but let’s, want to finish with the retention stuff first, sir. Okay. Oh, by the way, I wanted to share with the audience that my top 10 % of customers actually generate almost 50 % of my revenue. So you’re absolutely right. You got to focus on the whales. Um, how would abandon cart work? if someone, would you do it as like the last step after like email has failed essentially? Okay. Yeah. So typically they,

28:40
you have your abandoned card sequence and that might go a few days and then just trigger a card where they haven’t responded to it and say your your banded card sequence ends after three days trigger a card on day three or day four with that incentive to go out because you know you haven’t reached them through email that you haven’t gotten them to take the action that you want so just tack it on at the end there. Okay and then in terms of ROI you said you give two numbers and then usually just

29:09
people pick something in between, right? It’s probably highly unlikely that someone makes a purchase if they haven’t been open to any emails and then they got a postcard and then they made a purchase, chances are it’s attributed to the postcard, right? Yeah, so especially when you’re talking about these long kind of long wind backs, people that are way defected, especially when people are layering in those segments that are like unsubscribed to email or unengaged with email is a big segment that will layer in sometimes too.

29:38
doesn’t have to be that they’ve gone a long time. It could just be that they’re a recent subscriber, but they’ve never opened an email in the last 30 days. Like that’s a great person to target with direct mail. So in those cases, again, even I would lean way more towards that bigger number because how else were they really hearing from you at that point? so again, coupon is really the most conservative way to look at it. But again, that number looks good, you know that you’re doing a lot better than that in reality.

30:08
Okay. So all that retention stuff is interesting. My biggest question to you is does this work top of funnel and walk me through how that would work? Yeah. So biggest question that we get and you, get the exclusive because literally tomorrow is when we are releasing this to the world. Uh, and that’s actually one of the campaigns that orbit baby ran with us as one of our beta partners in this. So we are, it’s called mail match.

30:36
And what this does is it takes your email subscribers, your email leads, your email prospects in Klaviyo or in other platforms. And we scrub that list against a data set of physical addresses. And we use our AI and our algorithm to like determine accuracy, likelihood of accuracy, because we don’t want just a match. want a match that we have confidence is actually accurate and current.

31:04
And so that’s kind of our secret sauce. And then we typically get around a 60 % rate on that. And then we can target those customers with a physical card. And the key thing there is that they’ve at least demonstrated a level of intent. A lot of people think of direct mail and traditional direct mail as like, again, batch and blast to a bunch of people in a zip code, or I just got a list of everybody that has this attribute, this household income or whatever. That is tough.

31:33
That is tough to make work, it’s expensive, it adds up quickly and the ROI, you have to have a lot of commitment to see that through to get that dialed in. We want to pick up on indicators that customers or prospects have demonstrated some intent and some engagement with your brand. Then you’re going to get much higher ROI while still getting new customer acquisition.

31:56
We want to help you acquire these new customers that you’ve already worked so hard or paid so much to get to your website to convert when they haven’t converted off your digital ads, retargeting or email. Is this your partnership with GetEmails? No. Oh, it’s a different one. This is actually all proprietary, but GetEmails is a company that we have a great relationship with and they’re doing interesting tech with.

32:25
anonymous identification and that is TBD. Okay, so walk me through this then. How is this product different? Sorry. So people are visiting your site and you’re getting their addresses. Can you just walk me through the distinction here? Yeah, so they’ve opted into your list. So they’ve given you their email, you have a lead magnet on your site or however you got their email into your Klaviyo list.

32:55
we will sync that list with post-pilot and create a segment off that list. So you could say, yeah, I want every email subscriber that signed up in the last 30 days has not purchased anything. So we don’t have their physical address and I want to target them with an offer for a sale that we’re running or I want to target that. If they have opted in, gone through our welcome sequence and not purchased within 14 days, I want to hit

33:24
I want to trigger a card on day 14 that says, like, here’s an offer to come and buy from us. We can do that automatically and find that physical address and target them with the postcard. Nice. Okay. So technically this isn’t top of funnel, right? This is like middle, I guess. It’s not cold. It’s not cold. Right. So the conversion probably works pretty well. Incidentally, the guys from GetEmail’s, maybe I’ll make sure I publish this episode before this one, because it’s very interesting.

33:54
because I’ve been just kind of testing it also and it’s, the ROI is pretty good. So I would imagine when you guys partner with them, it’ll work just as well, if not better. Yeah. So that’s on like anonymous visitor retargeting. Absolutely. have great technology for that. And we’re working on some things together on that. I think the way we think about it is start lower in the funnel and work your way up.

34:22
Yeah, again, because it is a channel that obviously has a cost associated with with every card that you send. So we don’t want if you start very top of funnel, start really cold again. It’s really tough to make work and then you’re going to kind of get discouraged. Yeah. And so we really advocate for starting lower in the funnel and then working your way up, expanding, going higher and higher up in the funnel as you demonstrate that your customers are responding and that your ROI is there. Yeah. I mean, what you guys

34:51
just described was, I mean, that, yeah, that’s pretty, I bet the conversion rates on that will be pretty good. Do you have any customers? I’m anxious to try that too, actually. Yeah, so Orbit, I can share their example because we just did a case study on them. they did, they used our mail match tack. They sent a card to folks that had not had opted in, had not purchased, I think in 30 to.

35:18
started in 30 days and went to 60 or 90 days and they got a 16 X ROI on campaign and a really, and that was on the recipients. And then on the coupons, they also got a really strong campaign and they’re, they’re thrilled with it. So they just want same sort of thing. They want to keep expanding, keep expanding the different audiences that they can target with this.

35:45
I’m looking forward to your get emails integration too, because a lot of times people will abandon their carts without any email or anything. And then you can send postcards to those people and that’s probably a really high ROI also. Yep, exactly. that’s like the next, we talk about moving up the funnel, like that’s the next level up from email. That’s like giving you their email has a, demonstrates a certain level of intent, browsing your site, not giving your email is kind of the next level up before you go totally,

36:15
cold or which we’re still working on some stuff there too. But again, we like to demonstrate a good ROI on any campaign that we send. Yeah, I love it. I love it. Okay, so anyone listening out there who wants to try this, can we just go over some best practices? Because it still sounds probably intimidating. Yeah. So walk me through like, do I need to know how to design stuff? Like do I need to have a graphic designer design the postcard? Or do you have like templates I can just pop in my colors and logo? So we do have templates, but the easiest thing to do

36:45
Like the, the, the shortcut to all of this is let us do it all for you. So how much does that cost? Nothing. Nothing. Yeah. It’s all part of your, it’s all part of the plan. So you can, we will literally set the entire thing up for you. We’ll help get the segments built. We will design the campaign using our team of professional designers who are literally awesome. Like this isn’t like outsourced design stuff that you get back and it looks like garbage. This is like legit good stuff.

37:15
And we will even send your first campaign on our dime because we will prove to you that it works. So there’s literally no risk. We will do it for you. We will send it on our dime. You can get a free campaign. We’ll see the ROI. You’ll come back to us and say, let’s go. I want to do more. And we’re off to the races.

37:40
I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2023 Seller Summit are now on sale over at Sellersummit.com. Now, what is the Seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every single year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business

38:09
entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the seller summit will be small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets always sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250,000 or $1 million per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers.

38:37
Now the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 23rd to May 25th. For more information, go to sellersummit.com. Once again, that’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com, or just Google it. Now back to the show.

38:54
Okay, that’s too good to be true almost. We call it the Godfather offer. Yeah. Because it’s an offer you can’t refuse. We’ve just done this enough time. We’ve seen thousands of campaigns. We know what works. We know we can demonstrate good ROI in this channel for you. We know that it’s kind of a new and can be intimidating because you haven’t done it before. That’s really where this came from.

39:22
You had the same kind of questions as so many of our customers. so that’s where this came from. you comment, since we’re talking about direct mail, can you comment on this versus catalogs or pamphlets? Yeah. So we don’t send catalogs today. It’s something that we’re looking into. But what we do have is something called cartologs, where

39:49
You can use one of our larger formats, like a six by nine, which is double the space of a four by six. And that gives you enough real estate to do a nice product grid if you have a larger assortment. It’s an easy format to get started with. It allows you to just to show and display a decent size assortment. And it’s inexpensive. So that’s 59 cents as opposed to 49 cents first.

40:16
to get the six by nine. That’s like Bed Bath and Beyond size, right? Yeah, exactly. Yep. Can you comment on the conversion difference between all these? Yeah. So it’s a great question to get one common question. don’t, we don’t typically see a big conversion. If you were going to send the same offer in a four by six and a six by nine, we recommend just going with the four by six. It’s going to be cheaper where we think because the conversion rate doesn’t change a whole lot where we see

40:45
the value in the six by nine is brands that just have a bigger assortment of product and they want more real estate to either tell their brand story or show a larger assortment of product in a campaign. So t-shirt brands or brands like Tipsy Elves or Busted Tees or those kinds of brands that want to show a bunch of their styles and products on the card. Six by nine is a great format to do that. Orbit Baby, another one that’s going to do a six by nine card now because

41:13
To them, it’s a premium product. They want to tell their brand story and they want more real estate to be able to do that. But they were about to send a brochure, like more of a catalog. And we said, why don’t we try the six by nine format where you don’t have to go through all the work and expense of creating a whole catalog and mailing it. We can position this and design it in such a way that we can convey that story that you want to tell and get it to you.

41:40
It’ll be easy, it’ll be less expensive. And they were really excited about that. Okay. Can you comment on like maybe the types of products that this would work better on or does it matter? Like if email is working for you, will postcard marketing work for you? Chances are. Yeah. So we, one with, with email, again, think if email is working great for you, great. We certainly don’t recommend.

42:07
stopping email campaigns or not doing email. It’s great. It’s more that look at your open rates and look at your engagement rates on email. I can say with a high level of confidence that the majority of folks are not opening or engaging with your email campaigns, no matter how good they are. So this is just a way to ensure that that message gets through to the folks that aren’t engaging. And if you have a great campaign that’s working great in email,

42:35
That’s even better than pivoted to postcard campaigns. And you should see great performance out of that too. Okay. It’s a great way of thinking about like how to, where to start, how to prioritize what, types of campaigns you run. All right. So my final question then is what is like the echelon in terms of what to try? So the wind back, you would try first. What comes next? Abandoned cart? Probably the VIPs is typically a second.

43:03
The amount of people that have been waiting for our mail match because they want that customer acquisition, it could not come fast enough because everyone’s been asking and we’re a little later delivering it as IT projects tend to be than we wanted. And people are knocking down our door trying to get into this product. So we’re excited about that. And the results that we’ve seen from brands who are in our beta program is really good.

43:33
That’s something that people really want because it’s acquisition. And then like those second purchase, the abandoned carts, layering those things in are all great campaigns that you can be running. But then you also want to think about supplementing those with these one-off type campaigns. So you have a big sale, you have a new product launch, you want to make sure that that message gets in front of as many people as possible. So Black Friday is like, it’s going to be completely bonkers because

44:03
That’s the period when one, CPCs are getting jacked up, know, like competitions driving CPCs up, whereas postage is fixed, you’re not gonna pay more to reach somebody just because it’s the week of Black Friday. And you know that email inboxes are getting completely inundated with a million emails from a million different brands. So how do you cut through the clutter? Like those are perfect times around these major holiday events to layer in a postcard campaign and make sure you’re getting in front of folks that

44:32
you wouldn’t otherwise get in front of. Nice. No, it totally makes sense. Actually, I think the biggest hurdle really for anyone is designing the car, getting everything set up. But it sounds like you guys do white glove service on that con concierge service. I don’t know how long you’re going to be able to keep that up. But if you guys are listening to this out there, I would take advantage of this now while it lasts, because I don’t see how that’s scalable. And maybe maybe you guys are just at this point now where

45:02
where you can do this. So take advantage of this while it lasts is what I’m thinking at least. Well, yeah. While we’re still here now, we continue to make the platform easier to use and technically it can be a fully self-serve platform. we, again, we want to set brands up for success because it’s their first experience using this channel in most cases. And we know best practices and we’d rather

45:30
earn that customer and their business and their loyalty over a long period of time. So it’s worth it to us to invest in that and getting them set up for success. Sweet. So Mike, tell everyone where they can find more about this and how to get ahold of you directly if they have any questions. Yeah, sure. So email me directly anytime. Michael at Postpilot.com. You can find me on LinkedIn or Twitter and you can go to Postpilot.com. Go to Postpilot.com slash GFO for Godfather offer.

46:00
And that’s where you can sign up for that offer that we were just talking about where we’ll literally design, set it up, design it, send your first batch on our dime and let you see for yourself. good. Well, thanks a lot for coming on the show and it’s finally good to talk to the brains of the operation. That’s right. Always a pleasure, Steve. Great to be with you.

46:26
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now I just find it really funny how marketing always goes in cycles and postcard marketing is extremely effective and I recommend that you go out and try it. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquitterjob.com slash episode 427. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

46:55
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash D. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow and win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifeclutterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifeclutterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store,

47:25
Head on over to mywebcoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

426: The Best Strategy To Grow An Audience Today With Neville Medhora

426: The Fastest Way To Grow An Audience Today With Neville Medhora

Today I have my favorite outspoken Zoroastrian friend back on the show, Neville Medhora. Neville is the founder of CopywritingCourse.com where he runs an incredible copywriting community and teaches people how to write persuasive copy.

In this episode, we discuss how written content creation has evolved over the years and how to be successful with a content based business today.

What You’ll Learn

  • The best way to grow your audience with content today
  • Why WordPress is no longer the best platform
  • How to build a thriving community

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. today I have my favorite outspoken Zoroastrian friend back on the show, Neville Medora. Now, Neville runs CopywritingCourse.com where he runs an incredible copywriting community and that’s what we’re gonna be talking about today. We discuss how written content creation has evolved over the years and the limitations of WordPress in order to be successful with content today. Now, before we begin, I wanna thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

00:30
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

01:00
I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and I depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy.

01:28
Let’s say I want to set up a special order, sponsor sequence to my customers, depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used. You can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I want to mention my other podcasts that I released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one, where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience.

01:58
No topic is off the table and we tell like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:14
Welcome to the My Wife, Quarter Job podcast. Today I’m happy to have Neville Madora back on the show. And believe it or not, Neville was one of my very first guests on my podcast back in 2014. In fact, he was episode number three and he actually, and he doesn’t know this, but he actually held the record for the best podcast episode for at least that first year. Now we met randomly at FinCon. We’ve been friends ever since. He was one of the original guys behind AppSumo.

02:42
And now he makes a living over at copywriting course, teaching other people how to write persuasive copy. The guy’s got a ton of personality and is easily my favorite outspoken Indian guy that I know. So welcome back to Neville. Thanks. You’re my sixth favorite Asian. So, yeah. Wait, you know, six Asians? Man, I dropped out at number six. That’s it’s like 0.8 of you. Kim Jong Un is number one.

03:09
Yeah, so Neville used to call me Kim Jong-un. That’s what he used to call me. was my nickname. Great David Tell joke where he’s like, have a crush on Kim Jong-un’s sister, Kim Jong-Stacey. Stupid. You know what? What’s funny is that last time I had you on, I actually kind of listened to part of the episode. You were running NevBlog back in the day. Yeah. And copywriting courses with a K.

03:35
So catch me up, man. So I noticed now with Copying Cores with a C and then NevBlog, I don’t think you really update anymore, right? No, because there’s all these different social media platforms that have taken over. It used to be back in the day, like in 2000, you’d update a website and people would go to it. Now it’s like you could update Twitter, Facebook and everything. So having like a personal blog has kind of gone a little bit out of vogue, right? Like people still have them, but they’re not updated as much or you just update on social media networks and then people can see the updates much quicker like that.

04:05
Yeah, so I don’t update netblog anymore, but I am far more active on my social medias now. So let’s talk about that. Cause I’ve always had this love, hate relationship with social. And I know before we started recording, you said that if you were to start all over, you wouldn’t start with your website, you’d start with social. let’s, yeah, I never thought I say that it used to be like, obviously you start a website first because you could collect emails. You can have all your stuff over there. Now, if you think about what a website is, it’s basically just a place that you can update from.

04:34
and then it shows it on the web. So technically Twitter satisfies that, right? I can make an update. I can post a photo, I can post a video and it shows it. Same with the website. The thing that I’ve been sad about in the blogging world is that WordPress, which runs like 30 to 40 % of the entire internet has never moved past like the 1999 era of publishing. So right, still with WordPress, you go, you publish something and just lays on a website and no one sees it.

04:59
So now you have to get your email traffic to come see it. You have to post on social for people to come see it. You have to some other traffic to come because it doesn’t just naturally show up in feeds. Whereas social media networks have far surpassed this like since Facebook. So if I post on Facebook or LinkedIn, anything, pick poison, if I post on Facebook, it automatically shows you what I posted, right? It shows other people in the feed. It allows them to natively comment on it. It shows up their name. So it’s not just random commenters on the web.

05:28
It allows you to like, interact, heart, blah, blah, drop a video, whatever. Whereas WordPress, can’t really do all that stuff. And I’ve always wished that one of these WordPress commenting platforms would discuss. I always thought that one would unify WordPress and have this unified commenting experience and engagement. It just never happened. And so even with my main blog now, I’ve actually recently, as of March, moved off of WordPress, which I never thought would happen. What would you move to? I moved to a

05:57
Envision Community, which is a forum software. Now forum softwares have really bad blogging platforms, so it’s heavily modified. So if you look at it and be like, where can I get that template? It’s like it’s not a normal template. was heavily, heavily modified to be a blog also. But we run our community on that same platform. Once again, heavily modified. So I was like, what if we could just blog on it and the comments would be in the feed, all that kind of stuff. It would all be integrated.

06:25
And so I went through great efforts to get off of WordPress, which is a great publishing platform, but just, I don’t think it’s up to community standards. Like it’s not very communicative like social is. Do people have to log in to your community? Yes. Okay. So you can make it where they don’t, but I make them log in. But that’s tough then. Cause now you got to drive people to your community. Why not have the community on like Facebook or social media platform?

06:51
So that’s another interesting thing we started doing. So for example, if someone’s not logged in, what we would make them do before is like go to the blog and then type in their name, type their email address, type of their website, and then leave a comment and they can’t edit it or anything. So what we do now is you say, respond to this email with your comment. And then we go in and manually put that in to the website as a comment. And I’m actually building actually by Wednesday, I should have the first draft of the thing that automatically takes their comment, puts it on the website. And then whenever I reply, it also sends an email back.

07:21
So kind of like reinventing commenting a little bit to make it easier. So that doesn’t solve the problem of getting people to your site though, right? And to your community. So what happens is we have a very active community, CopywritingCourse.com. You’d see it. We have a feed on the side of the website where you could see what’s going on. I’m actually making a cool stats page where you can see all the stats going on live, even if you’re not logged in. So we have an active community there. So I was just like, well, if I make a post in the forum, people comment right away and start interacting.

07:50
Whereas if I make a blog post on my WordPress site, no one sees it and have to tell everyone about it. So now that I have everything on one platform, as soon as I post on a site or comment on it, it puts at the top of the feed that everyone sees and clicks on and comments on. So it gets far more engagement this way. The feed on a page where people are logged into? No, you can be not logged. You get a copywritingcourse.com slash blog and like see the feed on the side of what’s going on. Oh, I see of comments. Anyone can see that. can’t.

08:18
click into them unless it’s a blog post. If it’s a blog post, you could click it. But if it’s like a private thing inside our community, you could see the name of it, but you can’t click it. I see. Hint, that’s how I get people some FOMO. Okay. So let’s like start in the beginning then. So how do you get people into this community? Like, how do you build a community? Just get your name out there. I’ve noticed things like going on blogs, sorry, podcasts. For example, I’m getting in front of your audience. That’s a great way to, you know,

08:48
All three of the people listening to this will listen and then hopefully maybe one will. It’s actually double that now. Nice. Yeah. But like, hopefully, hopefully someone listens, right? And then also on social people, people hear about me. We have a cool group of characters, Sam Parr, Noah K. We all like talk online and stuff. We all have different communities. Well, their audience hears about me from there. My audience hears about them, et cetera. And so that’s just the way, yeah, just expanding that reach.

09:18
is important. In fact, we were talking about our goals for the year. That’s one of my goals for the year is to expand my reach even more by being a little more consistent on social media and such. Because that that’s definitely how you get people to hear about you. They sign up to your email, they’re like, these are pretty good. And then they see me pitch the community a couple times and they buy. I’m sure it’s much the same marketing tactics like like you do for your community. You know, what’s funny for me is the website’s important because SEO is actually the largest driver of traffic to my site.

09:47
And I have it on the blog. I guess I could put on a different platform. The principles are the same, but that’s how I get my traffic, not social, because what I like about it is you just write something once and the traffic just comes in. Whereas with social, I feel like you just gotta constantly be posting. Oh yeah, if you don’t post on social media for two days, you’re dead. Whereas SEO, you probably wrote an article five years ago that still brings a thousand leads a month. Yeah. Exactly. Same with YouTube. That’s why I like YouTube also.

10:15
YouTube is like SEO for video. It’s like the little secret thing that like, so I haven’t updated my YouTube channel in two months, that shame on me, but every single month it brings in 2000 plus signups. And I don’t touch it. I don’t log on. don’t do anything. And it still brings in day after day after day after day, views, views, views, clicks to my website. And they’re good views too. They’re good customers. Well, yeah, cause they’re watching you for like 10 minutes.

10:41
Yeah, they’re watching you and they’re also seeing your best stuff. Yeah, it’s really great. By the way, so speaking of SEO, you want to hear something interesting about SEO? Sure. So get this. So I was doing a thing. I wanted to get to a million SEO visits a month, right? And so when Copywriting Course was still with Ks, but before we changed the domain name to Copywriting Course with Cs, it was getting 450,000 visits a month from SEO. But get this, a lot of them were like these generators. So it’s like pricing calculator.

11:09
I had one call like the Japanese name generator. We’re just trying to get like random links in the beginning. Yeah. Those tools ranked really well. And they got a lot of traffic. And so you kind of look at our traffic and people are like, holy crap, 450,000 SEO a month. And then you look at the signups and they were relatively low compared to that. Some pages were very high. And then some paid like Japanese name generator had a abysmally low signup. Yeah. Cause like operating cores, Japanese name had no overlap.

11:38
And so when we changed the name with K’s, we bought the domain from someone who’s using it for like this affiliate marketing stuff. It was, it was not quality links. And so all our traffic went away for like eight months. We lost all that traffic. And you know what happened to our sales? Nothing. They stayed the same. So SEO traffic wasn’t contributing to sales is what you’re saying. No.

12:00
And so the SEO traffic wasn’t contributing much. And it was because we had some good keywords that were, by the way, it did do something, but like for the most part, I thought like, man, we were going to tank and we got about the same amount of signups and everything. And I was like, what? That’s insane. And so the new goal starting this year is to get back to that level, but with, uh, targeted words, of course, that should have been the goal all along. But before we were just trying to get links in general from everywhere. And now we got a lot of that. And I’m like, I want to go for only targeted.

12:30
keywords that people want to do and branded search terms. Do know what a branded search term is? Yeah. So that’s always been my plan. Like I only write about e-commerce and then people I’m sure you use Ahrefs, right? So people are Googling my brand much more now than they were ever before. So those are the ultimate search terms. So it’s like, you know, Steve to email templates, Steve to e-commerce templates. They’re only looking for your stuff. Those are the

12:59
best search service. I’ve talked with Sujan Patel, Siege Media, all these places that are big on SEO. Like that’s the main thing they want to go after. Like who cares about email templates? They want Neville’s email templates. That would be the ultimate. So that’s the next goal. I think the influx of that traffic is probably due to like TikTok and Instagram Reels for me. Cause people see me on TikTok and they go, okay, maybe I should just Google this, my wife, quick guy. then think that’s the reason why the traffic’s increased.

13:29
Very, very interesting. Do you have like a link tree or anything in your social media that they click or? I don’t have a link tree. actually have it just go straight to my lead magnet because email is how I convert everybody. So I convert maybe one to 3 % of the traffic coming into email and they go down this really long autoresponder sequence. Interesting, interesting. Yeah, I still think the secret is email signups. that’s still it It always is. Yeah, it’s never changed ever.

13:57
Let’s go back to the original question. Okay. So you said you would start out on social media today, which platform specifically? Probably Twitter in terms of like the speed of like meeting a cool person or seeing them be able to like see their thoughts and then reach out and be like, Hey, you want to hang out? Twitter has been the absolute fastest. You can have conversations with Mark Andreessen, Balaji Shrovasanand, like this founder of Coinbase. You’d have just conversations with them on Twitter. You could DM them. They respond back. Like those types of things happen on Twitter.

14:27
I don’t see that speed of meeting people as fast on Instagram or the other platforms. On Instagram, I do find a lot of social value in it. So updating my friend network of what I’m up to, get a lot of people reaching out, but in terms of like business stuff, it’s kind of like weirdos sometimes. So Twitter, I get the most quality people I would say. So what’s funny is I was not a Twitter believer until a year ago, until I hired someone to help me grow that account.

14:56
And once that happened, it’s been pretty amazing. I’m just curious what your Twitter strategies are to build an account and even get some of those bigger people to even respond to you. Yeah. So I didn’t believe in Twitter. had a Twitter, but all it did was repost my blog posts. That’s what I did too. That’s the wrong way to do it. Yeah. I used to tell people, I’m like, don’t join my Twitter. It’ll just spam you with all my blog posts. I used to tell them that. And then actually during the pandemic, it started to change. I think there’s a guy named David Perrell who was a writer.

15:24
And he was just talking about writing all the time and I would somehow see his tweets pop up. And I was like, wow, this is, I guess you could just like put short thoughts out. I just never really thought about it, which sounds pretty stupid. And so I saw, was using Twitter more and more and my feed was just garbage. Cause I followed all my friends and some of my friends would talk about politics and stuff. And everyone’s like talking about Trump and blah, blah. And I’m like, I just don’t want to hear this. Like I’m not here for this. And so, um, I started reading some other accounts and they were like, just trim all the people off your feed.

15:53
And I did that. I only followed people that are talking about stuff I liked. So now I only follow about maybe a hundred ish people or so. And man, once I did that, my feed was like awesome stuff. was like all these like really smart investors talking about things. It felt like I got a jump on the news. Like I always knew about things in the news before they were like out on the news news. And I was like, holy crap, this is like a competitive advantage to be on Twitter and have a curated feed. And then I learned about Twitter lists, which is even cooler because you can make a list where you change up your feed. So for example,

16:23
Let’s say don’t want to hear about business and stuff, which is most of what my Twitter is, business investing, et cetera. I have one called sciencey stuff. And so there’s like these cool accounts, like one’s called Science Girl, one’s called Massimo that you can add to lists and then switch to that list. And it’s all cool science facts. so I’m like, like while I’m, you know, sitting on the toilet or something and I have like five minutes to kill, I just pull up the little science list and I’m learning stuff really quick. And so I have different lists. I have one for copywriters. I have one for marketers. I have one for

16:53
crypto at my main feed, is like Elon Musk and Balaji Shubhasanand and all these smart people. And so I feel like that’s my source of news and interaction. And if you respond to some of these bigger accounts, and I have noticed as I’ve got bigger, the responses come faster, I think, because it shows up higher on their feed because it’s like, oh, this is a person with more than two followers.

17:19
that those people will often respond. And if I DM people, almost always get a response back. Interesting. Okay. I actually haven’t tried DMing anyone really. It’s mainly- have reason to. I don’t just say like, hi. I’m just like, hey, I love your stuff. Just wanted to let you know, I support it. Cool. And you’ll get like a cool, thanks man. You’re like, whoa. Like that person saw my thing. That’s pretty neat. What about growing your account? Have you grown it? So I think there’s some pretty, the tactics are very well known. The system is hard.

17:48
So we can talk about what I’m doing starting for the next month. I already have it planned out. let’s do it. Let’s hear it. Yeah. Yeah. So the tactics are such, you write threads about interesting things. So oftentimes take some of your most popular blog posts, turns them into threads. And what happens is threads get a lot of engagement because people click on it. Sometimes they’re too long. So people save them. they leave a comment, say thread roll unwrap this thread and it saves it. But so Twitter sees that as engagement and promotes it higher and higher and higher. So they’re a little bit viral.

18:17
The other thing is you can post random things and sometimes there is some benefit in just posting a lot of random things and sometimes like 20 % of them hit and you don’t really know why. So some of them will get four likes, some will get a thousand. Like it’s just a little bit random sometimes. And so you learn to like just post more and more and just kind of ignore the stats and some stuff hits. How often are posting or what’s your plan? How often are you gonna post? I’ll talk about the plan in a second. And then the other thing is, and the other thing is this.

18:46
have a list of stuff to go through. So there’s a couple of apps like HypeFury, where it’ll give you ideas of what to post by showing you ideas that other popular tweets. And you’re like, oh, I have an idea like that, except about the shipping industry, I have it about copywriting, right? So it’s very helpful to have a swipe file of a popular post. So I have a Twitter doc that I write potential tweets in, much like you probably have a blog post file where you like write blog post ideas.

19:11
Yep. I have that and I’ll write the tweet out and just, you whenever I want to use it, I can use it. And I also have a place where I can go for ideas. I even built one. You got a copyrighting course.com slash Twitter. You’ll see my tweet generator thing I made for myself. Ah, interesting. Okay, cool. Yeah. So you’d actually click generate ideas and I’ll just make three of them and I’ll say, I need to post one of these right now. And that’s what I’ll do. So now let’s talk about my plan. My plan for the rest of the year is to get to a hundred thousand on YouTube. I’m currently at 70,000 something.

19:40
Get to 100,000 on Twitter. currently at 25, 26,000. So that one needs to be amped up quite a bit. And then 200,000 SEO targeted SEO visits, right? So the goal for the year is- Those are some ambitious goals. Well, mean, so YouTube, I’ll probably naturally hit it if I just post semi-regularly. I’m close. If I do what I’m doing right now and don’t change anything on Twitter, I’ll hit-

20:10
35,000, I’d say, by the end of the year. Easy. Like maybe four. I think we’re at the exact same point. I think I’m at like 28 right now. Ooh, you want to, you want to do this with me? Like we can motivate each other. We can talk about some of the secret stuff I’m doing. Sure. Yeah. So here’s, here’s the other goal. I was talking to my friend, uh, Nick Gray, uh, who you may know Nick Gray news party.pro. If you want to want to read his book about throwing a party that that it’s actually pretty good. One of the things that I was going over my goals with him yesterday, it’s like,

20:40
roughly mid-year as we record this. I was like, let me update my goals to see where we’re at. And I was explaining these goals to him and he’s like, well, it sounds like you got all these numbers in place. He’s like, what’s the one thing like that book, the one thing, like what’s the one thing you can do? And I was trying to think about that. It’s like, which one of these would I focus on? And I think that was the wrong question. The right question would be like, what can I do to ensure that I’m going to be able to update these every day? And the thing is, one of my employees,

21:09
I’m going to incentivize her to make sure I complete these things with interesting. Tell me more. Um, that’s, uh, I don’t want to say names or no names. that’s private. But, but there’s like a pot of gold at the end of the rainbow. If all of these are hit and the way that we’re going to hit these, uh, these are doable goals, but the, but consistency is the key. I’ve noticed with all my friends, like, uh, like Noah Kagan has grown his YouTube channel gigantic.

21:37
And me and him were at the same exact level. And the reason he shot up is because he posts all the time. I don’t post anything. There’s nothing. I don’t post anything. Sam Parr grew on Twitter quite a bit, and he was very consistent on it. If you look through it, he’s probably barely missed a day in the last two years. And so consistency is the key. And so I go through, I’m sure you do go through this or some of your audience relates. You go through times where you’re really motivated, and then you drop off. The weekend’s really fun, and you have a lot of stuff planned. So I’m like, how can on those times when I’m not

22:07
participating or not on the internet too much, how can I keep having posts go out? So that’s pre-scheduling them, making sure we have a content calendar of stuff going out for the whole month at beginning of the month. So even if I don’t naturally participate on Twitter natively, at least something gets scheduled to go out, right? And so that’s going to be the plan from now on. And so the plan is we tweet out a lot, we make targeted blog posts. so we made our own little blogging platform for that.

22:37
Go after those and then make videos out of the targeted blog posts. It’s a pretty simple strategy. The key is just the consistency, doing it day after day, week after week, month after month. How many people do you have helping you on this? There will probably be one main person. Okay, just one person. Okay. I could bring in other people. I don’t know if I need to. I’m not sure if I need to yet.

22:59
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

23:29
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment processes that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

23:57
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

24:09
I’ll tell you my strategy. mean, consistency is like just a given. For me, it’s like the process by making it consistent. And I think I have it down now. everything always starts with a blog post. So I take the time and I write something and that takes a while. But that blog post instantly becomes a YouTube video. And usually I’ll just take the blog post as I write like how I talk. And then just cut out all the fluff stuff and then turn that into a video.

24:37
And then that video can be broken down into multiple TikToks, because short form video is huge right now. And then I post that on TikTok reels and YouTube shorts. The YouTube shorts I haven’t started yet, but I had this pile of like 200 TikToks. I’m just gonna schedule them out on YouTube. And then for Twitter, it’s taken those same blog posts, just the headings, and then turning those into threads once a week. So I tweet three times a day.

25:05
one thread per week, because it’s a pain in the ass to put together the threads. And I’m missing something. Oh yeah, all that stuff can turn into a podcast too. That’s something. Yes. An individual. Also YouTube video is a podcast, but audio. Oh, that’s my other thing that I have on my list for the rest of the year. I’m starting a YouTube podcast. I decided to separate it out from my main channel because I don’t think people watch podcasts as much. Is that accurate? You know what’s interesting? So

25:32
I don’t know if this is going to be a video podcast or not, but behind me is my interview setup. I got some mics and it’s all catches board and all that jazz, right? What I learned was I was bringing, was like, I’m to hire a producer. So I did, I hired a producer, I found one in Austin and every Tuesday he would come over and I would schedule a guest. And much respect to you podcasters, like lining up guests and stuff, man, that’s, that’s work. It’s easy. just texted you Neville and I said, Hey, you want to come on? You said, Yeah, but

26:00
I’m a talker. I’ll talk the whole time. You don’t have to do anything. But for some, like you want to do research, right? If you didn’t know me, like it’d be different. You’d be doing a little research. You’d try to give them some shout outs, all that stuff. So I was preparing these in-person podcasts. And then like, remember you’re on camera. So you got to look like semi-presentable. I have to schedule the guest time and then also the producer’s time to be here at the same time.

26:24
So we’d meet and we’d sit over there and we’d have a nice chat and I’d have all these like two pages of notes that I would ask them questions from. And then you to do the editing and put it out. And you have to do that week after week after week. And what I noticed on my YouTube stats were the interviews, while my audience loved them, got zero new subscribers. So every video I put out that’s just like, hey, it’s Neville here and I’m gonna teach you this little thing about copywriting. That video will get lots of subscribers, new subscribers to my YouTube channel.

26:54
interviews did not like they wouldn’t go viral. They wouldn’t like, um, capture people’s imagination. So I’m not sure what the reason was. Maybe I suck. Maybe the content sucked. Um, but people in our audience liked it, but it didn’t grow the pie. It was very interesting. know, it’s funny is I, I see a YouTube channels like Rogan whatnot and they’re killing it on YouTube, but he’s got celebrities. He’s got Jamie Foxx on there. I’ve got, I’ve got Ross from siege media. I know he runs a huge company. He’s not some slub.

27:24
But at the same time, it’s like, we’re talking about SEO, right? Like that’s not the biggest interview in the world. I think, yeah, to go viral on YouTube, you have to talk about general stuff. Like let’s look at Noah, right? He’s talking about how people got rich, like how they made a million bucks, whatever. That’s appealing to everybody. Whereas when I talk about e-commerce, like my overall pie is smaller, but there’s still a lot of people interested in that.

27:50
It’s a smaller pie, which is, you you’re not going to get like mainstream necessarily. I bet if you talked about how to become a millionaire with e-commerce and no money, like that kind of video will get a lot of views. don’t know if it’s the exact right person you want necessarily. So I talk with Noah all the time about this dichotomy of like, you know, sometimes he doesn’t like doing like knocking on millionaires doors, but those are the ones that get a lot of views. There’s this like, what’s your ultimate goal? And if your goal is just to try to get to a million people on YouTube, that’s probably the way to do it.

28:19
but it’s not always the fun, they’re not always fun for you to do. So. I know his personality too, but he’s going to continue doing them because he always does what works. He does. Yeah. And it’s where he does. He does some, did like one, like he really loved doing this one where he went on a fishing trip with a buddy and they talked and stuff like that. And that video got like 13,000 views, which for him is very little. Right. Yeah. So he really loved that and cherished that time. But then it’s just like,

28:48
I’m to go up to Yacht owners and ask them what they do for a living. And it’s funny, once we were at his house and we were just like, let’s watch both videos and we watched the fishing video and he was like, man, I love this. And we’re all kind of like, it wasn’t really that great of a video. Like, I know you probably had fun cause it’s like your buddy meant something to you, but for me to sit here, waste my time watching it, I was like, I didn’t really learn anything. It’s just kind of like you chatting with your buddy. was like, whatever. But then we watched like knocking on yacht.

29:15
owner’s things and like there’s like some guy smoking a cigar and he’s like, yeah, I own a carpet factory. You’re like, oh, I think I just learned something from that guy. Like, I didn’t know you can make money with a carpet factory. Like it actually was a better video. So I don’t, I don’t know. no, I’ve, I’ve watched all of his YouTube videos actually. And I actually liked those the best cause you never know what the next guy is going to say. And they all look different. They’re all completely different. Like these million, but do know they’ll film for sometimes like two days straight to get a 12 minute video? Is that wild?

29:45
I can imagine it’s a pain in the butt. And I know he’s investing a ton of money in his channel. Yeah, he spends, he spends a lot of money as a whole team working on it. It’s a lot of, mean, just to do that amount of editing and stuff by yourself, but dude, get this. Here’s some insights from, by the way, Kagan is one of my best friends in the world. So I probably talk about him a lot, but he has an interesting character to hear about. And one interesting thing he’s been doing all these, going to some YouTube meetups and stuff.

30:10
And then I watch a lot of these YouTubers and listen to them talk. like MKBHD, you know, that guy that is one of the top reviewers on YouTube, he does 99 or 98 % of his own editing on all his videos. That’s crazy, man. Isn’t that wild? He has like an entire team and this guy’s still doing his videos. Graham Stepan is editing most, almost all his videos himself. Yeah, he’s got two guys doing it, helping them now though, I think, right?

30:34
I think, but that’s more for like setup and stuff of the podcast and just organizing and tasks. He still does a lot of editing and a lot of the work himself. And I always find it interesting. Some of the top ones are, uh, they start of filmography people for the most part. So they’re really good with cameras and editing. it’s kind of like what they love doing, but it is kind of interesting that some of those top people are still doing a lot of the work themselves. And it just reminded me of a Seinfeld Jerry Seinfeld quote. He used to be in the editing room for, uh, for the show Seinfeld.

31:04
He’s just like, you have to be in the editing room because that’s what makes or breaks it. Like you could have like a bad, you could film a like bad acting, but turn it into something good through good editing. So he was there for every second of that show, chopping it up. Um, and it’s really interesting whenever I hand over my videos to an editor, um, like they come out good and some of them are great, but at the same time, I always think I could do better myself. Like, I think I know better on how to edit it, but it just takes up so much time. So I thought that was kind of interesting to understand.

31:34
I started out editing my podcasts and videos. I just hate the work and it takes forever. Like a five minute video might take me like hours to edit. I know. I think we’re getting to a point kind of like where AI is like almost getting good enough to do it. Like I think we’re a few years away, but, um, but like some of the social platforms like Instagram, you can upload a bunch of videos and it’ll create like a reel for you. And it’s like, it kind of like knows where to pick spots. Like it knows where the action is. And it’s like,

32:00
We might be getting there. That could be pretty awesome. Where like this could be a fully edited produced video with subtitles like all by computer soon. That’d be awesome. So your strategy basically is to be everywhere, right? Yeah, I think so. Right. Coming on. And then you mentioned early on that you’d started that over your website. So how would you be gathering emails if you don’t have your own website? Well, I think like, like I use the convert kit, not necessarily a plug, but that’s what I use. And you can actually just, you can have a page called like, you know,

32:31
ck.com slash eight to just the landing page you’re saying exactly like any of those things will do it lead pages MailChimp all do that kind of stuff now so I don’t think it’s necessary that you have to do that have to have like a website in fact the reason I say if I was starting over like meaning I didn’t have an idea for an online business that’s what I mean I’m like brand new I just have a job and I’m like hey I want to like make some money online I’ve been listening to Steve I’ve been listening to other people I would like to I would like to start a business

32:58
Instead of starting a website, buying a domain and setting up hosting and learning WordPress or learning Shopify and all that stuff. I would probably start talking, like joining communities on Twitter and start participating with people, figuring out where I can like either add value or sell a cool product. And then I would eventually get a website, but I would not do it first. I think what happens is when you buy a domain, you get set on this website. It’s like set in stone. What you’re going to do. It’s like, I’m only going to sell yellow legal pads. So I bought yellow legal pads.com now it’s like,

33:28
I feel like you’re almost stuck in that lane. Whereas I feel like what’s social, would have an account with just my name, Neville Madora, and then chat on that, participate on that. And then once I find something that’s working and I was able to sell a couple of them, like on the side, just validate the idea, then I would buy a domain or something. That would be my strategy then. That community that you run, is that a paid community? Is that people signing up for your class or is it just anyone who wants to join? Paid. So eventually, I mean, I’m sure you’ve seen this. You were a little bit ahead of the game.

33:58
with your community, but community is becoming a bigger thing. I just think the limiting factor right now, the technology, technology out there sucks. All the forums suck. They’re hard. You have to developers. You’re quite a technical guy. So you were able to do it early, but there’s solutions like circle.so and stuff that are coming out. But what happens is everyone has a course. So I had a lot of courses. We sold them only through AppSumo for a while. I sold them through myself after a while of that too. And what happens is you start a course and then people buy it, let’s say for 69 bucks, right?

34:26
So then a bunch of people buy it, but then all the people on your list buy it. And they’re kind of tired about hearing about one thing. So then you sell another course and you make another course. Now you’ve got 10 different courses that you sell and people are confused on which course you should buy. Cause a lot of times there’s overlap. So I would sell like an email writing course and a copywriting course. And people are like, well, don’t I have to know copyright and do email writing? So I’m like, yeah, there is a lot of overlap. So then what happens is course creators will bundle all of their stuff. So then they’ll say, okay, instead of 69 bucks, you get 400 bucks for all of them, right?

34:55
And then what happens is people say, well, that’s too much money. I only want some of them. So they say, okay, fine. We’ll do a monthly price, right? So you pay 69 bucks a month and then you get access to all of them. And then you just stay on like that. And then also course creators like recurring income because recurring income is great, stable, et cetera. So that’s the, that’s the normal course that happened. And so I started doing a community style thing where it’s like a monthly price for all the courses. And we kind of had this WordPress forum for a bit.

35:23
but it’s so clunky and I’m sure you use WordPress. I use the WordPress. They’re terrible. Yeah, it’s not great man. Like they’re not designed for large amounts of people. They look, they look pretty on demo, but then they get very hard to manage. And so I was using one and I was like, Oh my God, this is brutal. And so I went to a full on like forum software and kind of backed it into my core software. Um, because all your core software has to do is like host videos, right? It’s like a Wistia link. And then I went commenting and stuff to be more native.

35:51
So that’s why I went full on like forum software. And then the forum software could also handle the billing. And for a while I had this weird thing where it’s like the blog was part of it, but then you get billed on the thing. And then I had to build this SSO bridge between the two and that the bridge was very unstable. Like if an update happened, like it might, you know, not bill people or something like that. It was, very unstable. And so I was like, I gotta go to one system. And so that’s why I think the next solution for a lot of people, a lot of course creators is

36:20
They’re going to use something like Circle.so, which I think is probably the best one out there. It’s like making a private Facebook group, but you could also run courses and web pages off of it. And it also has community natively built in. So people can comment on stuff. Everyone sees a feed. You could email your members. It’s pretty nice. So I think that’s going to be the next generation of community. If I had to start all over again, I might just make a Circle.so page. I’m not an investor of theirs, unfortunately, but I think it’s a good product.

36:50
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

37:19
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

37:30
You know what’s funny is I had a forum and the biggest problem was that people were never logged in. They actually had to log into it. So that’s why I actually moved everything to Facebook because a lot of people just have their Facebook pages open. Did you have that problem? We had a Facebook group for a while. The problem is Facebook is very distracting. And then also for us, I hate to say that we’re different, but we are different in the sense that people are posting 20 page sales page letters. You cannot do that on Facebook. And also there’s no formatting.

38:00
Right? So sales pages have images and left justified. You cannot do any of that formatting even remotely close on Facebook. So I had to get a different solution. However, if I was just doing a basic group, you are totally right. The network effects of Facebook are there. The network. I can see what the nature of what you teach, you’re evaluating copy, right? And formatting and everything. So nothing is just a comment. It’s a long pieces of copy. It’s a lot of images. Yeah.

38:28
I get it. All that actually is really great content in itself because people want to read other people’s copy, right? I can see. Okay. Makes sense. So imagine you’re wanting to get your homepage reviewed, but it’s like five pages long. Can you post that on Facebook? No, right. You literally cannot post it on Facebook. And it wouldn’t look right. It would just be like blank text, like raw text with no images, no formatting, no nothing, no headers. Yeah. Right. So we literally could not do it. And so that’s why I had to like build our own solution. I mean, we

38:58
We build on top of something, but like very heavily modified for our purpose. What do think about discord for building community? Like all the young kids are using it. So yeah, it’s interesting. It’s like, it’s like a, like a never ending slack feed, but you can also do voice. So I could just go on and Hey, you want to chat? then look like obviously it’s working well. So I think there’s some value in it, but I think you have to ask yourself, is that the kind of life I want to live? And like, I don’t want this never ending slack feed of constant stuff. And once again,

39:28
The problem is people cannot post their copy. Right in your case. Yes. And here’s another thing. Tell me if you’ve had this with your form, what happens in the community is sometimes there’s really good threads, right? There’s really good threads. And if you have just a discord server where it’s like a raw text file, just growing and growing, you kind of like a two days after something cool happens, you kind of forget about it. You can’t find it anymore. It’s really hard. Whereas we have a thing where can like tag threads is like this happened or tag them as SEO and people can go read that thread later to see how it was solved.

39:58
Right. So I’ll bring up that story. I’ll be like, Oh yeah, this other person had a very similar site. Look what they did and I could link it. And it’s kind of cool because everything’s contained in that thread. So, um, there’s so much stuff that happens in the forum that it’s nice to have separate threads where we can reference later and come back to, um, or make content out of that later. Whereas in a discord server or like your Slack, it’s just this growing feed that, yeah, no, that makes sense. And it’s just constant. It’s constant pings on your phone. Um, I don’t, I don’t like that. I need like some concentration time.

40:28
This is why I don’t like social, but, uh, what’s your greatest source of leads right now? Greatest source of leads. think that it evenly splits between the website, YouTube, then so social leads are hard to track, right? They are, unless they click your link in the bio, guess. Exactly. But that’s not always how it happens. It’s like, they’ll Google my name and then sign up to copywriting course. But I don’t know that that’s from social. I consider, like, cause I just noticed the trend.

40:56
when I started doing TikTok especially, that my direct traffic from people just, on Ahrefs it tells you how many people approximately are searching for you a month. I saw that dramatically increase. When I got featured on CNBC, the search traffic for Bumblebee linens shot up like 20X during that period. It went down after that obviously, but yeah, it was crazy. It’s crazy. you can barely attribute that to social traffic.

41:25
That’s a point. What’s your greatest source? SEO by far. Yeah, by far. And you mentioned you were trying to build that up yourself, right? Well, so we had built that up to… Right, you had that. Yeah. We had that. So yeah, that was great. We are going to… So the reason that we lost it, by the way, is we went from CopywritingCourse.com with Ks to CopywritingCourse with Cs, like I mentioned. What we had to do…

41:52
By the way, we found an error in Google. We hired this high level consultant. He’s like, this is actually an error with Google. Because Bing picked up on what we were doing and was cool with it. And so what we had to do is disavow every link that had ever been pointed to that site. And they had some good links. So that’s why we’re like, oh, we won’t lose a CNN link. So we had to disavow every link. And then we got our traffic back. Not all of it, but about a quarter of it. And then the other thing that kind of messed us up a little bit, but not too much, was we moved from WordPress to our own blogging platform.

42:20
Oh, yeah. And so that so that once again, we’re just like, hey, Google, we’re changing everything, right? Like even though the URL structure changed a little bit. And so so that dinged us slightly, but not all that much. And now through the rest of the year, I’m getting back to I’m pretty confident I could do it. 200,000 SEO per month. Yeah. Targeted this time, though. Not not random generators. So the other thing that’s happened in like the last several years is Google’s drastically changed their algorithm. Mm hmm.

42:50
And so I’ve actually gone through and rewritten a ton of posts to conform with the way Google expects content to be. Which sucks. I I I try to do two a week. And it’s it’s pretty miserable because it takes all the creativity out of the writing also. I believe 40 percent of Google searches right now are no click searches. Which sucks, Well, it’s true. It does. But but then again, that’s the game you got to play.

43:20
Exactly. But but so it’s kind of funny. I have a duality on this one as a consumer as Neville Madora searching for things. Some of some like how do you make an apple pie? I don’t need your 19 minute video on how your grandmother used to bake a pie. Show me the damn thing. Like I just need to know the rough ingredients. I’m just trying to get a high level overview. And Google shows that to me. Thanks. And I leave I don’t have to click anything. That’s really nice. On the other hand, there are some things that I want to go deeper into. And that’s where a blog post comes in for.

43:50
So it’s actually kind of in a way doing you an interesting favor of like, instead of having someone go to your site and just leave and bounce, they’re only sending like the really dedicated ones. So in a way it’s an interesting way to think about it. I mean, it totally makes sense on Google’s part and from the consumer, but from a marketer standpoint, you can’t get their email unless they actually go on your site. That’s correct. It is harder, but there are all these other avenues like YouTube and stuff that you can like directly tell people to sign up and stuff now.

44:19
That’s kind of nice. Also, SEO is a bit of a zero sum game, right? If you want to type in like, what are the best ecommerce platforms, guess what? It’s only that one top spot, baby. And so it’s a zero sum game and a lot of software companies will come in with very high budgets and make really good content, like shockingly good content. And so it’s your job to like compete and make the best posts in the world for that thing. And so that’s kind of what we’re doing the next couple of months. You should see it.

44:47
Yeah, I’m curious. by the way. We don’t compete on the same. We don’t talk about the same stuff. No, no, no, no, not compete on keywords because that would be counterproductive because we’re in the same spot. We should compete on like just numbers of like how many traffic you want. We’re basically the same spot on Twitter, right? Did you have roughly 25K followers or something? Yeah, I think about like 20. Let me check. Actually, hold on. Yeah. Something in that frame. It’s just like we’re in the same ballpark. Yeah. Let’s do.

45:17
You know what? Perfect. So I’m probably much the exact same. You know what the secret thing that a lot of people that have grown on their Twitter the last couple of years are doing, right? They’re in text message groups or WhatsApp groups together. And they say, okay, we’re all going to post every day and we’ll share each other’s content. So instead of my 25K, if you interact on mine, your people see that comment in their feed also. So it’s like, potentially get in front of your audience too and vice versa.

45:46
is actually I had deals like that early on when I was growing with three other people where you just retweet, right? Yeah. Is that what you’re talking about? I’m happy to take part in that. I think we have overlapping audiences there for sure. Yeah, that would be fun. This is how the sausage is made behind the scenes. It is actually, if anyone’s listening, this is why you need to get out and actually meet people. Yeah. Or even in the YouTube world, you see all these YouTubers doing collaborations with each other, like another science channel will do an experiment with another science channel.

46:16
or they’ll be like, okay, I’m let my friend at XYZ channel take over this video. They do a lot of collaborations. That’s how they grow. And then we’re probably pretty similar in YouTube channel size. So I’m at 91,000. You’re at 70 something thousand. I’m gonna hit a hundred K in like two months. I’m estimating, but we’re in the same ballpark. We should do co-labs as well there. Well, what are you, what are you doing for growing the channel? Just posting on YouTube. Yeah. YouTube is it’s a combination of SEO and like

46:44
to get down to brass tacks, it’s really like clickable titles and thumbnails is really all it is. Yeah. Huh? So how are you doing it? I’ve noticed the best thing because what I guarantee this will be the case. I could predict the future already that if you look at your YouTube stats right now, it’s going to be like three to five videos that are bringing in all your subs.

47:07
There is probably five videos that are bringing in most of my subs. See, I predicted the future already. then I posted those a long time ago. Exactly. So, so you know what mine are? Here’s, here’s a funny thing and a cool thing. A funny thing is all my top videos don’t have my face in them. Really? Yeah. They’re all me talking, reading a blog post. So for example, how to become a copywriter, it has hundreds of thousands of views. It’s just me reading the post into my microphone and then had an editor make the video.

47:38
I have to watch that. Is it an animation or what is it? It’s just like fly-ins of different emails, a couple of animations here and there. Yeah. Interesting. And the reason that those become top posts is this, because I used to rank, I would rank number one for how to become a copywriter when the site was with Ks. And people come to that website and I put that video at the top so they would click the video, stay on the page for a long time. So Google was like, wow, these people are staying on the page for long time. We should keep them out number one.

48:07
And because they’re watching the video for a long time also, YouTube would recommend it to others. So every single day, you know, a hundred plus people were clicking that video. So it’s racking up views day after day after day. So it ranked at number one for SEO and for, for the video SEO, like YouTube search. And so it just kept, was like this nice virtuous cycle that happens. Like your post gets a lot of subscribes, email subscribers, and then it gets a lot of YouTubers. And because people watch discovering it on YouTube,

48:36
they end up clicking on my webpage and then subscribing. it is nice cycle that happens. And I wanted to have that with like, what I’ve learned is like, you can really have that with like five videos and that can make or break your channel. Yep. mean, that’s the same case for SEO and blog posts, right? Like probably 10%, 10 to 20 % of your blog posts are driving most of the traffic to your site. I think for SEO, it’s often even, it’s more pronounced than video SEO. A lot of times I’ll look at clients’ pages.

49:04
Like, yeah, we get a hundred thousand visits a month and it’s like 90 % go to one page. Like their one post. That’s awesome. We’ll rank for thousands of different keywords. Yep. And Google is so smart. knows what people are trying to search for when they type in like a weird search. Yeah. And all those queries will go to that one page and they think like, Oh, we have a hundred thousand. I’m like, if you lose this ranking, you have no more traffic. If you do things right, it.

49:33
doesn’t have to be that way. So my goal is to spread the love. Like I just want every post that I put out to be on the front page for something with reasonable volume. The only downside is it’s like you don’t control Google, right? So one update could potentially remove search or it could put you at number 11 or you can be number four for a search, but there’s so much no click searches options like shopping options, all that kind of stuff, maps, local listings that even if you’re listing number four,

50:01
in Google position number four, you’re technically on the second page, which means you get no traffic. I mean, I think that’s the case for everything, right? Social platforms, everything. You’re kind of at the mercy unless you have your email list. That’s the only thing you really control the email list. Even then that kind of Google actually, even that it’s kind of, yeah, you’re right. It’s kind of cool. Cause it all 70 % of all email goes through SMS. How’s it? about that SMS right now is, know, I never, I don’t get a lot of SMS marketing. I think the reason is because SMS is interruptive.

50:28
Whereas email, you can spam my email and I only see it when I check it. Whereas SMS, it’s like I’m in the middle of a call or with my family and you interrupt me. Oh man, people hate SMS spam. I send SMS when I want someone to take action, if they’re to make them attend like a live presentation that I’m giving or something. I only do it for content once a month. For the store though, I text once a week and it converts 10X better than email.

50:54
I will say like the email stuff is what I’m most protective of. That’s what I was kind of known for with copywriting the email things. So I’m the most protective of my quality on my email list because we get like pretty high, we have very high open rates. And so that’s my secret weapon, the email list. Because when I send something out to the email list, that’s where I can guarantee that I’m to get clicks on something, views, likes, all that kind of stuff. I make sure, here’s an interesting thing I teach inside our copywriting course. There’s a, there’s a,

51:22
ratio I call the 70 % content, 30 % sales. If you stick to that ratio, people will never get mad at you. So if you only sell them stuff like, Hey, go here and buy this, go here and buy this, people get mad at you. But if you give them 70 % good content and only about 30 % sales on your email, people will stick around because they’re getting more value than being pitched. so almost every email can have some sales in it. So long as you make it max 30%. Um, you could occasionally do obviously a full hard sell, of course.

51:51
but you have to come at them with other good stuff in their email that they enjoy. Do you do a newsletter every week by chance? I do. How does that work compared to your normal emails? Oh, sorry. What’s the distinction? Like Tim Ferriss does like five Bullet Fridays or something. I just have a newsletter of the content that I put out that week. Yeah, I don’t do something like James Clear or…

52:16
or I started one called the stupid email. It stands for swipe thought uplifting picture. on it. I’m on your list. Yeah. Yeah. It does. It does really well. I would highly suggest if you’re to start a newsletter, you don’t have to have an acronym for it like I do, but I would say have a format laid out. So three to five sections. And the way to find it is you see what you normally post that does well on social media. So that does well and that you like. So for me, I post all these old ads. I love old ads, like Ogle the ads and stuff.

52:45
And people tend to respond to them pretty well. So the number one spot on the email was a swipe. And then interesting was just like, you know, Twitter, you post interesting things here and there. So it’s a random thought. And I do a lot of drawings. So the ending is always a drawing. And that format and it goes out every Friday at a certain time, like people really look forward to it. get the most responses to any email, the newsletter. How do you when you say it’s working? How do you define working?

53:12
People click it has a very high open rate and people respond to it a lot. I go by anecdotal evidence of how many people respond to it By risk. Okay. Can you just put some numbers to that like what? Is it a percent to open rate will be between so between 30 to 40 percent, which is which is quite high 40 percent of the very high end 30 percent of the low end and then clicks Depending on if I have them click my goal is not to get them to click. Sometimes there’s no links at all

53:40
So the clicks are quite high if I want them to click. So thousands of clicks. So if there’s a sponsor or something I want them to click, I can get people to click. And then responses, I’ll get like 20 to 50 responses on something. And if I ask people to respond, like I say, hey, respond to this with this question, could be hundreds. Yeah. Interesting. Okay. Maybe I’ll give that. I mean, that’s yet another thing to put on my list that’s gonna be hard to measure though, in terms of It is harder to measure. Yeah.

54:11
Dude, yeah, it was great catching up with you, No, it was a fun time. We talked a lot about a lot of stuff and yes, we should definitely compete. It seems like we’re doing similar things with our content and we’re even selling something similar. mean, yours is copywriting on e-commerce. Yeah, it’s pretty different. mean, e-commerce is, yeah, I used to be in e-commerce a long time ago, but I’m not, we do copywriting for e-commerce sites quite often, but we don’t like actually do like e-commerce stuff. Yeah.

54:39
Well, actually, where can people find you if they need help with copywriting? course.com is the main place you go to Twitter type my name in the door or just nevmed. And then I also have like a book. This will teach you how to write better. That still shockingly sells. I would like to like redo it at some point. I can’t believe I didn’t even know you had a book. What is it called again? This book will teach you to write better. Huh? I wrote this on a work in 2013 and it’s still to this day. It makes like a thousand bucks a month. Isn’t that weird?

55:08
My goodness. I to sell, I tried to give it away for free, but because it’s a physical book, you have to charge something. The lowest price you can charge is $5. So I charged five bucks for it, but I would like to redo the book or like do the second edition and then charge 20 bucks for it. I got a book coming out. Really? Yeah. Uh, I got a public Harper Collins is publishing it, but I just actually turned in the manuscript literally yesterday. Oh, wow. Congrats. So, uh, and so guess a year from now, maybe it’ll come.

55:37
Nice. Oh my God. That’s why I did self publishing and so much faster. Yeah. I know. I just want to see it in a bookstore so I can take my kids there. I have different ego based motivations. Also, if you could sell 10,000 books, you could basically get on New York times bestseller. I’m going to try. I’m going to try my best to get on there. Whatever happens happens. But yeah, it’s right. It’s kind of a messed up thing because it’s not just the number of books. It’s like where you sell the books. So if you, if the books sell, sell on Amazon, it’s like different than if it sells inside of a Barnes and Noble.

56:07
Isn’t that weird? exactly. mean, very bizarre way to do it. So you can game it, but it’s it’s plus you have to pass the committee. Like I, you know, I’m just going to put my best foot forward and see what happens. But yeah, I just want to make sure we Well, we’ll talk about it on our joint Twitter. Sweet, man. All right. Well, take care of them. Great chatting, man. Take care. Bye.

56:29
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now if you want to learn copywriting in a fun and entertaining way, go check out Neville’s stuff over at CopywritingCourse.com. For more information about this episode, go to MyWifeQuitterJob.com slash episode 426. Once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to MyWifeQuitterJob.com slash KLAVIO.

56:59
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now we talk about how is these tools on my blog. If you’re interested in starting your own ecommerce store,

57:27
head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

425: This 1 Strategy Grew Her Water Bottle Brand To 10M+ With Alicia Reynoso

425: This 1 Strategy Grew Her Water Bottle Brand To 10M+ With Alicia Reynoso

Today I have Alicia Reynoso on the show. Alicia is the founder of Live Infinitely which is a company that sells water bottles and outdoor gear online.

Water bottles is one of the most saturated e-commerce products that you can sell online but she turned it into an 8 figure business with this one strategy.

Enjoy the interview!

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Alicia chose to sell such a saturated product
  • How Alicia build an 8-figure water bottle business
  • Alicia’s single strategy that allowed her to build a community around her products

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have Alicia Rinozo on the show. And let me tell you why she’s special. Alicia has taken probably one of the most saturated e-commerce products that you could possibly sell online and turn it into an eight figure business with this one single strategy. Enjoy the interview. But before we begin, I want to thank CleoVive for sponsoring this episode.

00:26
Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store and it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who is shopping in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake.

00:55
and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used. You can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscope for sponsoring this episode. If you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source in my e-commerce store.

01:25
and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce, and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price-well too, and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your audience. So head on over to postscript.io slash dv and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash dv.

01:55
And then finally, I want to mention my other podcasts that are released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:24
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Drop podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Alicia Reynoso on the show. Now, Alicia is the founder of Live Iffinitely, which is a brand that sells water bottles and outdoor gear online, which she grew to eight figures before selling it. Now, selling water bottles is a tough business. It’s commodity. Tons of companies that sell them, but Alicia succeeded by building communities. And these communities gave her exposure and loyalty from her customer list, which allowed her to charge

02:54
premium pricing for her products. So in this episode, Alicia is gonna teach us exactly how she built up her eight figure water bottle business. And with that, welcome to the show. Yeah, thanks so much for having me. It’s so funny that you say that because my boyfriend was actually the one that was like, we should sell water bottles. And I was like, are you crazy? Like that just sounds so competitive. We had started off with like, like a cooling towel or something like that, but it didn’t work out. And then he’s like, let’s do water bottles. And I was like, you want to compete against Nalgene and Nike and

03:24
So it’s just funny you mentioned that because it was it’s it’s it’s a silly competitive market to enter for your first product for sure. There’s like four or five big brands just wrapped up my head. Yeah. Yeah. I’m very curious. mean, well, okay, let’s let’s start with that. Like, why did you choose water bottles? Are you a boyfriend? Yeah, so well, we got started back when it was just like Amazon FBA. That was like what year was 2014 15.

03:51
So 14 is when the cooling towel launched. was a failure. 15 is when we picked the water bottle. So really 15 was like the birth of it all. But we were like trying in 2014 too. But it was 2015. We did like the amazing course and everything like that. And we were just looking at the seller ranks. I knew from the very beginning, like LiveInfinity was my brand. I knew from the very beginning, I wanted to create a brand. I didn’t want to just like pick products and sell them.

04:20
I wanted my brand to stand for like live infinitely. The name means to live your life with infinite possibilities. Like you can do or achieve anything. So that was the message that I wanted to share through my brand. So I wanted it to be like something like fitness outdoors, like getting out there, like being healthy, living your best life type thing. And so he just like was going through, you know, the whole process back then, best seller rank and saw a fruit infuser water bottles and like water bottles are super broad and competitive, but like through water bottles.

04:50
was like a little bit like, like niching down into it. And that’s what we decided to go with as our first product. And because it was a little bit different, we were actually able to be successful out of the gate on Amazon because it wasn’t just like a normal water bottles. So let’s start there. you brand registered on Amazon for that first product? Yes, but it took a while. for the first few years, like we were just kind of, no, we weren’t. think honestly, didn’t get brand registered probably till 2016.

05:19
Actually, back in the day, was super, it was much easier on Amazon. Yeah, 2015. Okay. So you made some money off of that first initial water bottle. Yeah, did you have your own website at that time too? Or the first year? No, it was just all on Amazon. Amazon just like really got us out of the gate. And then that’s when we joined

05:41
blue ribbon with Ezra Firestone and we’re like we should get on Shopify, diversify revenue because we knew eventually that we wanted to sell the business too. And so that’s when like probably 2018 or so we built out the website to try to like diversify that but originally it’s just on Amazon. We were just trying to pick any products that kind of fit under that branding that we were going for but really made no sense. Like we had like hand-mixed backpacks.

06:08
water bottles like it was kind of all over the place. Originally on Amazon to get us out of, you know, just get us started. Was it profitable though? Yeah, was profitable and much easier. Okay, then our website, as soon as we like launch your website, so worth it. And I love it. And now that’s what I geek out over. My boyfriend eventually just took over Amazon, and like ran our pay per click and everything like that. And I just went full on into Shopify.

06:36
and I learned the email marketing and Facebook ads and everything like that that we needed to learn for that side of the business. But then it just also just required so much more work and learning all of those different things as well. Yeah. So basically you validated that these water bottles were a thing on Amazon. And then do you remember at what point you needed to decide to start your website? Was it because of the mastermind that you went there or was that always in the plan? It was kind of because

07:05
mastermind and just not being able to sleep at night, knowing that all your eggs were in one basket. You take out half a million dollar loans to fund Amazon and you’re like, if something happens, you’re like, if, because Amazon, just, they do it all the time. They pull your listing because all of a sudden it’s categorized for synthetic urine. And you’re like, how is this? that really happen? Yeah, that happened to one of our products once. And you’re like, how is this synthetic urine?

07:34
And so you’re just like, always at the mercy of Amazon. And so that was when like, was kind of the mastermind, also just because we wanted to sleep better knowing that like, if Amazon, if anything happened, we’d always have like our website and kind of control of our revenue as well. So when you start your own website, though, you have to drive your own traffic. So what was your strategy there? Yeah, at first, we didn’t know. like, we just had like Google set up and we had like kind of the halo effect, honestly, from Amazon of

08:04
people knew us at that point. We had been around for a few years and we had people searching for us and going to our website and stuff. then it was in 2019 that I took the time to learn Facebook ads myself. And that was when we were able to change our revenue from like 99 % Amazon to eventually 50-50 of our revenue was around that time, 2019, when I learned Facebook ads.

08:33
Can we talk about Facebook ads real quick for water bottles specifically? Like what were your ads, like what were your highest converting ads and what was the return on ad spend? Yeah, so honestly a lot of the challenge like when we go into a little bit more, that was like the biggest thing for me when it came to my creatives and my copy for my ads was because like,

08:54
We never ran ads, like ads initially when we first started was like, look at this cool water bottle. It’s BPA free. It’s 32 ounces. Like it’s so cool. And then like, nobody cares. And then eventually like when we had our community and like our differentiator of like what our brand stood for and what we were there to help you achieve in your life. Like all of our ads became that, you know, like our, our copy was like, one of them was like, this water bottle changed my life. And that was like the headline and it’s like a water bottle. And then people start reading.

09:24
And most of our creatives were women holding the water bottles or sharing their experiences and stuff like that. So 99 % of our ads besides our retargeting and bottom of the funnel campaigns were focused on the transformation that our business helped to achieve over the product. So the community came first before the successful Facebook ads? Actually, no, that’s a good question.

09:52
had some good success, mainly because honestly, as being in that mastermind, I learned a lot of just using native content. And so we already had some pretty good reviews and testimonials. And I used those initially advocate for, cause we didn’t launch our community and challenge until 2020. And so all of 2019, I just used like previous customers and their experiences and stuff like that as our ads. And it was testimonials and that sort of thing. Yeah.

10:21
Mainly, and then it was a combination of, we always laughed that we were a water bottle company that made money on straw lids because we sold water bottles, but then that’s where we lost money to acquire the customer, but we would make money because we could upsell them on products like a straw lid, a brush set, a carrying case, all these things that, that’s what turned us profitable from our ads. And so we always just laughed at.

10:47
We’re a water bottle company that makes money on straws. Wait, interesting. the straw lid is literally what it is. It’s a lid with a hole for a straw? Yeah, it looks just like this one. This is one of oldest water bottles. And we’d sell this thing to our plastic versions for whatever. And they were like 70 cents or a dollar and we’d sell them for $7. Interesting. margins are huge and that’s where we end up making money.

11:16
That sounds funny. So the water bottles were actually not not profitable, but then you would upsell them on a bunch of accessories that would make it profitable. Cool. So what was the return on ad spend then before the communities and that sort of thing? Was it just majorly profitable or? Yeah, it was profitable. And as we always said, like if you’re breakeven, you’re winning. And we were stoked because we were really profitable. For us, we needed like a one point

11:44
five to six return on ad spend to break even and we were usually like two to 2.5 return on ad spend. Okay. Just top of the funnel cold traffic was usually what we were. And then when the community came around and we started leveraging that as like a lead acquisition. I didn’t know this when I was writing my business because we were kind of getting close to selling and I was just so busy.

12:08
but like analyzing those campaigns a little bit more. We ran a few and those ones were like four to seven return announcements for that. Did the upselling happen in your email list after they purchased or did you do it during the purchase like as an upsell? On the listing, On the listing we had the upsell options and then also post purchase like right as a we used the zipify one click upsell. So post purchase and then also

12:38
my email flows. I set up my Klaviyo account. Eventually that was like 40 % of our revenue and a lot of it was after they purchased and we took them through a customer journey as well. Nice, nice. Okay, so let’s just jump right to the community part then. How does one build a community? Yeah, so that was the biggest thing. So I kind of explained a little bit earlier like how I was all over the place or we were all over the place with our products like hammocks, backpacks, like we just thought

13:05
We thought we knew our customer. was kind of making the products around me, you know, of like, I am this outdoor girl that like loves to be healthy. But then once we like really kind of started, started getting to know our customers, like that wasn’t who we were actually selling to at all. And I realized like, we kind of hit this pivotal point that we were like, okay, we want to sell our business. But we’re kind of plateauing. Like every year we were growing like really rapidly. And then like 2019, 18, we were like stalling around then.

13:35
And that’s when I like, listened to this one podcast that kind of talked a lot about the relationships of your customers and like, and that’s exactly what I wanted to do was like provide, you know, my brand was built from day one to like help people like remind them that they can do these things and achieve, know, become whatever they wanted to become. But I was like poorly conveying that poorly helping people. I thought I was doing a good job, but I wasn’t. So I spent a lot of time like near the end of 2019, like

14:02
just mapping out our customer and their customer journey of like, okay, this is our customer. This is their before, say after state and the objections that are standing in their way from achieving that. And then I was like, what can I do to help them get from the before state to the after state without them even having to pay us? You know, like just bring them into our world and just help them and get them there without even having to pay us.

14:26
That’s when I was like, okay, I could come up with eBooks, videos, like all these things, like healthy recipes, all these things that I love to do anyways. But I just like couldn’t cause I was like in charge of our marketing or like emails, Clavio, web design, all that kind of stuff. There’s no way I could do it all. I kind of thought of bundling into a challenge. So the whole concept of that was our customer wanted to be healthy, happy, loved, like they want to be seen, heard, appreciated.

14:55
And so I thought of like a 60 day hydration challenge where I could get them in. Of course, like, like drinking water and stuff is like the, the core concept of it. But I broke it down into like many weekly challenges to focus on all those other things as well that they wanted to achieve, like loving themselves, being, you know, healthy eating, moving their bodies, gratitude, all the things beyond just being healthy because in the longterm, like people would come to us.

15:24
for a water bottle, but that’s not exactly, that’s not really what they’re trying to achieve. They’re trying to achieve those deeper things like that. So that was kind of the concept of the challenge. so, as January- So let’s back up, before we get into the challenge, I wanna know that you were selling a bunch of products and you were targeting people like yourself. How did you even figure out that you were targeting the wrong audience? was mainly, we had these few customers that had been around

15:52
Like I feel like from the beginning of the days, even on Amazon, they emailed us and just said how grateful they were. And, and I just like looked at that and I was just like, I’m kind of, I kind of feel like I’ve been making this about me and where I’m like, these are our customers. I, and kind of that first year of running ads on Facebook in 2019, we started getting more customers that weren’t me, you know, like my email lists were growing or it was growing with like these older women. And that’s kind of like how I realized.

16:22
this whole time we were just scared. You know, we trying to know they were older. Did you hop on the phone with them? Were you sending out surveys? Any surveys and feedback? Yeah. Like we would do we would try to do a lot of fun things like on our Instagram or Facebook or try to get them involved and communicate as much as we could. It was very little like our our social media engagement stuff like that was was really little comparatively to like now. But that was kind of like the initial

16:52
feedback we would try to get. And then when we try to send out a hammock email, and also that’s exactly it. Our email marketing was the biggest indicator of what was working and what wasn’t. I’d send out an email about being outdoors and here’s a hammock and stuff. And those always had the poorest response to our audience. And then I’d send out an email about gratitude and stuff like that. those always had a lot more response. when we set up our blog, we finally set up a blog post for our website.

17:22
And those were the blogs that would get comments and people like engaging with and stuff like that. So we could see the interest in what people were doing. And that’s when we decided to delete half of our products and just get rid of them. Interesting. Which ones did you delete like that? The hammocks and that sort of thing? Yeah. Like all of our outdoor stuff, we just got rid of that and just kind of focused in on, you know, this woman that wants to be healthy and not like that. Okay. So it started out as like an outdoors brand and then you just kind of focused in, you found out

17:52
there were older women, and I don’t know what your definition of old is, because I’m old, but let’s just call it over the age of 50, 60 maybe, I don’t know. Well, you’re right, the older women, it’s more just like, I’m more mature, I suppose. And their kids are growing up, but we’d even still have 30 year olds and stuff like that, but are in that next phase of adulthood.

18:18
Okay, and it sounds like those other products probably weren’t selling that well regardless, so it wasn’t really hitting your top line by removing those products. No, no. They were profitable and we loved them and I had such emotional attachments to them. when it came down to it, if we could take that cash and invest it into the products that we’re selling faster, and that was just smart. We were all around to not have to spread ourselves.

18:46
So let’s jump to challenges now. In order to run a challenge, you need to have people to join it. So how do you get people on it in the first place? Yeah, so for us, we had at that time like an email list of like 70,000 people. yeah, because of 2019, legitimately our business had like two phases of like Amazon and then 2019 turned on Facebook ads. And that was when our email list went from like 10,000 to 70,000 in just one year.

19:16
But then in 2020, we used that list to launch the challenge and we had like four or 500 people sign up for that first round. And then it was just a snowball effect from there of just like getting people enrolled to the concept. It was a completely free challenge. So a lot of my clients that I help now are starting from zero with no email list. And we just like run Facebook ads to get them to join the free challenge. And the whole concept of it being free is

19:45
You want the right people, not as many people, but the right people in that group to know, like, and trust you and go through this experience with you as a brand. And then ultimately they become like loyal customers for life. But that was initially how we got ours off the ground. Okay. So to run Facebook ads to join a challenge sounds really expensive for a free challenge. Like I run my own and I know the niche really depends on what it is, but we’re talking like maybe four to $6 per lead, at least in my industry, which is

20:14
Right. It’s kind of like ecommerce. I’m kind of curious with your clients that are starting from zero, how much are they paying per lead? Right now we’re getting around $3. Then the average Yeah, I think that’s kind of the average three to $4 for for ecommerce products. But um, and then like my what I tell them is you want at least 100 numbers, because you have it’s like a game of percentages. I tell them sure, I’ve like you have the percentage of people that are lurkers.

20:43
the percentage of people that engage, the percentage of people that just like forget, you know, that they even join. So you like, at least a hundred gives you a good like base to test the concept and see if it’s really what your audience wants.

20:58
If you’re looking to start an online store, you’re probably deciding which e-commerce platform to go with. And the problem is that there’s hundreds of choices out there and they all start to blend together after a while. So I want to save you time today and tell you about BigCommerce, which is one of the platforms that I recommend. And here’s why. BigCommerce does not nickel and dime you with apps like other platforms. Once you sign up, you get a fully featured shopping cart with the features you need built right in. If you want to run a WordPress blog and an online store on the same exact domain for search engine optimization,

21:28
BigCommerce has a nice WordPress integration that allows you to do exactly that to maximize your SEO. And then finally, you have the right to use whatever payment processes that you want without paying any transaction fees, unlike other shopping carts out there. Now for geeks like myself, BigCommerce offers a powerful API which allows you to scale your e-commerce store to seven, eight, and even nine figures and beyond. In fact, BigCommerce runs huge stores like Sony, Casio, and Ben & Jerry’s. So if you’re interested in looking for an e-commerce platform,

21:56
go to mywifequitterjob.com slash BC and check it out for free for 30 days. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash BC. Now back to the show.

22:08
So if you’re running these for an e-commerce product and then the challenge is related to the product that you sell, but it might not directly convert into products right away. So you’re kind of taking this leap of faith then, let’s say you’re paying, it sounds like 300 bucks to run this challenge, right? For a hundred people, let’s say. So the goal is to just build up your email list and your nurture list, right? And then…

22:36
Can you just walk me through maybe one of your challenges? Like what was one of your ads look like to get them to join the challenge? Yeah, so for ours initially, it was it was just a like a customer kind of sharing her experience with using our water bottles and our products. And you know that being a customer of Living Flee was much more than just you know, getting hydrated and kind of just sharing her whole spreading ads is like just sharing her story. They go from that ad to the landing page that we build.

23:05
And then opt in. And that was the biggest thing that I like to kind of kick myself in the butt for is, is I didn’t realize that these were profitable. It is a much longer customer journey. And so that’s why when I was running our business and doing these ads, I didn’t just throw a budget at it because we were like getting ready to sell and I just didn’t realize that. But my cold traffic campaigns,

23:31
would convert within seven days to a two return on ad spend. And so I knew it was profitable. I could scale it, but these ones, you put money at it and it takes like 30, 60, sometimes 90 days for that full return on ad spend to like come to fruition. But at that point for us, it was like between like four or five return on ad spend. know now, um, the new owners have even seen 7 % or seven return on ad spend with using the challenge as a lead acquisition. So it was much longer.

24:00
So it’s like, it’s kind of that risk of getting them, of putting your money towards that and getting people into your community. Yeah. All right. So, so walk me through it. So the ad is literally just a story where a water bottle changed their life. They click on that, takes them to a landing page. What’s on the landing page? Just the benefits of the challenge, essentially. Like, so a lot of, like we’re doing an outdoors workout outdoors challenge for one of my clients.

24:25
And you just go to the landing page and it’s just like, welcome. And you talk about the philosophy of the company, try to get people, try to get people that share your same values of like not just a fitness company or water bottle company, we’re a company that helps you live your life with infinite possibilities, or we’re a company that’s like all about being wild outside, know, like sharing the philosophy of who you are, that’s different from, you know, the water bottles or a fitness company type thing. And then like, here’s the challenge, like it’s free to join, you know, here’s

24:54
we make challenge packets. So when they register, they get this packet that has the pledge card Like a physical packet? Just a PDF. Or a downloadable PDF for them. Got it. Okay. Yeah. So they’ll get that that has their pledge card, calendar, all the information. So they register for free get that packet. Then we walk them through the steps of, know, step one, join a Facebook group. Step two, make your pledge, like introduce yourself to the community. Step three,

25:25
um, buyer products, you know, we usually, but, um, we usually at the end of those steps would, uh, try to get them to convert as well. And a lot of them would initially, but it’s just like step one, step two, step three, uh, this product would help you. It’s not mandatory. Like obviously our water bottles were helpful in a 60 day hydration challenge. And like for our workout outdoors challenge, we have products that help you work out outdoors.

25:52
And then like different challenges that we do, or like we have a pet company and we sell the pet products that help you have a better like bond and relationship with your pets. So a lot of times it’s not the highest conversion from like a top of the funnel, cold traffic campaign to product listing, but you can get some right then and then they go through the whole customer journey and that’s when it cleans up the rest. So let me just kind of break down what you just said. So landing page, you tell them the benefits of the challenge and then they sign up.

26:22
you you launch a Facebook group, private Facebook group, it sounds like you them introduce themselves. What’s this pledge like I promise to take part in this challenge and fulfill the whatnot? Okay. Essentially, my thought with that is just like an icebreaker. Like sometimes people join, they don’t know what to say. So it’s just like, here’s your first post written for you. Got it. Got it. Okay. And if they don’t do it, do you encourage them to do it later? Or? Yeah, yeah.

26:50
But it’s not like mandatory. You can still participate and win prizes and everything. But the whole idea behind it is that like some they join and it’s like, what do I say? You know, you’re just like, here’s what you say. Introduce yourself. right. Oh, I like that. I like that. OK. And then you say, you know, for this hydration challenge, using your example, you need a water bottle. Here’s ours. You don’t have to use it. But, you know, if you still need one, buy this one. Yeah.

27:19
And then after that, the challenge begins, presumably, Right. OK, walk me through running the challenge. Let’s use your hydration one since you’ve probably run it a million times. Yeah. So what’s day one like? So day one, we have like a whole kickoff party. Every week, so birds eye view real quick, we have weekly challenges with weekly live videos. And then on a day to day basis, that was the best part for me is I was just too busy to like post and do things every single day.

27:48
I was one of the super engaged Facebook group, but I was like, I just don’t have the time. So for me and my requirements was pretty, it was just to show up once a week for the live video. And it was like, and then like one post to like ask them like a roll call to like submit their calendars to show that they were participating. But, but day one we’d have a kickoff party and like,

28:11
we’d have is scheduled in a Facebook event. People would come, we’d introduce us, the brand. We were always transparent that we were a brand. know, you know, we are living from, this is what we stand for. This is me. This is why I started the company. This is like what our values, everything like that. This is why hydration is so important. This is what you can expect for the next 60 days. Meet with us once a week, all that kind of stuff. And then we like give out prizes. We make it super fun and like have timers that go off. And if you are the most recent comment, you win.

28:40
prizes. So there’s like always very fine, but always like the way to introduce yourself and your values and what you stand for and what products you have to offer and what they can expect. And then from there, we just announce like the weekly challenges. right. So what’s the first weekly challenge? So literally you’re just getting on Facebook live once a week, it sounds like, right? Work-wise. Yeah. All right. So can you just walk me through one of these challenges? the hydration, what is like the first challenge of that?

29:10
So I always tell people that your first weekly challenge should be something that helps your customers get set up for success for the whole challenge. like whether that be like we have a meditation challenge and it’s like make your space, you know, this week we challenge you to like create the space that you will like meditate in for 60 days or however long or ours was to find like fruit infused water recipes. So like changing from soda and juices and stuff to water can be boring and hard.

29:40
For some people, so this week we challenged you to find some like yummy, natural things you can add that will kind of make it more delicious. So that was always like the very first week every, I personally ran 10, 60 day challenges before we sold. And now I think they’re on a 12 or something now, but every single time was the same one for the first week to help them like get set up for the whole time. cool. And then, you go on live and then you mentioned something like roll call. Is that like just,

30:09
having people tell you what they’ve done or? Yeah, so I would go live every Sunday evening and every Sunday morning I’d do a post that says, roll call, like share. Because in that challenge packet we talked about earlier, I had a calendar for them so they could check off that they drink their water. And so on Sunday mornings, I said, you know, in the comments here, post a picture of your calendar to be eligible for prizes. So it like did two things that like helped me easily pick winners because

30:38
instead of going through all the posts and stuff and trying to figure out like who was who was doing it. They could tell me right there and then to give them that weekly accountability that they knew was coming. Cool. So they’re like, okay, this is going to come up. I should be drinking my water and stuff like that. And were the people just naturally communicating with each other on the Facebook group or? That was the thing that like blew my mind. And what I’ve seen in like all these challenge groups that I’ve helped create is

31:05
is that like, if you can get the people, if you can get people that are on like the similar or same journey in that group, going through a shared experience, the conversations just happen naturally, which is why I didn’t have to like do all these posts and like facilitate the conversations as much, because they would come in and say like, oh, I’m just trying to drink water because I want to lose weight. I want to give up soda, all the, whatever their reason was, they’d share those reasons. And then the other awesome thing that

31:34
was unintentional, but worked out so well, was that by changing up the weekly focus, 60 days, they have to their water every day for six days, but the weekly focuses would kind of change, or they would change. And that changed the conversation and kept things fresh. Because six days is a long time, and people might lose interest of just doing the same thing for 60 days. But every week, we’d be like,

31:58
gratitude or healthy eating and so like people be like, oh I love healthy eating, here’s all my recipes or I love gratitude and so the conversations just naturally always happened because the topics were being mixed up by just the weekly challenges. All so this goes way beyond water bottles obviously right? So essentially you get them in with the hydration challenge that they’re signing up for but really it’s more of like a lifestyle thing right? You talk about gratitude, you talk about healthy eating.

32:27
exercise maybe, and it just transforms into this, you how to live a better life challenge. Yeah, yeah, essentially. Exactly. And that’s what was that’s what was so fulfilling honestly was from day one on Amazon. That’s what I wanted the brand to stand for. And that’s what I wanted to help people do. But I just never could. I never like figured it out until I was able to do this challenge. And then that’s when like, honestly, it was kind of hard for me to sell it at some points because I was like,

32:55
This is so fulfilling. I feel like I’m changing people’s lives and helping them achieve these things. And the stories that would happen after 60 days, it was well beyond that they just drank water. was that their whole confidence has changed. Our whole life has changed. And I was able to actually make the impact that I wanted to with my business, which was really cool. All right. So, I guess a question that the listeners are going to have is I saw something super boring.

33:25
how do I develop a challenge around that?

33:29
I know, let’s say I sell office supplies or something. Help me come up with a challenge for that. Yeah, so it all starts with your business. Like every business needs to have a story of what you stand for. I think like that’s the brand. Otherwise, you’re just a product business and that’s just not going to go far. water bottle business could have had any story, you know, like any mission or purpose.

33:54
but mine specifically was to remind people that they could do anything and become anything. So I think starting there is the most important thing of what your brand is, if it’s an office business, and you wanna support aspiring entrepreneurs that are working in the office day to day or whatever, and you’re gonna help them with mindset or something like that. You become this mindset business that is all about motivating and encouraging, educating your customers.

34:24
So starting with your brand and what your brand stands for, your values and like what you actually want to achieve with it goes well beyond any product that you choose. If you got that right, you can do any product, you know, and then you just align that mission and those values with that product and you can create that challenge. And then of course, your products can fit into your challenge. Like if you’re doing an office supply and you’re selling paper or something like that.

34:52
organization. exactly. And you’re going to do a challenge that helps people be organized, get focused, get crystal clear on their goals as an entrepreneur, or even just a business professional on like what they want to achieve. Then that’s how you can take any boring product. But as long as you have like the brand and the story that you want to like align it with. Yeah, I like that. And then once people join your challenge, they’re

35:19
like your company name, like they might not be ready to buy like a hammock or something, right? But they’ll remember your brand. And so when you do send out emails or run ads, they’ll remember that challenge they took part in and they’ll want to shop from you, right? Like I’m not going to buy a water bottle from Nalgene anymore once I’ve gone through one of your challenges. Exactly. Exactly. Cause then you’ve, you’ve done more for them than any brand. Like that’s the biggest thing is that a lot of brands, a lot of just companies don’t.

35:47
That’s why I make sure it’s free. The whole challenge is free. I’d rather get them in and get them into my world and learn how much we care about their experience and then lock them into any product launch. Because at that point, like you said, we really could have launched anything. I want to keep it along their journey. And was also just a side note of the best thing ever was that we never knew what products to launch until we had this community.

36:16
And they were always like, we want this, this, this, this, and this color and this size. And so like everything was so much easier and just like, okay, we’ll launch that now. And then it wasn’t a flop because you know who your customer is and what they want now. Right. That’s cool. I like that. So do all these challenges have to be so long? You mentioned yours are like days. That’s a long time, but do they have to be longer on the longer end in general?

36:41
So there’s pros and cons for sure. And a newer brand just starting out, I just say do a shorter one, like 21 days is the shortest I’d say to like 30 days, just because you want to like test the concept, prove it, get some social proof and use that to like build. But in 60 days, it just take a while to like get all that built. But for me, the pros of a 60 day is one, the transformation is much deeper for the customer. So you get the testimonials and the stories.

37:10
And the loyalty that you build out of that is like next to nothing. It’s just really cool. And then two, as a business owner, it’s so much easier for it to manage because the hardest or the most time consuming part of running it is launching it. And that’s like, it’s really great because you can get some more leads and everything.

37:40
Honestly, I loved launching them, but then once I launched, I was like, okay, I got like nice to kind of just let it run and let it like nurture my customers. And I could show up once a week and I had other parties too, but like that was like check. And then I can move on to the next big project. So it was really, really nice for me as a business owner to not have to like redo it all the time. And then just the stories that would happen and transformations and it goes by so fast.

38:09
like so fast and you’d be surprised at how many people stay along for the whole 60 days. Like, um, Are you emailing them every day by the way? Just. Have I done them every day? No, no, no. Are you emailing them every day? Are you contacting them every day? No, just once week. Just once week. Okay. All right. Yeah. Yeah. So I, we’d have our live videos on Sundays and on Mondays I’d send a recap of like, here’s what happened. Here’s one. Here’s the new weekly focus. Um, all that kind of stuff. Okay. So correspondence wise, it’s actually prep prepping. doesn’t.

38:38
I mean, coming with the idea is the hardest part, but executing it, it’s once a week live and then it’s maybe a couple of emails in the beginning to get them set up, but after that it’s just one email a week? Yeah, exactly. I set up a flow that I would just duplicate. So I set up one time and that’s the whole part that I help my clients do is conceptualize the strategy, then build out their landing pages, the emails. And then once you have those backend emails when somebody registers, you can just keep duplicating it.

39:08
for future rounds. I like this. Okay, so it doesn’t even sound like that much work. No, mean, that’s the thing. Coming up with it is the hard part. what to do. with it and building it. So for me, I built out my assets over 10 challenges, so 600 days. So like the challenge packet, my landing pages, and made it look as professional as it is over that much time. But that’s how I tell people to get it set up is like that.

39:37
And that can take some time to have it look as professional. And I didn’t do that straight out of the gate. It was just done over time and revised and changed and optimized to what it became. But then after that, that was the best part because we were just a small team of three people. I just, couldn’t have something that took up a lot of my time, but then also just provided immense value to our customers and didn’t really take much time.

40:08
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

40:37
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

40:48
So let’s enumerate what you need here. It sounds like there’s this challenge packet to get them started, right? And then for a 60-day challenge, that’s five emails and an autoresponder, essentially, right? Like a flow. Yeah, five to seven. Seven is usually the sweet spot. Five to seven, then you’re just going on live once a week and getting people on, you’re having conversations and whatnot, and maybe the next day you can do another post that just outlines the accomplishments that people had.

41:16
Like I’m sure there’s more to it, but that in a nutshell is the preparation that you need. And the landing pages. Sure. to get people on. And then occasionally not for all the challenges, but some challenges, I provide like weekly templates. So if it’s like a healthy eating, here’s a template for you to keep track. So then, but not all challenges. Some people like them and some people don’t use them. Like if you have a group of men, a lot of times they don’t like to use templates and stuff.

41:46
I don’t know. But like women love to color them and decorate them like creative and stuff like that. And so so there’s just like the small assets. But yeah, in a nutshell, that’s pretty much the gist of it. Cool. Okay, I can see this working really well builds community and then you can actually probably use these stories and future Facebook ads too. Right? I mean, people are telling their stories. Okay. That’s the other huge thing was that I was in charge of our marketing.

42:15
And I was like, what should I write? What blog article about this? Should I do this? And as soon as I had this community, was like all of my content was made for me. And that was like the best part. was like, they became my emails. They became my organic social posts. They became all my ads. Like all of marketing just became easy for me because they made my content. And before this group, we just like, we begged people for user generated content.

42:43
like, you please send a video or a picture? And we’ll send you something and after this, like, we had like, we didn’t even tap into like a 10th of the content that was in there before we sold. Yeah, no, that’s amazing. I guess this can be kind of intimidating for someone starting from ground zero, right? Because I guess you’re putting down three to 500 bucks for something that you might not see paid dividends for potentially a month or so or 60 days, however long the challenges, right?

43:11
Right, right. And that’s why I say like for new brands start off as a shorter challenge, not like seven to 10, like more like 21 to 30, because you still want to like go through a whole experience with them, excuse me, and like the weekly challenges, if you only have like one or two, like people don’t get the rhythm of what you’re trying to establish. So like within like a month’s time period, people are like, oh, there’s like, this is the cadence, this is like, they go live weekly, they do all these things. So like,

43:39
a newer brand starting off shorter, but still enough time to kind of show them what you’re trying to achieve. I know for me, when I first started doing these lives, I’d always be like, okay, what if no one shows up? What if no one shows up? What if no one shows up? And I remember my first lives that I did, I think I got like five people to show up or maybe less than that. And I was like, oh, there’s only five people watching me. How did you get over that part of it?

44:06
Yeah, that’s a great question. So my boyfriend made fun of me because I would try to go live when nobody was going to be on. At first, I nervous. I was so nervous to go live. And then he’s like, no, you need to tell them and set a schedule so people come. So the first few times, was kind of happier if it was a little bit less people to kind of warm up. But then once I set my schedule, like 7 PM Eastern Sunday, that’s how it was like a year and a half, two years or whatever.

44:37
And originally at first we only had like 10 people or so on the live videos. like, to be honest, you just treat those 10 people like they’re like the best thing ever. Like you didn’t say them by name, like, oh my gosh, hey, Kim, thanks for so much for showing up. How are you? And that was the biggest thing is that like, I took a lot of time because like, I really did care about these women a lot of just like getting to know their names, their families, their stories and stuff like that. And so

45:05
Once they feel like, like I said, our community wanted to feel seen and heard, that was a big part of it. They felt like they were part of a conversation building our brand with us, learning from us and like being a part of it. That just started growing exponentially. But at first, like it was totally okay. There was just 10 of them because they were, they just became like your 10 best friends, you know? then eventually people catch wind of that and like see how much you actually really care. And like they want to come in and like talk to a brand and

45:33
be a part of something too and be part of the conversation. So then it just grows from there. But just treating those first five to 10 people like they are your best friends and really caring. It’s it fun. Then get to conversation with them. They’ll stay online with you and it’s a good time. Let’s set some expectations here. So if you’re doing a live and let’s say you get 100 people signed up, like how long does it, I imagine this is like a snowball thing, right? After a while, people share the challenge because they love it so much. What

46:01
what timeframe would you start seeing? What time is the inflection point? Like, what was it for you when things started really taking off? Yeah, I always say hundreds, like a really good base level just to see, like it was like, cause we, but we started off with, and that’s just what I’m seeing from like other groups. Cause we started off with like three to 500 for something in that range. And even at that point we had just a few people showing up live, but I feel like as soon as that first,

46:30
few weeks of just three to 500 people and they started getting the cadence of like what was going on. That’s when it like snowballed. Like, so I always tell people three to 500 people is such a sweet spot of just like, that’s really like all you need to like have this like mass power behind this group that you can like take all of those benefits that we talked about from.

46:53
because that was like my very first challenge. like the first few weeks, people are like, what’s going on? Like what are these five videos? And then by the end of the 60 days with just three to 500 people, like it was this full community showing up, offering feedback and everything like that. So it really doesn’t take a lot of people at all. I just think getting started at least a hundred, at minimum. And you use the same group each time, Facebook group each time. So it just gets bigger over time, right? That’s the best thing is a lot of, a of people have asked me like, do I need a group for like,

47:23
my brand, and then I grew for the challenge. And it’s like, no, you just need one group because it is your brand. You know, this like this is what you’re bringing. This is the value you’re bringing to your customers. And so everything that I wanted to everything that people try to achieve from a branded community, like customer feedback or testimonials are our product feedback and stuff like that, always achieved there. And, and so you just keep that same group and builds. And then the people that had

47:51
um done the challenges before they know exactly what’s going on and they help indoctrinate the next round of people and they’re like this is what’s going on you know Alicia goes live once a week they have these challenges and so that’s what it became easier because I had my emails to help guide them but I also had this army of people that were just like this is what’s happening welcome yeah I love it welcome and Alicia where can people find more about these I know you help people do these challenges

48:20
I imagine you have a, do you have a challenge that helps you create a challenge? I thought about that. Um, but no, no, we haven’t done that yet. Um, but it’s a challenge makers.com is, um, and so I have like a course outlines kind of stuff, like all the steps of building it, uh, with the templates of like the emails when people like sign up, what usually what we had said, what converted for us, um, and what’s working for their clients as well as like landing page.

48:50
templates, everything like that, the challenge packet templates. it’s all there. Well, thanks a lot for coming on. I think this is a fantastic idea. And I know a lot of people listening, at least to my show, they have like Amazon brands. They were much like you. They’re just selling kind of products that are kind of on the same umbrella, so to speak. But they’re in reality just to spare products. And they’re trying to create a brand around that. And I think this is a great way to jumpstart that for sure. So thank you. I appreciate it.

49:18
Thank you so much for coming on the show and then I will share your contact information on your website in the show notes. Awesome. Sounds good. Thank you.

49:28
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, running a challenge for my eCommerce store is definitely on my list of to-dos, and I’m actually a firm believer in this strategy, and I’ll report on the results when I’m done. More information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 425. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for eCommerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div.

49:58
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash dv. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store,

50:28
Head on over to MyWifeQuarterJob.com and sign up for my free 6-day mini course. Just type in your email and they’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

424: I Hit 100k YouTube Subs Making $20K/month – Here’s What I Learned

424: The One Hack That Allowed Me To Hit 100k YouTube Subs

Today I have my partner Toni on the show to talk about my 2-and-a-half-year journey of making YouTube videos. Recently I hit 100K subs and the channel is making about $20,000/month on Adsense revenue alone.

In this episode, I talk about what it took to get to this point, and what you have to do to build a successful YouTube channel.

What You’ll Learn

  • How I finally reached the 100K subscriber milestone
  • How to create a successful YouTube Channel
  • The one change that allowed me to follow through with growing my channel

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. today I have my partner Tony on the show to talk about my two and a half year journey making YouTube videos. Recently, I hit 100K subs and the channel is making about $20,000 a month just on AdSense revenue alone. And in this episode, I talk about what it took to get to this point and what you have to do to actually build a YouTube channel. But before we begin, I wanna thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

00:29
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for ecommerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for ecommerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

00:59
I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my ecommerce store and it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy.

01:27
Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers to pay on what they bought piece of cake and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I want to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this one where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce,

01:52
The Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a run entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:13
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. In this episode, we’re going to talk about my two and a half year journey on YouTube to 100K subs. So let’s start with, I mean, I think we’ve talked at length about how important it is, how important video has become in the last two or three years. But you made the jump from, you’ve had your podcast for a really long time. You’ve had your website. You decided to jump into YouTube about two and a half years ago. What was the catalyst for

02:43
moving in that direction. Because I know you don’t like to take on a lot of new things. Well, I don’t mind. I just don’t take anything on unless I feel like I can maintain it forever. And that was the problem with me for the longest time with YouTube. Right. Like I had attempted making video in the past, but it would take me 20 to 30 minutes to set up a stupid lights. And then the editing is a major pain. Yeah. And so.

03:10
I would like make a couple videos, edit them and say, there’s no way I can sustain this forever.

03:16
So you had videos on your account before? I did, yeah, my account is actually old, I never, none of the videos were public. Okay. They were all unlisted. So you didn’t make and publish any videos for the public before you two and a half years ago? I don’t want to say any videos. had a couple. Okay. And mainly because here’s how I used to operate. Like I have an autoresponder sequence that has a six day mini course and that mini course is video. So I’ve made video before.

03:46
And then they were all unlisted on YouTube because I didn’t want them to just go on YouTube and binge watch them all. Right. But then I talked to our mutual friend Colin and he was like, Oh yeah, just make them into a playlist, make them public and let them binge watch it because you want them to watch it. And so that’s when I made them public. I can’t remember how long ago that was actually. I think that was the last time we saw Colin. was definitely pre COVID. Definitely pre COVID. Because I can remember the last FinCon that you and I attended.

04:15
which was, I think 2019, and we went to all the YouTube sessions. Because you were about ready to get started and you wanted to educate yourself more on YouTube in general. And so you and I sat through a bunch of the YouTube sessions and I was surprised, I guess, that there were a lot of people that we listened to that were making, you know, 10 to $20,000 a month on videos that

04:45
seemed very, I don’t want to be critical of anybody because there’s a niche for everything, but the videos were not highly produced or one guy was talking about making videos in his car on his phone. I don’t remember who that was. Do you remember that guy? I don’t, but I think if you pull that off, you have to be really charismatic, I think, on camera, right? Would you say? Yeah. Oh, for sure. But there were some people on the panel, like my friend Jordan Page, who

05:12
I think her site is fun, cheaper, free. She might have rebranded, but she just does videos about her day and what she feeds her kids. I mean, it’s in a structured way, and she’s got a great personality, but she’s doing six figures a year just in ad revenue on YouTube, not to mention everything else that can come of that, which we’ll talk about in a little bit. But I think that was the biggest shocker for me, is that these people that were making videos that were not like

05:40
production level like NBC News could still make a good amount of money creating these videos. Yeah, I agree with you. Production value isn’t that important as clearly indicated with my videos. But you have some edit. So you have an editor now. I do. And part of the big hurdle was figuring out a way to quickly make the minimal amount of edits to make it acceptable to my liking. You know what I mean? Yeah.

06:09
And how did you come up? Because you kind of have it. I mean, I’ve watched a lot of your YouTube videos. You definitely have a structure to them. Your edits are you have text coming on the screen and images and there’s some quick cuts and things like that. How did you decide that that was going to be your I just studied a whole bunch of different YouTubers and I found which which style I’d like that kind of matched my personality. And then I.

06:35
It started out with a lot of edits and then I was like, okay, we gotta cut this down because it’s taking forever. And then I came up with, okay, just moving the camera is actually really easy. You can do that really quickly. So basically, if you’re just moving the camera and shifting it and zooming in and out, you can probably edit a video maybe 20 % longer than the video length itself. Then captions are important, I think, just to maintain someone’s attention.

07:03
That takes a little longer, but you only have to do that maybe every, I don’t know, 15 seconds or so, let’s just say. So you jump cut every five to 10 seconds, and then every 15 or so seconds you have some captions. And then the last step with that was just having some B-roll mixed in. And that was easier because there are these free places that allow you to have, they give you free B-roll that you can use in your site, which meant that I didn’t have to fill my own B-roll.

07:33
Right, yeah, that’s probably a big one if you don’t have a lot that’s a big one, yes. So the combination of those things, think, I don’t want to say this because my video editor, she does all the work now, whereas I did in the beginning, but I got it down to the point where I could edit a video probably in 2x the length of the video. Okay. Right? So meaning like if it was like a 15 minute video, might take me, 2x is generous actually, probably 2.5x.

08:03
OK, yeah. So let’s talk about this. When you first got started, I know you did a ton of research before you got started. You sort of found the format you wanted. You worked on a, you know, formula for the actual video, like the jump cuts, the text overlay, the B roll from like the very first video you filmed to today. Like how long did it take you to film the first video? Because I know you use a teleprompter or do you still use a teleprompter? I do. Yes. OK, so you have a teleprompter. That was the other thing.

08:33
That was the first. Sorry. OK. When I first started editing videos, I didn’t have a prompter and I just had this outline. And it would take me 10x the amount of time to edit the video because I would screw up and then I to say something again and then I have to go back and cut it and then redo all the animation to line it up and everything. You know what Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Sorry. That was a huge missing piece. Yes. The teleprompter huge because then it’s all smooth. It’s like one long cut, which makes the edits a lot less.

09:02
Okay, that’s a huge factor. Yes, that’s a huge factor. Yeah, should have mentioned that. and what do you, I can’t remember, you’re using an iPad with like a mirror, but it’s, you actually bought a kit. It’s not Jen holding a mirror over the iPad. No, I don’t use Apple products. So I have a Samsung Galaxy S5. You use a tablet. I use a tablet. Yes, I use a tablet. Come on. Potato, potato. Apple will never sponsor me, but that’s okay.

09:28
You use a tablet and what do you put on the tablet? Is that basically like a full script or is it the outline? Sometimes I have the full script. Like I almost always script the beginning because that’s important. Right. And then after that, certain sections have outlines, certain sections have text. It just depends. Okay. Yeah. And so you, did you buy it off Amazon? The kit? I did. It wasn’t a kit. It was just a teleprompter and

09:55
They’re super cheap now. Actually, I paid $250 for mine, but now you can get one for like 80 bucks. Yeah, but you have to have the tablet to slide into it. That’s why it’s kind of… That’s great. You need to have the tablet slide into it and you can get a cheap Amazon Fire tablet for $60. Yes, yes you can. Okay, so that helped you a lot. from the day, let’s just say from the day you started using a teleprompter to today, are you any quicker in the actual you filming the videos or is that… quick.

10:22
Okay. The teleprompter was a game changer with that game changer. I’m done. I can film a video in like 25 minutes, less than that maybe depending on the light. And you talked to about your setup and how it was a pain to get everything set up and you kind of have your setup all always set up now. It’s always set up. All I got to do is slide my chair back and hit record. Okay. And how much of that? I, I know. I don’t know how you fit stuff in there. It’s not a big room. It’s not a big room. It’s literally an 11 by 11 room here. Yeah.

10:52
And how much of a game changer was that for you with the whole process of having the teleprompter, the script, and the setup? That’s all of it. Okay. You wouldn’t be doing this today if you weren’t doing this. If it takes me 15 minutes to set up the lights and everything, I’m not doing it. Yeah.

11:13
I can remember when I lived in my old house and we started filming videos for profitable audience and the lighting was just really strange where in my office, it was well lit to work but it wasn’t well lit to film. And I have all these lights and I couldn’t get them positioned correctly. And finally my brother who’s a tech came over and positioned them and I literally told everyone in my family, I’m like, not touch these lights ever. They are exactly where they need to be.

11:39
Because once they were set up, I never wanted to touch them again because it was such a pain to get them in the right positionings where it didn’t reflect, and then my glasses, and the window, and all this other stuff. So yeah, I can remember that. was like, nobody touches it all. Here’s what, mean, probably real YouTubers will probably… You are a real YouTuber, by the way. They probably won’t like what I’m saying here, but lighting matters, but I think the audio matters way more in the video.

12:06
Like I don’t spend much, I just have two ring lights, one from the side and one in front of me when I film. And that’s good enough. I think it’s good enough. I mean, I at it I don’t say, oh my God, this guy’s production quality is horrible. It’s good enough. And those ring lights were super cheap, but the audio, I think you should pick up like a wireless lav mic, which is actually what I’m using right now. And then you can just, if you want, you can walk around the room and whatnot. Like preaching? Are you preaching around your office?

12:36
You know, I might start doing my videos standing. Okay. I feel like I have like more lively. You more energy when you stand. I’m going to save that for the next iteration. Okay. And when you got, so when you started like actually doing this for real, we’ll say, how many subscribers did you have on YouTube? Shoot, I don’t remember. I don’t. was it like? zero. No, I had enough to monetize. Yeah, I had enough to monetize. But was it like 10,000?

13:05
It was probably around that, I’m guessing. yeah, probably around there, let’s just say. Yeah. So you just had that as like a natural growth of having the other videos on there over time? Yeah, correct. never, actually, you know what? The channel was stagnant. I didn’t produce any videos. It was literally just my six day mini course on there. Okay. Yeah. So you did that. You had, I would say that’s a good amount of subscribers. It is. 10,000. Yeah, I agree. Yes.

13:32
But you had also been creating content in another space for a really long time too. So that’s definitely an advantage, although you can start with YouTube and have zero. So what were the things that you did? Now yours is gonna be a little different because you did have the website, but what did you do specifically to drive people to YouTube? I know you send an email out every week with your video. How else? Did you run some giveaways when you launched initially? Yeah, I did a giveaway when I launched where I gave away a console, I gave away courses and whatnot just to get a jump started.

14:01
Yeah, basically. And did that was that effective? Did you see like a big jump in subscribers or was it? Yeah, I think I got like a thousand something like right off the bat. But here’s I don’t know if I would recommend that. Well, I think I would actually. It just depends. Like if your audience is on on YouTube, then I think that’s a good way to launch a channel. Yeah. But if you’re getting a bunch of subscribers who just subscribe for the hell of it, but they’re not on YouTube and they don’t watch your videos. I’ve learned since then that that could actually hurt your channel.

14:31
Right, right. Because you have a bunch of these subscribers that aren’t watching anything. And then did you, since you had, said earlier that you had enough subscribers to monetize, did you monetize immediately? I did not. Okay. Until someone told me, you know, I was in this YouTube master, and he was like, oh yeah, just monetize it. Like people expect ads and I guarantee you that you’re not going to see any drop off. If anything, YouTube might show you a video more because then they can make more money off.

15:01
Interesting. So when I thought about that, I immediately like open your phone and turn on the ads. Yeah, I did. I just turned them all on. And it was, you know, a little trickle of money. It wasn’t wasn’t anything. But, you know, at least I could take Jen out like once a month. You get to the wind McDonald’s. Wendy’s is too highbrow. Yeah. You had to go to Taco Bell. some nuggets. The chicken sandwich. OK, so now so two and a half years later.

15:30
you’re bringing in a pretty decent amount of money every month. You have how many subscribers today? I am as of this recording 98,000. You’re so close. Everyone listening to this go subscribe to the MyWifeCutterJob channel. Let’s get them to 100K. I’m going to hit it in two weeks because I’m getting almost 5,000 subscribers a month now. I should hit it. then I don’t know what I do when I hit it. guess I just want that plaque. It’s funny. It’s just a stupid plaque.

15:59
that YouTube sent What is the plaque for people that don’t know? It’s a silver plaque that YouTube sends you when you hit 100,000. OK. It’s a silver one. You get a gold one, I think, at a million. OK. Right. So but, know, it’s just like an achievement. It’s cheap plaque, I think. I’ve actually never held one before, but I want it. But we will be seeing all the photos of you holding your silver plaque. It’s just like when I got my patent, I was so excited. Yes. Because that thing took like 10 years to get. Yeah.

16:27
So it had some- So you’re telling me that a patent that you got a master’s degree to be able to produce that you worked for 10 years on will be the same level of satisfaction that two and a half years of making videos on YouTube equals? I think the YouTube one will be more satisfying and let me tell you why. So just a quick update here because this episode was recorded before I hit 100k. But just two weeks later, I’m at almost 100k.

16:56
20,000 subscribers and this channel is now making over $20,000 a month in just AdSense revenue alone. So I think something magical happens once you pass 100K and YouTube shows your video to a lot more people automatically. When I tell people about my patent, they go, oh, what’s it about? Is their first question. And I tell them and they’re like, okay, well that’s the end of the conversation right there. Cause they don’t know what you’re talking about. Right. They have no idea what I’m talking about. But when I say, Hey, I got a YouTube plaque. like, Oh, okay. Oh, I know YouTube.

17:25
My nieces and nephews and my friends’ kids, they’re all into YouTube. In fact, a lot of them want to be full-time YouTubers. So like the last time I went out to dinner, they were talking to me. And they were like, and I was like, hey, what do you want me to take this? Should I tell them how much the channel generates? they’re going to not want to go to college and everything. You’re to be banned from your friend group. Exactly. They were like, yeah, let’s keep that on the download. Just tell them how hard it is and how much of a slog and how much it sucks. I was like, OK, fine.

17:55
Now, we talk a lot on the blogging side and the content creation about how you and I both slogged away for a couple of years before we saw any meaningful revenue. You’re at two and a half years, you’re doing six figures on YouTube now. That doesn’t seem like much of a slog. It’s a slog. Think about it. If someone said you weren’t making six figures on your blog in two and a half years. It took me three years to make six figures. Yes.

18:24
I guess, well, it’s the same slog. It feels quicker on YouTube to me. Yeah, because I started with something. So you’re right. It’s six months quicker. Three months minus three years. I hate math. I hate you. Which is significant, right? Six months is a long time.

18:43
But think about how much time, so here’s the other thing. Think about how much time you spent writing on the blog and all the things you did to grow that versus YouTube where once you figured out the teleprompter and the lights, you just told me it takes you 25 minutes to make a video and then you’re having your so what’s not fair about that statement is that I take my blog posts and I turn them into videos. Yes, that’s true. Right, so the guts of the content is kind of written. It just needs to be rearranged for video, right? Because video needs to be more concise.

19:12
Yeah. So let’s talk about that because a common, I don’t know if objection is the right word, but a common theme that we hear is, well, people know about my blog and then I’m just supposed to put that same content on YouTube. Yeah, it’s a completely different audience. I think most people who are on, who like to read blogs aren’t on YouTube. Yeah. Right. And I think, yeah, there’s a big difference in people that want to read blogs versus people that want to watch a video versus people that want to listen to a podcast.

19:40
Like personally, I don’t like watching video. Well, I know, guess it depends on what, if I want to learn something. do. I have access to your channel. know all the videos you watch. Okay. Well, NBA, fine. That’s different. Michael Jordan highlights, Kobe Bryant highlights, Curry highlights. You like watching videos. to cut you off of that channel. I think when it comes to learning something, I’d much rather read a blog post. Interesting. However, the blog, the blogosphere now is so full of

20:09
crap now with people gaming Google with worthless information that I think you choose better now. And ironically, TikTok is pretty good too. Have you tried TikTok search recently? I haven’t tried TikTok search. It’s so funny. I love, I love algorithms. I don’t like, I love to see what algorithm I get, get in.

20:29
Because I always wonder, like for some reason on Reels, I’m in wedding algorithms and I have no idea why I’m in wedding algorithms because I never would search for that. would not like, I I watched one wedding video. Okay. And I’m also, so I’m in wedding algorithm and I’m in Taylor Swift algorithm.

20:46
Now I love me some Tay-Tay. So like I watch every video that shows up in my like real feed of Tay-Tay, which then is of course increases the amount of videos that I see, but the wedding one I can’t figure out because I don’t watch any of them, but they’re literally it’s like Taylor wedding random, Taylor wedding random. So it’s interesting to me with the algorithm of like what’s going to show up for people, what’s in their feed. And so on TikTok, I actually, before I took my trip, I was in the travel algorithm, which I loved. I learned so much about, you know,

21:16
packing and just kind of doing like what we, not exactly the same of what we did, but I found TikTok to be super educational. Yeah. What were we just talking about? We were talking about the content, right? educational content, which to me, you said you want to read it. I almost always go to YouTube if I want to figure out how to do something because I want to see someone do it. Especially when I was working a lot in the Shopify side and learning how to

21:44
implement some things that weren’t necessarily like standard. There’s always a YouTube video of someone who’s done it. And so I liked it because you could go watch the video and then when you got to that section where you’re maybe like inserting a piece of code or you have to remove something, you can pause the video and like watch those directions like three or four times and then implement it yourself. Just like I just watched a video the other day from Ezra who was talking about this feature on Zipify pages where you can

22:12
change the button to where when someone hovers over it, the button becomes super dynamic where it pops out with an outline. can do all this, which we had been doing. And I was like, that’s actually pretty cool because people could accidentally hover over it and it immediately gets their attention. But unfortunately, he did it super quick. He was demonstrating how to do it. And he’s like, just click this, da, da, da. And I was like, slow down, Ezra.

22:35
But I ended up pausing that video and rewatching it like three or four times to figure out like, that’s where that setting is, because it wasn’t super obvious. so I use YouTube all the time for that reason. Yeah, what I don’t like about YouTube is like I got to watch at least five minutes to get something out of it. Whereas a blog post I can scan in like 30 seconds. I guess it just depends on what you’re trying to do. I that is definitely the downfall of YouTube. If especially if people are trying to get you to watch longer, so they spend the first two minutes just blabbing.

23:01
It’s kind of like a recipe blog post where they talk about their grandmother for 16 paragraphs and then I’m like, I just want to know how to make the roast in the Instant Pot. I don’t care about anything else. It’s not only to be successful, you got to stop doing that. You just jump into it. On YouTube? On YouTube, because you don’t want people to leave within like the first 30 seconds or so. So you got to in the beginning, you just got to tell them what they’re going to get. Yeah. And then you just hop right into it. And you can you can. Yeah. So that’s interesting. Is that what did you start that way?

23:30
You know what’s ironic is I started YouTube creating content that was more inspirational, I guess. And I was like, OK, this is I can’t keep this up because then I got to write new content all the time. You’re like, I’m not inspiring. I don’t have anything to offer. I’ve given my three inspirational speeches. I’m done. It’s funny, though. It’s hard for me to come up with that content. Yeah, because I think it I think.

23:58
telling me this? think Jen told me this. was like, stuff that you find inspirational, people might not find inspirational, but the stuff that you don’t consider inspirational, people like really like. Yes, but I just don’t have the eye for it, I guess. So it’s just like videos of you being like, do your homework, study harder, flashcards, suck it up. Yeah, those are all my videos.

24:21
Walk to the bus stop. And all the Asians are like, oh yeah, yeah, yeah, this is good stuff. You had a very narrow, had a very small channel. Very tight niche on that one. Okay, so have you, so that’s like the question is, since you’ve been doing this for a while now and you have a huge database of videos, now you’ve been doing one a week, so you have well over 100 videos, have you modified or changed what you’re doing based on videos that perform well, videos that flop? I know we talked a couple weeks ago in the course about how, you know, sometimes it can take

24:51
a while for a video to pop. And so you were sort of watching videos really, and then like if they weren’t popping really quickly, then you were like changing the thumbnail and doing some, I think you were making some changes, but now you’ve pulled back on that. Like what are some changes that you’ve made?

25:22
It contains both video and text-based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

25:47
I haven’t really pulled back. what I’ve discovered is that the title and the thumbnail is almost everything. Sadly enough, I mean, if you can get someone to watch your video, then that’s like 80 % of the battle. I mean, of course you got to keep them on the video. Presumably your content is decent. I mean, it just has to be decent. Yeah. And then you just get people to click. So I started reading Buzzfeed again. I even like pick up Cosmo when I go to the grocery store.

26:15
Oh no. Because they’re really good at these catchy headlines. Am I going to know 10 ways to lose belly fat if I go to your channel now? I I have a certain image too that I like to maintain like as not spammy too. So it’s like a fine line for me. Yeah. You know, but I think I’ve gotten, I wouldn’t say I have the formula down, but I’ve made the titles more enticing now so they’re more clickable. So my click-through rate has actually gone up dramatically, would say. Ever since we met Jake Thomas, quick shout out to Jake Thomas here, who specializes in YouTube headlines.

26:46
Creator Hooks, right? Hooks.com is his site. Go check it out. Yeah. Awesome dude. Awesome dude. Really. What I like about Jake is if you guys ever have a chance to meet him or like we had him at our seller summit this year, people will throw him out with their videos about and he literally will come up with like three really catchy titles in like 30 seconds off the top of his head. Like he’s so good. Yeah. He’s the one who actually inspired me to change all of this stuff. Like I think the title is arguably more important than the thumbnail.

27:16
Okay. At least for me, like I read the tunnel, like, oh my God, okay. I’m to watch that video. Even if the thumbnail is just like a static picture of the guy. Yeah. So, then what have you learned about thumbnails in general? For me, like I want someone to see my thumbnail and go, okay, that’s a Steve Chu video. Okay. So your face is on everything. No, not necessarily my face, but like the colors, like you’ll notice mine, there’s a bright blue. Yes. In the background of all my thumbnails. So like, even if like,

27:45
you start squinting your eyes and you looked at YouTube and you couldn’t read any of the text, you would instantly know that’s my video. So that’s me just looking at my phone without glasses on? Yes, exactly. Yeah. OK. We farsighted people. Just pretend you’re. Yeah. Welcome to the over 40 world, people. So so thumbnails. So you you kind of have this brand on the thumbnail. Correct. And then title and then, you know, what’s your what’s your video length? You have a you have kind of a system. You stay within a certain.

28:15
I do. Anything over 15 minutes has not done that well for me. OK. And I can understand. Like who wants to listen to me for 15 minutes straight? Nobody. We should have cut this podcast off 10 minutes ago. I would say like make your length at least eight minutes so you can insert mid-roll ads if you want to monetize with ads. But I’d say eight to 15 minutes is generally my sweet spot. So I just watched a Neil Patel video and he told everybody five minutes, which I was surprised about because I had always heard

28:44
a little bit longer than that. I don’t know. I can’t comment. I can only comment on what works with me. I mean, I can see like some other people who are doing other forms of content. Five minutes might be the attention span of their audience. Right. But for me, the people who watch me, they want to learn e-commerce. And so they’re willing to watch a longer video. So then so you’re doing videos that are under 15 minutes focusing on your title and thumbnail. You have

29:14
You’re using content from your website. Right. you know, you’re still that educational content that you do on my wife quit her job. What? So you have ads running. Now, I’m assuming that your ads are probably a little more profitable because of the niche that you’re in. I would say they’re like 10 to 20 x more profitable than your average entertainment site. Yes, for sure. I compare notes with some of my friends in my YouTube mastermind group. OK. What I talk about is by far the most lucrative. Yeah. Right.

29:45
And are there the same types of, I know, I’m thinking of Facebook ads where you can’t say, here’s how to get rich quick. And I know you’re not a get rich quick person, but is there anything with YouTube where you have to watch some of the things that you say in order to be able to have ads, or does not even matter? I can’t really comment on that, because I just make sure I don’t curse. Yeah. And I don’t say anything. I’m not a controversial.

30:15
You guy. Yeah. But you’ve never had a video that wouldn’t have an ad playing because of something. Because sometimes it’s inadvertent, right? It’s not. Oh, I guess if you like talk about sex, drugs or gambling, is that what you mean? Well, I wasn’t saying you were talking about that inadvertently. there so there are stipulations. So if you’re talking about those three things, you cannot run ads on YouTube. I don’t know the rules. I’ve never crossed those rules before. So I don’t know. I do know that you have to be very careful about music clips.

30:44
and video clips, even if you have two seconds, I don’t know what the exact rule is, I can’t remember. There’s a grace period, but if you use too much of licensed audio, you get a copyright. It’ll say, hey, you’re not gonna make money on this video at all because you’re using this. Yeah. What would you use that’s copyrighted music? You don’t have a lot of music in your videos, No, but one time what I did is I played an ad just as an example of a really good Facebook ad.

31:12
and that had music in it and that was copyrighted music. So I got dinged for that video. So I stopped doing that. Oh, okay. Yeah. Interesting. Yeah, because I like to pull examples, right? To show people like what’s great and what’s bad. yeah. I’m trying to think of a way you could do that without, I guess you probably could. You’d to turn off the sound somehow, but the sound makes like this is one of my presentations. I always play this Apple. This is like my all time favorite Apple ad. I love that Apple ad. It me cry. It does. Yes.

31:40
but unfortunately, it uses music that’s licensed. It’s interesting because it sounds like initially, you did a lot of things that streamlined the process of creating and producing the video. Then after that, you worked on honing your skills as far as thumbnails, titles, catchier, I don’t want to say catchier content because the content is the same but how you’re presenting it in maybe a catchier way.

32:09
I think the hardest part of this whole thing was not necessarily like the honing and all that stuff. The hardest part was finding a system that I knew I could maintain for a long time. Yeah. Because it’s just a matter of time when it comes to any content, right? Like it might take you longer, it might take you shorter depending on that. But if you’re consistent and you go on for a long time, eventually you’ll be successful. It might take a year, it might take two years. In my case, was, guess hitting six figures took me two and a half years. Yeah.

32:39
Right? I’m sure some people can do it much faster. I’ve seen some people make that amount of money in less than a year. Yeah. So is it, so let’s talk about money a little bit, because I know that’s what people really want to hear about. Is the money tied more towards your subscribers, your views? what would you, know, where would you put that?

33:01
Like, was it more important to have more subscribers to make more money or just have those videos that get a lot of views? I don’t know if I’m the right person to answer this because I never did it for you. I never did it for the ads. I did it for like the leads coming to the blog. Right. Yeah. Like the ad money is just gravy. Like Jen’s like, OK, great. Let’s go on vacation. I’m like, well, no, no, this is funny money. Take me with you. I think the most important part is to get real subscribers who will watch your videos whenever they come out. I think that’s the key.

33:31
And I think YouTube just wants people to stay on YouTube, right? So the longer you get people to watch, the more successful your channel will be. And the ad revenue, I mean, it just just it just tracks that really. Yeah. Now, you said, you know, YouTube wants people to stay on YouTube, which obviously is the same for everything. Facebook, Pinterest, all the different channels. But yet you just mentioned before that it’s gotten you a lot of leads, which is what you cared about.

33:57
Yes. what do you do? Like what’s your strategy to get leads? How are you doing it in a way that YouTube’s not like penalizing you for wanting people to go somewhere else? Like what’s your strategy there? Yeah, actually for the first, I want to say year and a half, I never tried to guide anyone off of YouTube. Okay. Just to establish a channel. And now like I have links at the end to my six day mini course, like to a landing page. And then now in the middle of the video, you’ll say, Hey, if you liked this video so far, you know, sign up for my free six day mini course link is in the, you know, show notes below.

34:27
Okay. Yeah. And, um, it actually converts pretty, uh, I haven’t checked recently, but it probably generates, you know, maybe 30 subs a day. Really? Which isn’t bad. No. So there’s some, they’re going to your email list from YouTube. Yeah. And then they’re, they’re going into the six day mini course funnel. Correct. Okay. I I might need to redo that for YouTube because like my six day main course is right there on YouTube. Right. can literally just binge it. But it’s actually really a 30 day mini course.

34:57
I tell them it’s six days so that’s not intimidating, but really you’re on there for a long time. Join me for seven years as I walk through my journey as an entrepreneur. Psych, you thought it was six days, you suckers. So, and you said you waited a what, a year and a half to put that in there? and a half, yeah. That was some advice I was told, like you got to establish your channel first, get a viewership, and then you can start guiding people off.

35:23
And what about comments and that sort of thing? You know me in comments, right? I know. I’ll watch your videos sometimes, but I don’t ever scroll to the comments. do you get a of comments? Are comments important? What do you do with the hater ones? How does that work? See, I don’t like to look at comments. OK. I don’t either. Because I get my share of negative comments, so I don’t want to ruin my day.

35:51
Because people will call me a get rich quick scammer whatever. But in reality, I don’t talk about any of that stuff. So I don’t think they’re watching the video. But they haven’t watched the seven year journey mini series. mini series. But if there’s a thoughtful comment, like occasionally I’ll get an alert. If it’s a thoughtful comment, I’ll reply. OK. But comments And are you personally replying? Yeah, I’m personally replying. Yes, that’s correct. Yeah. I don’t get that many comments on videos. OK. So.

36:19
If I do, it’s someone who’s asking a question and then I guide them over the six day mini course. Subscribe for my FAQ page. And then, know, part of the mini course is hit reply to the email and I’ll reply. Right. Yeah. So I’m much more likely to reply if you reply to a mini course email than if you just randomly reach out. Yeah. I guess your content doesn’t necessarily lend itself because comments tend to come in controversy. Controversy and storytelling.

36:49
Yes. Right. And you don’t necessarily do that on YouTube. So I can see why your comments are probably more questions. Although I’m going to start I’m going to start implementing more like story stuff. It just takes me longer to create that. Like right now, I’m literally when I film, it’s literally 20 minutes and I’m out. But if I were to tell stories, it would probably take me a while to draft. It kind of reminds me of my last podcast episode. I kind of like chronicled my journey of getting this office building.

37:19
Okay. Right. And stuff that happened. And then like I detail like the tax benefits and what else has been going on with my company, stuff that you might not even know. Actually, maybe you do. I don’t know. But that took me like a good hour to just draft, you know, 18 minutes. Just me talking to a mic. Really? Yeah. So you had an outline for that. I had an outline. Yeah. And then I screwing up. I guess I’m just not. It’s your story. How can you screw? Well, because.

37:49
When it’s not live, I get self-conscious about what I’m saying. Oh yeah. You know what saying? If it was like we’re recording this now, I don’t care what I say. Yeah. Because it doesn’t matter. But for some reason, when I’m doing a solo podcast, it matters a little more. Yeah. I can see that. Anyway, I’m going to start doing more of those, but maybe I’ll just do them like once a month. Because there’s this one video I have where I give a tour of my office.

38:16
And that’s done really well, surprisingly. All I do is I just give a tour and I joke around about like crying into my handkerchiefs and stuff. I mean, I think that just adds another dimension, right? Because usually I’m pretty dry. I mean, I’ll be honest with you. I’m dry on my YouTube videos. know? Yeah, you’re just presenting information. Exactly. Whereas if I just occasionally mix it in with little humor and like something candid, I think that works well.

38:43
So obviously in the dashboard of YouTube, we’ll kind of wrap it up with this. You can see what videos do well. You can see what videos tank. mean, don’t think it’s probably not the right word. How does that affect what you do next? How does that affect your day with Jen? No. Well, OK, how does this how much does that guide your content? Like for the next couple of months, if you see that, because I know you had that one video early on about like how to get.

39:09
wholesale clothing or something? don’t remember exactly. suppliers and then all of a sudden I felt like I was pigeonholed into that niche and then. Yeah, because that’s not really what you talk about. You don’t not talk about that, but that’s not your focus. And that ended up being what everyone cared about. like, how do you use that to guide you, but yet still stay within the niche that you are you have? Yeah, for a while I was like, OK, every time I put a video out like this, it’s a hit. So I started doing that.

39:38
And then finally I was like, I’m tired of talking about this. Yeah. And then I talked about other things and I took the hit. Right. But if you continue on a trail, a different trail long enough, eventually people like you for that. I wouldn’t. Here’s the thing. Like, I think YouTube, when they determine the metrics, when they share your video out to your own subscribers and if it does well, they’ll send it off to more random people. I think that’s how it works. So if you have subscribers that

40:08
have diverse interests. Like let’s say someone only wants to know about wholesale suppliers, like that’s like 70 % of your audience. Right. And then you talk about this other stuff, which is kind of related, but not having to do the wholesale suppliers, but it only appeals to 30 % of the audience. It’s not going to do as well, right? Cause only that small fraction is going to, you know, watch it to the end and like and subscribe. So in a way, YouTube kind of forces you to focus on a topic for how to content.

40:38
I would say. Gotcha. And then you just said, you you want people to watch till the end. I’m assuming the longer people watch, the more money you’re making because they’re going to see more ads. Yes. And then the more YouTube will share that video because it’s watch time. It’s all about watch time. Right. OK. So what does YouTube want for watch time? Like percentage of video? Do they say? I don’t know about those guidelines. All I can say is like for me, the videos that do well, I get between 40 to 50 percent of the people watching all the way to the end. That’s high.

41:08
Seems high. For the ones that do well, yeah. But I would say no video of mine gets less than like 30%. Okay. Yeah. So 30 % of your subscribers are willing to watch. No, 30 % of the people who watch the video people who watch the video are willing to listen to you for the full 13 minutes. Yes, crazy, right? Does your mom know that? I was just about to talk about my mom because I was like, hey, mom, I just hit six figures on YouTube. She’s like, oh, I didn’t even know you had a YouTube channel. I tell you this all the time. What are you talking about?

41:36
And she’s like, okay, send me a video. Let me take a look. And she said, oh, okay. People are paying you this much for this video. And she’s like, this is amazing. Like, I don’t get it, you know? Your mom would be a rock star on YouTube. She would, because her reactions are hilarious. They are. It’s funny. So a kid that my sister used to babysit.

41:59
ended up, he’s a PhD cellular biologist or something. Like, and it’s like, if you would have known this kid as a toddler, you’re like, I’m surprised you made it through high school. But anyway, he started a TikTok channel when he was getting his PhD, just talking about all this stuff. Like he basically took science and broke it down into like really under, he did a lot of cancer research, I think. So he broke it down like, hey, this is what we’re looking at this is what we’re looking for. But he made it like, he’s got a really great personality.

42:25
And he just left wherever he was working and he’s starting his own research company. And so he’s making YouTube videos about it. I’m not a I like science, but I’m not one of those people that watches a bunch of science stuff. But he’s so fascinating with how he breaks it down. I watch all his videos, even though I don’t know anything about cells or, you know.

42:48
So I think if you can take something complicated and make it interesting or easier to understand or take something boring and make it interesting, you have a lot of potential on YouTube because people will watch it for, like, I’m never gonna be a cancer researcher, but I’m like, he’s so entertaining and I feel like I’m learning stuff. I’ll binge watch his videos.

43:10
So I think if you’re thinking about doing YouTube and you think you have the ability to break stuff down for people and make it an interesting way or tell a good story, I think it’s something you should think about as well as don’t get discouraged because I think, I mean think you’re better on video than you were when you started. Oh yeah, for sure. But I’m gonna lower the bar on what you just said. Okay. I don’t even think you Lower it, what? Lower the bar. No. Because what you said sounds a little intimidating, right? You have to up with good stories and whatnot. Well, either or.

43:39
I don’t even think you need to. I think you just need to be concise in what you if you’re if it’s like how to content just be concise and teach someone something. Yeah. This is why don’t do YouTube. I’ve never been concise a day in my life. And this is different advice than like if you’re like a vlogger. It’s like if you’re that type of YouTuber then you could be interesting. Right. Yeah. But for middle aged Chinese folks like myself I don’t think you really necessarily need to be interesting.

44:09
But if you can come across it, what’s so funny? You’re like middle-aged. I was like, where are you going with this? was like, oh, you’re talking about yourself. Talking about myself. Then I’m like, wait, we’re middle-aged? We are, unfortunately. I was at a K-pop concert last night and I think I was easily the oldest one there, but you can’t tell in an audience of Asians, right? They could be like 90. No, you can’t. They’re all like 80, but they look 15.

44:39
But I felt really old at that concert. I mean, the things that you for your kids, right? Well, my daughter went to a movie with my mom when I was out of town and she did not, no one liked the movie. was not, it was not a good movie. And so she was telling me about it and she’s like, and the theater was filled with like middle-aged couples who were all in love. Apparently that was like a huge detriment to her. So further on in the conversation, I was like, well, how old were these people? She’s like, I don’t know, like 27.

45:06
was like, that’s middle-aged, I’m dead. So anyway, for middle-aged Chinese guys like you, what? I think all you need to do is just teach and be concise. You don’t even have to be that interesting and you can do well, as long as you’re trustworthy, as long as people trust you and what you have to say, that’s all that matters. Of course it helps if you’re a little bit more exciting, but it’s a low bar, I’m telling you, it’s a low bar.

45:38
So that’s the call to action. Everyone needs to go buy a ring light, a decent microphone and make a video and see how low the bar can actually be, right? Teleprompter. I’m just going end with this example. Yeah. Go and look up our mutual friend Rob Berger on YouTube. OK, yes. Doe Roller. His videos do really well. He doesn’t do any editing at all. Zero. It’s just him sitting at his desk dealing out financial advice.

46:09
He’s not funny. Sorry, Rob, if you’re listening to this, you’re not funny. And he just gives out the facts and he’s very, like if you ever meet Rob and you look at him, he’s got gray hair and he’s distinguished. Right? He looks trustworthy. He is trustworthy. But he looks trustworthy. And so he does really well. His channel has grown super fast. Zero editing. Go start a YouTube channel. Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, if you’ve never watched my channel, it’s all unique content.

46:38
Just do a search on YouTube for My Wife Quitter Job and then just hit the subscribe button. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 424. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO.

47:05
Once again, that’s mywifekotodobb.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv. That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-O-I-P-T dot I-O slash dv. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store.

47:34
Head on over to mywivecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

423: A Controversial Way To Grow Your Email List Fast With Adam Robinson

423: A Controversial Way To Grow Your Email List Fast With Adam Robinson

I’m going to say this upfront. This episode may blow your mind. It’s about building an email list fast, but in a way that is slightly controversial.

Your first reaction is probably gonna be “Oh my goodness, is this even legal? I would never do that.”

But today, Adam Robinson is going to teach us the ins and outs of acquiring email addresses in this new and innovative way.

What You’ll Learn

  • A controversial strategy to build up your email list fast
  • How you can apply this strategy to grow your e-commerce store
  • Is this method even legal and how to set it up

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quartermaster podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have Adam Robinson on the show and he was introduced to me by my good friend, Chase Diamond. And just let me tell you this upfront, this episode may blow your mind. It’s about building an email list fast, but in a way that is slightly controversial. And your first reaction is probably going to be, oh my goodness, is this even legal? I would never do that.

00:27
but I’m curious as to whether your mind will change at the end of this episode. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store and it depended on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who’s shopped in your store and exactly what they bought.

00:55
So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a Red Handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used. You can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind,

01:22
You know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is the tool easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows. I got an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:51
Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postcook.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S R I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that are released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way.

02:21
So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:34
Welcome to the My Wife Quarter Job Podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Adam Robinson on the show. Now, Adam is the founder and CEO of Get Emails, which is a company that he bootstrapped to $10 million in annual recurring revenue in 24 months with just six people. Now, I actually don’t normally have tool vendors on the show, but Adam caught my interest because one, he was introduced to me by my good buddy, Diamond, and two, he came to me with this really controversial way to build up your email.

03:03
fast. Now anyone who listens to me on the podcast or reads my blog knows that email is 30 % of my revenue on my store and it’s probably 90 % of my revenue on my wife quit her job. my ears immediately perked up. And when I first heard about this method, I was extremely skeptical. But now that I understand the technology, how it works, I can see how this can be useful for growing the sales for an e-commerce store. And in any case, we’re going to discuss this

03:32
controversial list building method today, and you can be the judge. And with that, welcome to the show, Adam. How are doing? Thanks, Steve. Happy to be here. So I know based on that intro, people are probably dying to know. So what is this controversial way to build emails? And how did you get into this business in the first place? So let’s talk about GetEmails. That’s the company. The name is pretty clear. And what GetEmails does in

04:00
the simplest application, which is what we’re talking about, is you can put our pixel on your website and we will resolve anonymous website traffic, meaning people who showed up, they did not fill a form, they did not buy anything. We can take that visitor and we can give you back a deliverable email address for that person. So it’s somebody that was on your site and in real time we can pass to Klaviyo or MailChimp or whatever you’re using an email address.

04:30
that will actually be as good as a lead that you got from Facebook. And the person was on your side, they’re interested, they showed some intent. Obviously it’s not as high of quality lead as a first party opt-in on your website. But I think it’s every bit as good as somebody who signed up on Facebook. And the price of this is just like dramatically lower than any other source of a new lead. Yeah, I can tell you like for the blog, I’m paying around

04:59
between two and $3 per lead. And then on Klavi, I’m not doing leads, I’m just doing direct conversions. But I think you’re like a fourth or a fifth of that price, right? Maybe more. The most expensive anyone’s ever gonna buy an email from us is around a quarter. And then at huge volume, can get to high single digit cents. And these are like, the aggregate is like a 30 % open rate on average in most cases, I think.

05:28
So it’s funny, I told my wife about your service and she was like, what? They can track me like when I surf on the web. she was curious how it worked. I’m curious how it works. And so if you can explain it in like layman terms for the people listening, roughly so they can get an idea of how it works and have them realize how freely information, how freely their information is actually accessible on various platforms. Sure. So I think

05:58
A really simple way to look at this is there’s this world of ad tech out there and there’s things tracking your behaviors across the internet so that you can be segmented and serve targeted ads and all of that world’s anonymous, right? So somehow they need to mark you with an anonymous identifier, right? In order to make this work. And that’s pretty simple.

06:26
This other world is like the MarTech world, is like messaging, right? Klaviyo, MarTech, know, attentive MarTech. It’s like, it’s, it’s not anonymized. It’s PII. It’s a sort of… What does PII stand for? Personally identifiable information. Okay. So the AdTech world works anonymously. Everything about it is, you know, your email’s not floating around in free space, right? But like, obviously,

06:56
order to email somebody, you need their actual email address. So the way this technology works is it sort of marries this ad tech world where you’re being tracked across websites, you’re floating around, there’s like cookies that are doing all this. basically what our software does is it takes all these vendors that are tracking everybody in ad tech and then we de-anonymize these anonymous fingerprints and

07:24
then basically, it comes to email, because that’s like the most useful sort of way to execute this. So we take the signals, we make them useful, and then we connect them to the platform where you’d deploy the messages. And in that process, the real reason this works so well is because we’re really good at cleaning the emails and deciding which ones you should have and you shouldn’t have, if that makes sense.

07:50
So you mentioned in the ad tech world, everything’s anonymous. Let’s just use cookies as an example, right? There’s this string of letters and numbers that represent some sort of record so that whatever company can decipher that and know that it’s me. But how is that information obtained? Like how do you decode that into like an email address? I think the most useful way to think about it is sort of how did that cookie get there in the first place? That’s when it became clear to me, right?

08:20
So there are companies out there. I think LiveRamp and LiveIntent are probably the two most common or the two biggest names like LiveRamp is public, LiveIntent, they have a monopoly on an email programmatic ad network, but LiveRamp’s public company, they actually pay email service providers to put a pixel…

08:47
in the bottom of every single email that like, for instance, like I’m just going to throw out vendors, right? Like, I don’t know if Klavia is working with LiveRamp. I know we did at my old ESP, but like they would pay you on like a CPM to get a script in your site so that when someone clicked on an email, it would put a cookie in their browser when they hit the webpage of their final destination. And that cookie would be an email hash, right? Like, well, not.

09:16
This is getting very technical. LiveRamp uses some other unique identifier, but other cookie pools. It’s basically just called an identifier. Yeah. But the reason I said email hash is because a lot of them work by encoding emails into this encryption language called MD5. So it looks to a normal person like a string of numbers and letters. A human being cannot un-encode it, but…

09:45
the same email address will encrypt to the same MD5 hash every single time. Got it. Incidentally, this is how passwords work if anyone’s listening. Like lot of times it’s encrypted in MD5 before it’s stored. Right. So if you have the email somewhere else, you can just, if you had a database of every email in America and then you MD5ed all of those, then you could just do a VLOOKUP, the MD5 in these cookies and see if you had the plain text message, which may or may not be what we’re doing.

10:15
And then furthermore, if you have the plain text message, which we have third party opt-ins for all of them, like we then go and say, okay, is this email actually active and opening and clicking in the rest of the email ecosystem? Like we’re buying a bunch of open and click data from these ESPs. And then we say, if they’re on your website and we have the plain text and they’ve opened or clicked in the last seven days, then we know we can give it to you. And there’s a very high likelihood that’s going to be high value.

10:45
to you. So that’s more or less the very big picture of how it works. let me just kind of summarize that in dumber language, I think. So basically, there’s this identity, like some third party is paying, just as an example, a bunch of these services to put a special identifier that doesn’t change across websites. So I mean, it’s encrypted, so they can’t just get your email. But this encryption string

11:13
represents an email and it doesn’t change across the web. So that’s why if they see that string, they know it belongs to this person. And then you just mentioned that you don’t pass along the email unless there’s activity on that email. How do you determine that? So, and this gets to like how I started getting emails. I actually owned a very small business email service provider, kind of like MailChimp. Our customers were different than MailChimp. They were sort of

11:42
I would say kind of baby boomer, mom and pop shop, not e-commerce. But we learned a lot of things about the email business from running it. We learned a lot about deliverability, which is this whole art and science of actually getting emails to inbox at scale. And one of the things like a revenue stream for a lot of email service providers is you can sell anonymous open and click data to people that find it valuable. It’s like a data discharge part of the email market.

12:12
So that literally is just business development. Like you go out and you pound the pavement and like people will sell you this data, like also sort of hashed or whatever. so yeah. So, so this is where we’re getting this last, and this is a real magic with getting emails, Like we would not have grown how we’ve grown. No one would continue using our service if the emails were bad and it actually hurt their ability to inbox, but using that activity filter.

12:41
as like a final stage of list cleansing. That is what makes these things work basically. So basically it seems like everything is being sold over the web. Like if I sign up for like someone’s news, let’s say it’s like Best Buy’s newsletter, chances are there’s, and I’m just using Best Buy as an example. I don’t know if they’re doing this, but if I sign up through a list, maybe they’re selling that information in this third party where it’s all getting aggregated and sold again is what you’re saying.

13:10
So the email addresses, I would be shocked if they would work. mean, look, there are definitely sort of publishers, know, dodgy websites or whatever, you’re like, you’re signing up to get health insurance and the terms of service. They were going to sell your information as many times as we can. Best Buy though. I would be shocked if that brand were selling any.

13:37
personally identifiable information about you. What could be happening is if they’re using, I don’t know who they would be using. If they’re using Salesforce marketing cloud, Salesforce marketing cloud could be selling the aggregate open and click information in the open market to, you know, companies like there’s companies that help you help people like clean and validate email lists. Like they’re huge buyers of this activity data, right? Never bounce, zero bounce.

14:07
There’s a bunch of these lists. So they’re an example of somebody. Lead Forensics is this B2B email tool that helps you email and identify people in the B2B world. They’re a big buyer of this activity data also. There’s a market for this stuff. I would not worry about with a reputable brand, your information actually getting sold, but anonymous behavioral information.

14:38
that you are taking on the internet, there’s like no question that that’s being commercialized, right? I mean, that’s the whole model of Google, right? Like you’re clicking on the internet and like they are commercializing that. So like, this is just the email version of that. I’m just trying to get an idea of like where this information, like the source, right? Like, can you give me an example? The source of? Of like the personal identifiable information.

15:07
Like where are these companies getting Not you, where are they getting it? Like the people that you’re getting this information from, how are they getting it? So yeah, step one, so if we take a step back and we look at the whole system and how it works, right? Step one is like the identity layer and that’s just the mark, the ad tech anonymous stuff, right? Then there’s like the database phase. We need to find the plain text even from somebody. So

15:36
There’s a bunch of websites out there, which some people call them doors. Like I call them lead gen websites. They’re literally just like I described. It’s like a mortgage website and like they’ll get you to put in your information about mortgage. And literally the purpose is to sell your lead information as many, many times as possible. Got it. Okay. Strangely, almost everybody has signed up for one of those at some point. So this is another thing that is like shockingly available out there.

16:05
you know, if you’re just willing to pound the pavement and put it all together, you know, it’s a third party audience probably aren’t doing this. It’s probably like, no. OK, got it. Second question, then is is is this against the law like this can spam act, right? Right. And want talk about California specifically also once you. Yeah. So so that is the first question that that every single person once they internalize.

16:34
how all of this works, the reaction is like, how is this leaked? what, you know, this seems like it should be illegal. I will, the first statement I’ll make is it is only in the USA. Our database is only in the USA and our system has geo-fenced like IPs that only basically capture US traffic. It is not legal in Europe to do this. GDPR is…

17:01
First party consent for data collection on the internet, which makes it illegal. It’s not legal in Canada. Canada is first party opt-in for email marketing. But in the US, we have this CanSpanLob 2003. It was reviewed in 2019. It is opt-out legislation, full stop period exclamation point. There is not a word of opt-in for bulk emailing in there. Now, the question is,

17:29
Why does everyone think that email is opt-in in the U.S.? There are organizations, all the email service providers, Spam House, and the inboxes like Hotmail, Gmail, whatever, they have basically extolled the virtues of opt-in email marketing for the last 15, 20 years to try to stop spamming. And they should. So the question is, well, why doesn’t everybody just spam all day long if it’s not illegal? The answer is because if you even try,

17:58
your ability to inbox your good emails will go into the toilet almost immediately. To make sense, if you go and buy a list, a lot of people have done it. If you go and buy a list and you send to it, it usually, in almost every case, will result in some serious problem that either gets you kicked off of your email service provider or takes a long time to unwind. I mean, what you have to do after you do something like that is go down to like your…

18:23
30 day clickers and then just keep adding the rest of your list and slowly, you know, 10 % per day or something like that until you get back up. No one wants to do that. It’s a huge waste of time. The real thing to care about in email marketing is engagement. That’s what Google evaluates you on. That’s what Yahoo evaluates you on. That’s what Hotmail does. We figured out this way that allows people to have super highly engaged email lists that they can actually purchase. And it works, right?

18:52
in this whole. we’ve never not, Warby Park is a customer, Dr. Squash is a customer, Penske Media, Rolling Stone, know, Billboard, Women’s Wear, Daily Variety. Like these people are serious organizations with serious legal teams. We’ve never not made it through legal department. Past a certain point, an organization may decide that it’s not worth the PR or brand risk of doing this because they’re not entirely focused on growth. And that is their own prerogative. Like, you know, we’re having this conversation and

19:22
A question is, how is this legal? Like there’s a lot of brands who don’t want to be engaged in anything where that’s a question, right? But from a strictly legal perspective, it is legal in the U.S. You can go to getemails.com slash legal. It will walk you through the relevant legislation and how it relates to our business. Now, moving on to California, which is like the second question that everybody has once they understand the U.S. there’s this false equivalency between CCPA

19:51
in GDPR, everybody, the sort of way of describing CCPA is it’s the GDPR for the USA. Right. A critical distinction between the two of them is unlike in Europe, the US has this federal level non opt in for email can spam law. So if CCPA, if the California and CCPRA

20:20
If they actually required opt-in for email, they would be breaking a federal law and people would sue the state of California under federal law because they’re creating something that’s bigger than the federal law. So the point is CCPA is also an opt-out legislation. It’s all about, is there a way for people to opt out? Is there a way for people to get their data deleted? Is there a way for people to find out what data you’re…

20:49
collecting on them and you’re storing on them, you have to disclose to them that you are, you know, sort of doing things with cookies and stuff like that. You have to give them a way to say, do not send my information, but it is explicitly an opt out rather than an opt in legislation. So it doesn’t touch this.

21:11
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

21:40
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

21:51
I mean, we’re not lawyers on here. And so I recommend anybody who’s listening to this, just go do their own research. But I think on GetEmail, you guys have a special page for this. I guess what’s more important once you get past the legal stuff is what is the quality of subs like? What’s the spam rate? And is this going to hurt deliverability? Because you mentioned before that if you start buying lists and emailing them, even though it’s legal, that can ruin your deliverability. Right. Which is the most important thing in email.

22:18
If you were to just look at email addresses as a spectrum, right? And we’ve all acquired email addresses a million different ways. The best email you’re ever going to get is somebody that opts in on your website. Right. Just full stop. Unfortunately, that’s not very scalable. The best you’re going to do is get like three, maybe 5 % of your traffic to opt in. I mean, on it, if you are the best in the world at this, right? I think the next rung down would be like somebody.

22:46
Actually, I think we’re actually better emails than this, but like a lead form on Facebook, right? Or somebody just explicitly saying, contact me. I think those are of dubious quality, but I think we’re kind of like right there. then below what we do is, you know, buying lists, like co-reg, I don’t know if anybody like, like sort of opting into this and this and this and getting that email address and emailing them. So.

23:16
I will, like, obviously these are not quite as good as a first party opt-in. How could they be? Because the person didn’t actually raise their hand and ask you to contact them. But just based on how recently they were on your website, right? You’re getting these emails like 15 minutes after they’re on your website. How targeted the email actually is, somebody who had, I mean, there’s a substantial amount of intent with somebody arriving at your website, whether they raise their hand or not.

23:46
And so there’s this idea in lists, direct mail, email, the newer the list, the better, right? Old lists are generally bad for a lot of reasons. In email, in direct mail, people move, whatever. In email, there’s this added problem from old lists that blow people up. It’s the spam trap. And basically for those listening that aren’t as familiar with email,

24:15
An email address that hasn’t been used for 18 months will almost always be turned into a spam trap or a honeypot or whatever you want to call it. And what that does is they don’t open emails. don’t click on emails, but like basically Gmail will know that if you’re bulk emailing a marketing email to an email address that no one has logged into for 18 months, like you’re doing something wrong. You either are not adhering to good list sequencing practices or you bought this email address from somebody and you shouldn’t be emailing.

24:45
Does that make sense? So, yeah, that is, and if the question is like, what are the open rates on these things? Open rates are hard specifically right now because we haven’t really figured out how to deal with this new Apple phenomenon. Pre-Apple, we were seeing 20 to 30 % on average for all of our customers. mean, now some people get like 60, but like, what is a 60 % open rate? But suffice it to say, if you just do what we recommend, you will see,

25:15
equal to better engagement coming out of this flow that you sort of introduce people to your brand with, then you do from your house sort of bulk list that you’re sending. I think you, I think you saw something similar, right? think for anyone listening to this, it’s essentially retargeting. If you think about this thing, when we show Facebook ads to people who visit our site, in this case, we’re sending an email, which just

25:41
I guess feels a little bit more intrusive, but it’s really a similar principle to doing that. They’ve landed on your store. They probably shopped. They know your brand because they were on your website. And if you hit them up sooner rather than later, they’ll recognize your brand. So it’s, it’s still a cold lead, I guess, but not as cold as, someone who’s never heard of you before. Is that accurate? That’s very accurate. And I just want to, want to make one.

26:07
sort of point to re-emphasize sort of where in the funnel they are. We track ROI. When people use this for e-commerce, which is our entire customer base, like they’re buying ROI. You know what I mean? If it doesn’t generate ROI that’s higher than the other channels, they won’t use it. And if it does, like they’ll be happy. So we track ROI very closely. We have checkups sort of along the journey to see how ROI is going.

26:34
The interesting thing about this is that if you just look at the flow in Klaviyo, like the five part welcome series or three part or whatever it is, the first email will have generated the most revenue and then the subsequent emails will generate less. But if you post six months later and you add up the aggregate P &L of the whole deal, only about 20 to 30 % of the total revenue is coming from that flow. And the rest of it is coming from the ongoing act.

27:03
of retargeting these people over newsletters, which totally makes sense. It’s like they hit your website, they didn’t opt in, that was maybe brand impression one or two. And then they’re starting to buy after you hit them with another five or six brand impressions. That makes sense. And I think the first email of any autoresponder sequences is the highest because usually people are giving out coupons, right? Yeah, for sure. For that first email. So basically, it kind of acts like a blog email newsletter in like you’re kind of wearing them down.

27:31
Like if you weren’t giving a coupon in that first, over time as they get to know you and they allow you to continue emailing them, when they’re ready to buy, they’ll buy, but they might not be ready to buy right away. But they know about your store essentially. So what you’re saying then is if you’re doing this, you might not see sales right away. So you should treat these people almost like completely cold people where you have to warm them up first. Is that accurate?

28:00
I think you will see some sales right away, but I think it is imprudent to analyze the success of the program before like 90 days or something, you know, to use it for two weeks and be like, Oh, I only got one X ROI on this. Like you’re literally just, you know, right. If you’re not looking at it the right way. Okay. Okay. And another interesting thing I’m looking at the ROI is if you look at it in Klavia or Google analytics or something,

28:27
These are all like campaign level attribution platforms, meaning Klaviyo doesn’t give you a way in Klaviyo to actually see the ROI or of a list. You have to go in there and you have to like get the emails that are tagged to get emails and then download the customer lifetime values and sum them to actually see what the total P and L of this list is. you you just to go. you completely separate out that segment and only blast that segment when you said it. True, but.

28:58
I wouldn’t recommend doing that because from a deliverability perspective, that’s allowing. So we’ve acknowledged that this is a slightly lesser quality lead pool. If you separate them out and send two different blasts, you’re allowing email service providers like Gmail and Hotmail to basically fingerprint this lower quality lead pool with a certain list or content type, which just isn’t

29:27
doing yourself any favors, you know? It’s better to just mix it all in and, know. I see, interesting. Okay. I mean, I know a long time ago, one of my buddies who had like a million or more than a million people on his list, he used to send everything out to his best engaged people first, and that improved deliverability overall. You’re saying now that things have changed and that can hurt you? Well, so that’s…

29:57
That actually is a really good practice. And like at our ESP, we did that automatically. We would like take the known high openers, like send those out, get the IPs to sort of open and then sort of mix in the lesser quality and then the unknowns. That’s a little different than what I’m saying. All I was saying is if you made a separate list out of these people. So what you just said is like a strategy. It’s like, I’m going to take my best people and like Salesforce marketing cloud actually allows you to like.

30:27
make stack segments like that. You can do that for sure. Like if you want to put the work in, could. What we started figuring out which really works is like hot segment, not hot segment, hot segment. So like you even ended on really good stuff to like leave a good taste in their mouth or whatever. But this is somewhat less related to that. like sort of like, you know, if you just kept the list separate than

30:57
it would be giving it and it’s it would be giving these ISPs an opportunity to identify a weakness in your. I see. OK. All right. Whereas if you mix them all together and it’s just a small fraction. Yeah. Well, just along this one last question along these lines. So if you keep sending to a segment that’s not as engaged, let’s just say, are they going to just automatically be more likely to just take that segment and just not deliver it all together? Is that what you’re saying? I mean, at least it’s just so like.

31:25
High engagement is a virtuous cycle and low engagement is a vicious cycle. That’s like, if there’s no other principle in deliverability to go by, it’s that one. that’s kind of it. then you don’t want to, yeah, it’s just when you know you’re working with a lesser quality lead pool, like, it will behoove you to sort of mix it in with the higher quality stuff. All right. Let’s just talk about best practices now. I mean, we’re essentially emailing people who did not opt in.

31:54
So do you recommend? What’s your first email and what should it be? Yep. So what we have told, you know, over a thousand brands at this point and is generating substantial ROI is a fairly simple implementation. So I’m sure all of your listeners have a generic welcome series that is the best practice, right? So email number one is a coupon, you know, thanks for subscribing. Email number two could be like a founder story, number three is best sellers, whatever the order is, right?

32:25
We literally recommend people to just copy that flow, paste it, and then on the first email change, thanks for subscribing or whatever the subject line is to thanks for stopping by the site and then just let it run. And if you see activity, it used to just be open, right? But if you see them open, then you add them to your newsletter list. If you don’t, then it stops right there. You don’t ever contact them again.

32:51
The one qualifier now with this Apple thing that I would say is probably if they haven’t clicked after about 30 emails, I’d probably pull these guys. If that makes sense. But yeah, other than that, I mean, that’s the whole onboarding for this. And then the other part of it is just prove to yourself that you’re making money, which 90 days down the road, like you do this thing that I was talking about where you’re-

33:18
You have to export all that stuff and you can’t get it from the right web interface. Exactly. All right. So first email, give me a subject line, for example. Literally. Thanks for stopping by the site. That’s it. Okay. And then you just give them whatever they, okay. Yeah. Don’t change anything else. It’s great. I mean, it’s, hard to believe that that is enough, but the narrative that I have for that is, you know, it’s kind of just about the act.

33:48
of emailing them in the first place more than anything else. You know, like if the majority of the PNL is just going to come from these repeated sort of touches and wearing them down, it’s just all about starting to hit them quick and with the cadence. How long do you do email them immediately? mean, one thing like is it creepy? if I get an email, like I visit a site and then like 10 minutes later, I get an email from that site without opting in.

34:17
Like these are my wife’s words exactly. That feels creepy and I might be sketched out by that. So do you recommend waiting or no? I think the sooner the better. Okay. It’s between. So first of all.

34:36
think that the perception of what’s creepy online is changing every day and moving more and more towards things not being creepy. you know what I mean? Like the things we’re okay with today, we wouldn’t have been okay with 10 years ago, And you know, the younger, as a younger generation becomes sort of more of your audience and your customers, like they don’t care period, like about any of this stuff. So I think that the,

35:05
There will be some people that think it’s creepy. It’s just inevitable, right? Some people hate getting email newsletters that they opted into. They hate it. You know, it’s just a weird, but they’re those people. And you will probably have to deal with some of those if you start like, you know, every once in a while, someone’s going to be like, well, how’d you get my email address? But I think that the problem that you deal with when you wait is in many cases, these people hit your website.

35:34
It’s fresh on their minds. In a day, they may not even remember what… I don’t know what web pages I went to yesterday. Surely there’s some brands that I saw for the first time that just didn’t stick. So I think you risk a harsher response if you wait because the response is like, who are you? Why are you emailing me? At least if it’s immediate, it’s like, yeah, I was just on that website. Maybe I opted in.

36:03
Maybe I didn’t like, maybe they have some cool thing that allows them to do this. don’t know, but at least I remembered being there. So yeah, I think sooner the better, you know, we have the ability. If some brands are like, oh yeah, our traffic usually like waits. So we send the email 15 minutes after we get it. Right. So sometimes you’re like, oh, well people actually spend a ton of time on our pages looking at the watches or whatever. So we want to change it to 45. So we’ll change it to 45 and send it to them.

36:34
If that makes sense. think if anyone out there is listening to this, the way I was thinking about this is if you just do this to people who have looked at a product or added something to the cart, that actually makes it even less intrusive because there’s clearly buyer’s intent in this case. It’s going to be a much smaller fraction of people and those people might not have started checkout and you don’t have their email. But it’s it’s almost like a an abandoned cart sequence that’s

37:03
That’s pretty safe is what I’m trying to say, I guess. I would agree with that. All right, the other question I had was, you know how Facebook, they, like in many chat with Facebook Messenger, like they have this email that’s on record, right? And they can give that to you without them having to type anything in. A lot of times those emails are old. How do you determine whether this database has older emails that people might not be using?

37:31
anymore is it based on we’re making sure there’s there’s an open or click signal before I give it to you which is like the whole the whole magic you know okay I see I see and and that’s purchased data so every email that you obtain you go through this database you check to see if it’s active and then you add it otherwise you do not right exactly yeah there’s there’s there’s a chunk of your trip so we can probably get to

37:57
40, 45, in some cases 50 % resolution on your traffic. That’s nuts. But like, we’re getting MD5s for 80 % of it. And like, there’s 40 % of it we’re throwing out because it’s old emails. Right. know, old identifiers. You know, I kind of see this almost like running a giveaway. Would you agree with that? Like, you’re getting these addresses that just want the free… Well, it’s different, I guess, but they’re…

38:26
kind of colder. They’re definitely colder. think there’s less of this. People put in fake addresses for giveaway. I don’t know. I’ve heard that it’s true. It is. Yes. And I think, I think there’s less of that, you know, but, but yeah, I mean, I would think that a giveaway email address is of, if we were to like go on the ladder of quality, I think, I think my personal view is like, these are higher quality than a giveaway email addresses. Um,

38:57
But, know. And something you said earlier, I had a question on why do you consider those Facebook lead pages? Worst quality, I’ve just heard anecdotally because people that’s one that’s so people are buying email addresses through these Facebook lead all the time. You know, this is something people try to do over and over again. Some people make it work. I have heard a hundred times, you know.

39:24
we were paying a buck for a lead from Facebook and you were actually performed better. You know? Okay. So, so that’s not scientific Facebook changes every day. But I just think that for anyone who’s done that, if you ask them how Facebook leads stacks up next to somebody who opted on their site, they’re like the one on the site was literally superior in every single way. And

39:53
you know, everybody who’s put us next to the Facebook lead test, at the very least, we’re the same quality and we’re like a fifth of the price, you know, oftentimes we perform better down the funnel in a meaningful way as well. So let me ask you this, you mentioned kind of ingratiating this list into your main list and kind of mixing them all together.

40:19
Well, I would imagine that when you start using this, you’re going to start getting email subs faster than you ever have before. And at some point, maybe this acquired list might become a significant percentage of your overall list. So what do you recommend in terms of percentages? So, so this is this is a deliverability conversation. Karyuma, they have around a million contacts on their email list, and we have given them like 80000 of them. Oh, my everything. Everything is honky-dory for them like they’re

40:48
all of their engagement is absolutely incredible. So here’s the deliverability part of it. And we can help with this. First of all, this only starts to matter. Let’s just talk about the product in general. Who’s it good for? Right? The product is really, really good for people who I would say are kind of already crushing it, if makes sense. Like they have a ton of traffic on their e-com site. If you have a ton of traffic, you’re doing something right. Right?

41:15
and you’re already making a substantial amount of money on your email, right? If you don’t have traffic, we can’t resolve the traffic. If you don’t have an email program that’s making money, then purchasing emails to put into that program is obviously not going to be a strategy that works, right? However, if those two things are dialed in for you, this is pouring fuel in the fire in a major way. So back to that carry-on example, how are they existing in this paradigm where so many of their leads started out cold?

41:44
Well, this is a conversation about deliverability.

41:51
A way to think about it is you have this base of people engaging with your emails in aggregate every day. You have the ability to add cold traffic to that at some percentage, right? And the opens and clicks will mask that cold traffic. And the cool thing about adding cold traffic is

42:17
Once somebody engages with that cold traffic, they actually become part of the core.

42:23
that makes sense. Eventually, yeah, but they might be less likely to click, for example. When they do, they’re part of the core. Okay. Right. So your core can grow from cold traffic and it can allow you to add even more cold traffic the next day. Sure. So a way I like to think about that is you probably don’t want to be putting, I would say an absolute max is like 5 % of your 30 day openers.

42:53
per day. I would say a safe place is 2 % of your 30 day openers per day is cold leads. And what will happen is your 30 day openers will grow, you know, and then that number, that 2 % number, if you’re being super conservative gross, what normally works is a very conservative place to start for an e-commerce store is we say, cause like what I’m trying to do, I’m not trying to blow people up. Like I don’t want to sell a customer.

43:21
more emails than they can handle. want everybody to start small. want everybody to prove out the ROI. want everybody to do it safely. And then after a few months, start, you know, grow to the appropriate amount if they want to, that works for their brand. So an easy thing for all of the customers that we’ve dealt with so far and is well within that range is to start by saying, what are your U.S. unique visitors? Let’s start at 10 % of those.

43:51
for the first couple of months, right? And that is almost always below whatever this threshold is, you know, which isn’t scientific and varies brand to brand, but it’s almost always below that amount that is like very safe to do. And it’s like, let’s get it working. Let’s get you making money. Let’s get you seeing that you make money. And then it’s like, okay, you you want to double or triple this. Let’s look at the 30 day actives, you know, do we think you can handle it? Okay, let’s do it. Yeah. Okay.

44:20
And by the way, if you want to, one other interesting thing about deliverability, actually, we, we, we now resolve Safari and Firefox visitors. We had not in the past. It was only Chrome. And I was worried about this issue that you just talked about. It’s like, man, like we’re to get people so much more data. It’s going to potentially blow them up. So I hired this incredible deliverability guy and this, just an interesting piece of knowledge from someone who literally does like quantitative email marketing for.

44:49
someone who sends a ton of cold emails every day. His view is, is there’s no deliverability problem that’s caught the first day. Meaning if all of a sudden your Yahoo open rate drops from 28 % to like 1%, if you just scale back your sense to Yahoo to your 30 day clickers and then add 10 % to that, unblock yourself if you’re blocked or whatever, and then add 10 % per day, you can get it back in like a week or two, which

45:19
This is way too technical for almost every listener. Like you would have to be looking at it like that, but like, you know, there’s going to be some advanced people who are like, Oh, that’s interesting. And it makes sense. didn’t know that. can tell you my AOL Yahoo, those addresses, think the spam filters that they use are, are pretty like binary. It’s either you get them or you don’t. Whereas I think Gmail is a little better about emails, linear emails, all about opens. Yeah. Um, the other guys are kind of more click centric, you know? Yeah. Um,

45:49
So, yeah, I actually had the most problem with Hotmail and, and Yahoo and whatnot. Just in general. Yeah. We’ve been seeing some weird stuff. Some of our big guys, you know, they’ve really advanced analytics and like twice last week, I saw two centers over the last month with Yahoo where they’d have 40 % open rates and then it would drop to 20 and go back up to 40 the next day. And then three days would go by dropped 20, go back up to 40, like just a weird, you know, a weird, very erratic open.

46:18
pattern with no, it was always this jump between 50 % of the open rate and back up to a hundred. Really weird. I don’t know. Yeah. Gmail’s like a super smooth, you know, curve every day. Well, Adam, this is a really interesting and somewhat controversial conversation. If anyone wants to check out your service and learn more, where can they find you? Get emails.com.

46:56
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now over the years, I’ve started using my eCommerce store over at Bumblebee Linens like a laboratory to try new eCom features, so I’ll be writing up a full report of this service on my blog and YouTube. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquitterjob.com slash episode 423. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform.

47:24
and you can sign up for free over at postcook.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecoderjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

47:53
Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to MyWifeQuarterJob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

422: This Student Makes $2M Selling Womens Clothing Online With Ming Wang

422:  Student Makes $2M Selling Womens Clothing Online With Ming Wang

Today I have Ming Wang on the show. Ming is a student in my Create A Profitable Online Store course and she’s the founder of Alina Mae Maternity, a store that sells maternity clothing for business professionals.

Despite being a very difficult niche to sell into, Ming has managed to make over $2 million per year selling clothing on Amazon and her own website.

In this episode, Ming reveals exactly how she did it.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why sell apparel?
  • How to make money in the women’s apparel industry
  • How to successfully launch apparel on Amazon

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

BigCommerce.com – If you are interested in starting your own online store, then I highly recommend BigCommerce. Out of the box, it already comes with full functionality and you do not need to install additional plugins. Click here to get 1 month free
BigCommerce WordPress Plugin

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have Ming Wang on the show, a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course, and Ming is the founder of Alina Mae Maternity, which is a store that she’s grown to over two million in revenue. And in this episode, we’re going to learn exactly how she did it. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce, and it’s crushing it from

00:29
I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce, and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank CleoBeau for sponsoring this episode.

00:56
Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store and it depended on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who is shopping in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought.

01:25
Piece of cake and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used. You can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I want to mention my other podcasts that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience.

01:52
No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a run entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:08
Welcome to the My Wife, Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have a student in my course, Ming Wang, on the show. Now, Ming’s husband actually purchased my class for her back in, I think, 2018, and she’s on track to make over $2 million this year with her maternity wear store over at Alina Mae Maternity. Now, I’ve only heard from Ming maybe a handful of times in these past several years. She’s basically taken a class and silent been cranking in the background to make money in one of the

02:37
hardest niches to sell into, is women’s apparel. In any case, I’m very eager to delve deeper into her business and learn more about her experience starting a successful apparel company. And with that, welcome to show Ming. How are you doing today? I’m good, how are you? I’m good. I know we chatted a lot before I hit the record button here, but just please tell the audience about your store, what you sell and why you even started an apparel store, of all things.

03:06
So I think that my experience might be a little bit different than a lot of other students that might be in your course. Cause I didn’t really like a start Amazon business trying to say like, Oh, I want to make a lot of money. Like for me, like when I started Alina Mei is because I felt the pain point for the pregnancy people and trying to find a professional clothing. And so I was pregnant at the time and I was managing like a 70 people team at a really large company.

03:35
And it’s really hard to be comfortable looking professional and while you’re raising a baby in your belly. that’s the reason why I started Alina May at the time is trying to just like helping this group of people. And I wasn’t like a lot of, let’s say like, you know, very money oriented at the time, because I know there will be like a height, like a better, like profitable and easier to get in, like an anxious than the women apparel. Cause this is a very competitive field.

04:04
But with Steve’s course, you know how people say, oh, you’re trying to find people’s pain point. And I think we find a really good pain point at the time. And I sincerely want to help these group of people. And that’s the reason why it went in there. And there was a lot of capital investment, but at the same time, it passed all the criteria that you mentioned. It was still profitable. It did require a lot of capital, but at the time, I did have the capital already. much did you invest? curious. I would say, think about it.

04:33
Like I don’t really have a legit number, but like I think about it, like for each of the orders that you place, would at least for like a 500 units. Sometimes it’s up to like a thousand units across. It’s just, it crossed different sizes, but one color. Right. Right. And if you want to start, you would need to have, I don’t know, like a two or three, like a colors and each of the product will cost at least like a nine or 10 bucks. So you can do the calculation. like, so actually that doesn’t sound that bad.

05:03
It’s actually, like, compared to like, if you want to start with a whole fashion brand, right? So like, we actually did that probably about like a two to two years in, I would say. It’s like when I quit my corporate job, actually focusing on Lena May at the time, we have to really expand it and trying to build a website off of it, right? It’s not just like Amazon one listing.

05:25
And that was the time that we actually invest a lot. Cause now you’re not talking about just like a one or two, like a style. And it’s a wonder it’s probably under say pens, you will have like a couple of styles and under shirt, you’ll have a couple of and under dress, you’ll have a couple of styles and each style will have a couple of colors. And then you’ll get like, you’ve got huge like investment at that time. then each one of them you’re spending about like 10 grand. Right. And that’s like a pretty big investment. So how many pieces did you start with or designs?

05:56
At the beginning, there was just a one listing of pants. Okay. Yes. So if you think about professional clothing, and especially for like a maternity wear, right? And you just have black dress pants. And then so you could start with that. then quickly we realized that, you’re not really getting a lot of the market because your brand was not that aware, like by your customers. So we start like a different couple of different pants. And then like we started shirts and we started like also like the stats and stuff like that.

06:24
So walk me through that. you bought one set of pants, I guess 500 units or whatever it was. How did that one set of pants sell when you listed them on Amazon? Yeah, so I didn’t buy the pants. I actually designed it. They’re like a specific thing, so that’s not on the market. And I would like to see as the pregnant person, like myself, as also like a professional worker, like women myself, right? So I designed the pants and I talked to the suppliers.

06:53
So when it was launched, it was unique to us essentially. And right now, of course, there’s a lot of competitors and they’re doing like very similar things. So I designed that and then the minimum, I think back then probably like a 1200 or so. And as we started that listing, it didn’t really go that well, but like I already kind of know about like how Amazon works and everything. And I don’t really need to set up a warehouse system or fulfillment system, all that kind of stuff. So like that was pretty convenient. So I added that and they start really like,

07:23
going add a volume when we try to add a little bit different colors to it. So when you only have that one listing, like a one color, you don’t get a lot. It’s just because, know, and it’s the one we added, besides the black, we added like a navy, we added like a gray and then added some other colors, but different, the same style, but different colors. And that’s when the traffic start growing. I think it was, I probably added online in like,

07:52
the end of the summer in one year and then by the winter time, it was really start growing. And I remember that because I was a Chinese New Year time. So my factory in China, they stopped working. then, so we just posted up the rank and they tanked it because we’re all the stock. And then so the next year you start like ordering more and it just kind of start growing from there. How many sizes did you carry of your pants? At the beginning, I only carry three sizes.

08:22
So small, medium, large? Yes. And like the sizes actually doesn’t really matter that much. It’s actually the color or the material of pens. Sure. Well, like one thing I actually learned more recently, the reason why they gave you a minimum order quantity is not because of like, oh, like they cannot go onto a product line or whatsoever. It’s because they are supplier for the clothing, right? The cloth to make the fabric. They do it.

08:48
per time. Does it make sense? Like they are per order is at least a minimum quantity of like a one. I don’t know how to say that. So for our, for our company, we have to, they like buy a roll of fabric. Yes, the roll. Yes. And then they have to use it. Yeah. They have to use up the whole roll. Right. So if you’re thinking about like a smaller, like shorts, a whole roll, it could cost say like a thousand pieces, like, you know, make a one-year-old pants or like a larger dresses. They can probably only produce like a 200 or something.

09:17
And so like the way how I did it, and it takes a lot of communication and trust from your supplier. I didn’t do it at the beginning. It’s really hard to do that with a new supplier you didn’t know about. But like nowadays, because like, know, the supplier has been working with us for quite a while. If you look at like our store, it’s the same fabric used for different products. So like the same fabric that used for dress can also be the same fabric used for pants. So for example, currently I’m launching like a two new product.

09:44
And in each of the minimum quantity order I got for her size per product, you’re talking about like a 10, 15 pieces that could easily sold out. Right. And it’s because it’s like they purchased two roll of the product and it’s used by like four and five different styles. And each styles only get like a very minimum, like a quantity. guess what I’m asking you is you have to decide how many of each size to make and how many of each color to make. How did you determine?

10:15
At the very beginning, it was not much a strategy. It was just like a small, medium, large, that’s a look at like what other competitors are offering and let’s try to offer the same. And you can kind of see it with like the ASINs, like a ranking a little bit, right? With all the different tools. I don’t remember exactly, cause this is a couple of years ago already, but like you can kind of see like, what’s the ratios. And even with that, it was not that very accurate.

10:38
So at the beginning, think what we decided is basically, small, medium, large, they’re all about the same. And then all the XL, like XS, it’s probably not going to be like even worth it. And it’s like one to one to one ratio for small, medium, large. And then that’s exactly what we ordered. Say like, you know, the minimum order is like a 300, we just order 101 or 100. But then we tried to, for the next order, try to make it up, right? So if you see the small is like a selling really fast. And then you, if you see the ratio is like a two to one to one.

11:08
And then the next order of like a 300, just use 300 divided by four, and so whatever the ratio. And then that was not very right either. Like it was just like, and what we even figured out is some products. So for example, like when people start working from home, we do like a work from home, like work, like zoom appropriate, like a working clothes, right? That is very different than like a professional working clothes. Cause they have like a, it’s like a lot of people buy the large sizes versus like the smaller, more fit sizes.

11:37
Right. And then so we started with a three and then we started adding more. And before that I did socks, like the non-skate socks. And that market is totally saturated. We used to be like the number one on Amazon, all that kind of stuff, because the timing was good. And we didn’t really take care of the listing and now we’re like nowhere to be find basically. But that one is a one size. And then a lot of times, yes, when people with like a bigger foot or smaller foot, didn’t fit. And the return.

12:04
like afford to handle, it’s not wear clothes. So like before with the socks, I literally just told Amazon like, oh, whatever the customer returned, just throw it away. Like they started. And I quickly discovered for clothing, you can’t do that. Like the amount of return that we get, like it’s a pretty decent. What is the percentage? I’m very curious. I would say, let me actually double check on this. I mean, my friends say 20 to 30%. I’m just curious what yours is. We are actually lower than that.

12:33
Yes, I think we are about like a 15, but definitely less than 20. Okay. So how do you deal with those? It’s actually deal with, think it’s a product type because when you deal with a maternity, like you’re dealing with a woman that their body is constantly growing. So from your materials, from your design, from your cut, everything needs to be like a pretty perfect in order to fit this group of people. And these group of people are, they have like a certain needs and not a lot of people could understand.

13:00
And I think that’s what we did really well. It’s like a really understand their need and design something that actually fits their need, right? So that kind of like helps a lot with the other stuff, like returns, for example, like our return rate. I know the industry standard is about like the 20, 30%. If we would have the 30 % return rate, we would not be surviving at this rate. Okay. Yeah. Are you a clothing designer? I am actually not. how did you design your pieces?

13:30
So sorry, like one thing, I just checked our return rate this year is about like 11%. Okay, which is very good. Yeah. Yeah. I, my background is actually engineering, but I was always working on the business side of engineering. Yeah. Last year return rate is 10.8%. So it’s like right around that 10, 11%.

13:51
My background is in engineering, but I was always on the business side of engineering doing product management, right? And then product management, like what you get is basically the courses where I actually really did dive into your courses is that value propositions and trying to understand the customer pain. So I think I have a skill set, but I don’t really have the fashion design, like the more hardcore like in fashion, but product design is product design. Like understand your customers, understand your customer, right? So it takes a lot of communications with the supplier itself.

14:20
So like I would, like, I don’t know like how many prototypes like people do with their suppliers. Like because I design my own things, it would take like at the beginning, at least a five to six iterations until I have a product out. So like that’s where I save a lot of like my time and energy, like going into there and then save the headaches later. Makes sense. Did you ever go there or were they shipping it back and forth? Cause I know for us it takes at least a week to get some.

14:49
Yes. So I actually find this supplier right in 2018. And that’s like about the time when I purchased the course. And I think there was like a video about you going to the Canton Fair. So I went to the Canton Fair. And then if you know, like there was like a break between the kind of fairs, the two phases. And I went to like the Shanghai area of China. So, and I literally stumbled upon like this little supplier and I actually never met her like until today. I never met her.

15:18
So she was not there as I just grabbed like a business card from a person who was like watching her store for her. And then when I really started this, was the summer of 2019, right? Like that’s when I got my first order. So I did it take a really long time. It’s about like, I’ll say eight months for the first shipment coming in. And then pandemic happened. And I also give birth to my son. And right after like my son was like, we booked a ticket to China in January of 2020.

15:48
and a China lockdown, January 2020. So like I’ve been doing business with this person for this long, I’ve never met her. And all this stuff is basically like a FedEx, like over, it takes about a week. And then there’s like different, like, and I would go on WeChat and start a video call with her about like, this is what’s going on, right? And then, that itself, like I did have a Chinese speaking assistant at a time.

16:16
And then, like, they were like, I do a lot of like a communications for me as well. Like, and then myself, like I do speak of like Chinese as well. So that helped a little bit about like, this is a kind of difference and stuff. And then, um, it does like for each of the item at the very beginning, it would not be very weird to say it takes about like a four to six months to try to get one product out. And, but right now, because I’ve been working with her for so long.

16:41
it get a lot easier for my new product this season. Like we’re launching a lot of new products and they’re quite unique. And they’re like something that Chinese people would not even understand that kind of uniqueness. Right. And like the whole designing process, like from the product was the idea was initiated to the shipment is sent from China, not arrived to United States, but sent from China. I’ll say about like a two to three weeks. Okay. When you’re doing iterations, like

17:10
Like I don’t really know anything about textiles, like from a design standpoint, when we do it, we say, hey, we give them like a mock-up of a drawing. say, hey, can you do this? We’re not designers. My wife and I weren’t designers. we just ask, is that how you do it with your clothing also? Like, can you cut this a little differently? Or do you have like a person making a tech pack for you? There are two things. So I’ve never made a tech pack. I actually like just learned about the word tech pack recently, even though I do like a fashion for so long. So.

17:38
There are two side of things. One is the material, right? Kind of like the fabric, the pattern on the fabric and then things like that. And then the other thing is the style of it, right? The cut, like do you have a pocket? Do you have like, is it like a zipper or something like that, right? And then so for that side of things, it’s like, always just try to do incremental improvements on the current marketing, like what’s on the market, right? So like you can do that. And then the fabric side of things, I’m not a designer either.

18:04
So I like, you can search and you can just be like a clothing fabric or like, you know, like a floral, like a patterns. And I actually bought like some, I think it was called like a free pick.com or something. And one of those, like a picture website, or you can subscribe so you can actually own, you can buy the picture from them. So you can use for commercial uses. So I bought like the membership, something like that. And I will be like, oh, I really like this fabric, but I don’t like the bird on it. Get rid of a bird and add this flower.

18:34
You know, that’s kind of, don’t even do drawings. So like, can’t even do drawings. And then most like, or just to be like, this is like a blue, but this blue is more like the navy bright blue. That’s still like a little baby blue, right? You know, like, yeah.

18:51
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in eCommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

19:20
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

19:31
Okay, well that’s good to know. Because anyone listening here is going to be like, hey, I’m not a designer, how am going to do clothing? Can we talk about Amazon real quick? Like, Amazon’s flooded with apparel. Yes. How did you get your first sales with the pants? I mean, I can imagine PPC is really expensive. You have a reasonably high return rate compared to other products. Yes. How did you launch?

19:54
I actually, remember when I was in your course, the first thing you mentioned is that I’ve never get into apparel or electronics, basically. And then I’m like, shoot, this is actually the part I really want to get into because then, know, clothing for myself and also trying to make some money out of it. And just a little bit background about me, I started selling on Amazon, not for money, just to get rid of my old stuff, like back in 2010. I never thought it would be a business to do.

20:23
And then about like 2014, 2015, my boyfriend, now husband, like moved in with me. And of course he has a lot of trash, but it was actually his treasure. And I just kind of like sold all his stuff. So you know what that feels like. Yeah. Yeah. This is like all the electronics and games and stuff he collected for years and I sold all of it. And we were like making a lot of money. And I was like, everything.

20:47
We listed and in one second it sold and we didn’t know what we don’t know at the time. And then what else can we sell? And so we tried to get game controllers, we even sold shampoos, kids’ toys, whatever, just kind of dropshipping from offline stuff. And back then there was not many courses and there’s not resources at all. And we’re making a really good money. You’re talking about a couple of thousands per day when you’re working on it, but you have to constantly work on it.

21:15
And at the time we didn’t have kids and both of us have like a whole time job. then like we just, after work, we go to like outlet stores, we go to Walmart and we’re trying to grab whatever we grab. And then just like start listing online. And then we’re like, this is really tiring. What can we do? And at the time I was doing some bar classes, know those, know, yeah. And I’m like, oh, the freaking pair of socks is like $20 back then. Okay. Not now. Cause now I think Amazon really drove the price down already.

21:43
But back then it was like a $20. I’m like, there’s no way this is like a $20 to buy this. And so we started like designing our own socks and socks design really easy, especially the bar socks. It’s just to be like, change the color and change like the sticky dots on the bottom. Right. Whatever. Yeah. So that’s how we get into Amazon. So like, we’ve learned all our stuff at a really good timing when the market is not as competitive as today. So our account has really good ratings and stuff to begin with. Right. So I have to admit that like, it’s like,

22:11
Right now, like for a newcomer to sell on Amazon, think it’s like considerably harder than what we used to back then. And then even back in like 2017, 2018, that’s when I signed up for the courses is because our stock business is tanking with all the competitors. Right. And when I get into the clothing stuff, I was just like, I think the main thing I’ve learned from a lot of Amazon sellers is like, you can have all these like great marketing, great like.

22:40
strategy, whatever the fundamental is your product is actually needed. Right. And then so that’s where I felt like I started with as a product manager background and especially kind of like enlightened by your very first couple of courses, how do you find your product? Even though I’ve heard about like, things like keep your product costs only 30 % and the state this much for marketing whatsoever. It’s like, you actually need to find a product actually customer needs.

23:09
And each product may have their quirkiness. you know, like why like a handkerchief? right. Like why, why you guys’ stuff? Yes, I understand. I can be customized. I can do whatever. in order to find a product that fits everything with this competitive market, it’s almost not possible. Right. And then for us, that’s like, we have limited resources on our time and we have limited resources on like our design capabilities.

23:39
But like the money itself is actually not that limited for us because we have built a business for a couple of years and we have the money to actually do an order that equal to like a 20 grand, a 30 grand at the time. then like afford it returns that you mentioned that we do have the person that could be able to do the packing and then trying to like even like wash them and refold them, repackage them and send it right back.

24:08
Is that in the US then? That was in the US. Okay, got it. Yeah. So that was not too big of a deal for us. like, you know, judging that it’s like, in the end, the fundamental is like a good product will always sell. It doesn’t really like your marketing will be a little bit less. So our PPC actually didn’t really spend as much as I’ve seen for others. I don’t know, like what’s the normal PPC? There’s no normal. mean, it depends on the product, right? But I would imagine maternity

24:38
pants or whatever you were bidding on. Pretty competitive, I would imagine, but I don’t know. Because I remember like you mentioned about like, bid at like a $1 consider like the very high end. Well, that was way back then. Now it’s starting bid. Yeah. Oh, really? Oh, I didn’t know because when I started this Fox business back in 2014, like, oh, 10 cents was a lot. yeah, I mean, things have changed. Yeah. Yeah. Are you still doing PPC?

25:04
You are still on Amazon. Yes, yes, we do. it’s like we like I don’t think we bid anything over one dollar. OK. Yeah. And a lot of our customers are return customers at this point already. And it’s a lot of like the word of mouth and type of things. It’s not a lot of like and I know this is very rare on Amazon. I don’t I know this is not something like where everyone could just like a copy at the same time. And I do admit like we did catch like a pretty

25:32
early, like we stumble Amazon pretty early and we stumble your course actually pretty early as well. So we start initiating, like doing a lot of things to add up good timing. Right. And then like, I don’t know if you feel the same. It’s like the business is a longer, it’s in the business, the more competitive it gets. Like if you want to start like tomorrow will be worse than today. That’s all. I mean, that’s not always the case. I mean, it just really depends on your product actually. Yeah, that’s true too. But yes, in terms of marketplaces like Amazon, I agree with you because everyone just floods in.

26:02
But when you have your own site and that sort of thing, don’t really think that there is, because you’re not, you’re not, don’t have your products against a whole bunch of on your site, right? Yes. That’s kind of like what we feel about like our own site. Cause like our business, like in 2017, we got like a some, just like a hostile, like a competitors and blocked our listing. And suddenly you just, you’re gone from, you’re making a couple of thousand dollars a day to like a zero dollars a day.

26:30
all at once. And as long as you do feel that thing. And then the same thing, like I’m going to get better about protecting the brand and protecting the integrity of the listing and all that kind of stuff, right? But at same time, you have a lot of competitors. So when I designed my first listing, I was one and unique in the market. And right now there’s at least, at least like a 30, 50 people and they have way, way, way more competitive prize and everything. Like they’re marketing, probably throwing a lot of money on it.

26:57
And we’re more chill, like, cause right now, like our focus is on our Shopify store, not really on. I looked at your competitors actually before this interview. I think you did a much better job with your brand page and the copy than, I mean, I only looked at a couple of competitors, but. Yes. And so like, think like right now, like even during the pandemic and the whole thing, like we never really lowered our price and a lot of people, they did lower their price. they.

27:23
You’re supposed to sell in that like a $35 range and if you were selling for like 9.99, like they’re not making any money, you know that, and they’re just trying to take it over. And it wouldn’t be like, they will take over to like the number one spot. And then for a couple of days, as soon as they raise their price, they’re gone. then, but we just like maintain steady. then my philosophy is to always keep the prices high. mean, like it’s much easier to target the high end, the higher end. Yeah. Than the lower end. Can we talk about your website real quick?

27:52
I looked and you’re running Facebook ads driving traffic to your Instagram account in your Facebook page. Can we talk about what your social strategy is? I don’t have one. would say that. Yeah. So my social strategy is a little bit different. So like I kind of like to talk to you a little bit about this. Like I don’t see myself more like a Amazon seller because

28:15
Originally, when I started the company, really want to help the people who are pregnant, right? Who are in my shoes. You’re pregnant, you’re still trying to maintain your career. And it’s really hard to juggle everything and clothing shouldn’t step into the way. Right. And so my vision for the company is really trying to help the people who are pregnant or they have like a very younger kids and then help them to able still like maintain their life and balance their work and life. So for my Alina Mei, like a Facebook page or my Instagram.

28:43
I want to just try to get like a social presence and I’m not really focusing on monetization of it at this stage. So like in the future, what I want to do is like, I had like a couple of ideas and I’m meeting with a lot of like the incubators and trying to see like where I can lead as ideas to like when my first pregnancy I have really severe postpartum depression. So there was no help. Like, and a lot of people are like me because you moved away from your home. So, so you don’t have like your

29:10
women’s network to try and raise your, have your village to raise the kid. Right. And then my second pregnancy, it was very different. I actually hired a person and she’s like a specialized in taking care of like the, like the postpartum women as well as a kid. And a lot of focus for these kinds of services that focuses on the baby, but not on the mom. And then, I find that this person that she focused on me, right. So she could be very like a nutritious, like a meals. And then she actually helped me clean the house and do all those kinds of stuff.

29:39
And it may sounds really trivial, but it’s actually really important for a lot of women in their postpartum age. So in the future, I may try to see, there were a lot of recipes that women did for me, and they were really nutritious and not just healthy in terms of low sugar, low carb, whatever. There’s actually nutritious for the women’s body’s need at the time. And I was wondering if this could be…

30:06
given to a lot of other women to help them. literally for the six weeks after postpartum, I came out with better skin, better self. And you know how in America, they kick you out of the hospital after 48 hours, and you’re supposed to go back to work after six weeks. And then people associate a newborn baby’s mom with dark circles, like really bad hair.

30:31
It was a completely different experience for me. I had a better skin. I actually slept really well because she actually taught me how to comfort a baby and then taught me how to nurse the baby better so I can sleep through the night. And then she cooked a meal that’s specific targeting for me, a lot of Chinese herb medicine, that type of stuff. that’s the stuff I want people to understand. A lot of people, want this. They don’t know. This is one part I want to do it. And then the other part I was actually partnered up with the OB.

31:00
There’s a, because of the postpartum care is still lacking in the United States, even compared to some European countries, even compared to like China, Japan, right? And then a lot of women in their late to like 30s, 40s, they start having health issues, right? It’s not like immediately, but you will see it like in their like late 30s and 40s, 50s, like you will see these issues. And so like, we want to bring a lot of awareness to that, right? So I kind of want to use Alina Mei, like,

31:25
this current Amazon business because we do get a lot of orders because we reach out a lot of the people who are professional women in their pregnancy stage for the future business to bring people’s awareness for this postpartum women care, like this topic. So I think it’s a little bit different. I’m not trying to build a social presence to monetize. It’s more like a build a social presence to wait for the future to happen. So you mentioned all this traffic from Amazon and sales.

31:55
I mean, how do you get those people? Because Amazon hides everything now, the name, the address, everything. So how are you getting, how are you leveraging that traffic? We don’t even do a lot. Like, I don’t know if this is normal or not. Like we print our website on the packaging and it’s always there. And then we always tell them like, oh, if you want to have like say like a free birth plan, you can go to here to get it.

32:19
Or if you want to know about like these like postpartum tips, whatever, you can go to here to get it. And it’s very organic. Like there’s a sale, they will see this and the conversion rate is pretty low. But each day, if you think about it, we have like hundreds of orders. So these information is sent to a couple of hundreds of like people, right? If they want to come over, they will come over. So it’s like, I honestly don’t really have a concrete like a strategy. I don’t know if this is working or not. Like my Shopify order doesn’t really have

32:49
a lot of like we didn’t do like the SEO. So we didn’t do anything essentially. Our website is not optimized to be searched on Google at all. These are something on my to-do list, but not yet. Right. We’re still getting orders pretty consistently. And then they are from our old like customers because they, they bought our product and then if they bought one and they really liked it and then people don’t just use one pair of pants or one pair of clothing, they always want to buy like a multiple.

33:17
and then we’ll go to our website to buy the multiple. What’s the incentive to buy from your website? There is a coupon. If you return the customer and you will receive a coupon and that was basically printed on the packaging. you need to be aware of the Amazon restrictions. You can’t really direct the market to them being whatsoever. I think that you’re still okay to say this is my website on the packaging. You’re allowed to say it’s your website.

33:46
I mean, giving out a coupon to your website is, I think, against TOS. But I mean, in small quantities, if you’re subtle about it, it’s probably OK. Yeah. We just say, oh, you can get a free birth plan here. then for a few orders, if you That’s fine. Yeah, that kind of thing. And then it’s a couple layers away from a more direct selling and trying to lead a traffic to your own website.

34:11
I don’t know, like in the future, like I probably going to do a little bit more of a push and trying to push more like, um, traffic to the website and also to the social media account. think clothing is if you want to serve this whole maternity group of people, felt like a clothing could potentially be the, like, even though clothing is not good in the whole e-commerce marketplace, right.

34:37
In order to serve this group of people, clothing probably the easiest and lowest barrier to entry already. If you think about all the other things you probably need like FDA, like approval, like if they’re medical related, you need like all kinds of approval and trying to compete with a big brand that that’s already pretty well known or teach people a new almost like mindset, right? And then they don’t have, so like we’re literally using the clothing as an entrance and trying to grab this group of people and trying to sell it future.

35:08
Yeah, no, I think that’s a good strategy. And then once you build that audience, you’ll have an audience of, I guess the only problem with it is people only stay pregnant for so long, right? So you have like this window. It’s kind of like weddings. Yes, yes. That’s why it’s like the from where we focus is from pregnancy to three years old. And that’s one thing. And it’s like, we’re not only just in the pregnancy, it’s also postpartum.

35:32
And then like after that, you really think about it, usually people don’t just have one kid, they’ll have multiple kids. Right. And I don’t know if you felt the same way, like your dad as well, like the, when your kid is here, like the first three years you spend the most.

35:49
That’s not true. mean, now that they’re teens, they spend a lot of money. Money or time? Money. Money. Oh, no, no, no. It’s much more expensive now. Way more. I don’t have the teenagers. Yeah, I don’t have teenagers. I never experienced that. But I know like from when I was like just married without kids to like kids, preschool kids, like it was like a lot of money. All their toys are neat. Like all their like furniture is like everything is it’s just a money, money, money, money, money. Right.

36:19
But I felt like once they go to school, like my kid is only five years old. So like when he started going to school, like now it’s like a settled down a little bit. Like I don’t buy everything all new. Like I don’t have to get diapers or wipes and all that kind stuff. yeah, yeah, sure, sure. Yeah. Yeah. But I don’t know about the teenage years. Can we talk about your photography? Did you like hire models and everything? At the beginning? No. Right now, do.

36:47
Okay. I actually highly recommend like whoever is listening to this, if you’re doing an own e-commerce store, try to outsource it. You don’t have to do it in the United States even ask your supplier in China. They will definitely know a photographer. That’s how I know about my photographer. It’s like, at the beginning I was setting up like a, whole, you know, like a gap, like the photo papers, like the shelves and tape it onto my wall. And then trying to like navigate with my cameras and all that kind of stuff.

37:14
And I don’t really have like a pretty like legs or whatever. Like I try, I still try to take the photos and with all the lighting. It’s really like a lot of learning, a lot of learning curves. And then, so I, I did my, I met my supplier, right? Like the supplier in China. So, and then she was, she won more businesses. So she was like, Oh, like have your product being listed? Have your product being listed? I was like, I don’t know where to find the models that’s like currently pregnant to take the, like the pictures for me.

37:44
And then I was like, this is where I’m stuck. That’s why my product is not being listed. And then she was like, well, I could just take the photos for you. And so I asked my supplier because they have a lot of resources in China. And then the cost is like a 50, 60 bucks. And it’s a set of photos. And you’re talking about like, they give you like a 30 highly professional.

38:08
And then the models that are not from the United States, they’re probably from like Russia or Brazil, you know, those kinds of countries. But there is like a whole industry in China. And then you saw those videos on TikTok. They do like, like two poses per second. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. And then like, and then so like, that’s what I start doing. Like I just use them to do my photos. And then it’s so much easier than trying to use the American like resources and doing your own photo. It’s much more expensive too.

38:36
It’s much more expensive. then like the only thing like I felt like right now, like I trained to shoot a lot of more lifestyle photos. And so like, that’s really hard to communicate with them about like what you want and then whatever. Yeah. But like with the, the Amazon photos where there’s just like a white background, they’re so experienced with it. And then that’s a whole, whole industry, like that you could just elaborate. I don’t know if people actually talk to their suppliers about these things.

39:04
And then like, this is how I feel. Like, I don’t know if people feel the same, like a lot of these, like a Chinese Amazon sellers, they know a lot. They actually know a lot. Like, and a lot of these suppliers, they don’t not only serve you like the American buyers, they also serve those like, like Chinese Amazon sellers, right? So like they are kind of like connected. And once you’re connected with them, you can leverage a lot of like resources of where they had and then people in the United States may not necessarily have. Yeah.

39:35
Yeah, no, I agree with that. We’ve asked sourcing agents for that. I don’t think I’ve ever asked the manufacturer for photos outside their stock photos that they have. But I want you to give advice to anyone who wants to sell apparel. Would you do it again? Or if so, if you were start all over again, would you do anything different? And what advice would you give people who want to sell clothing? Because there’s a lot of people who want to. Yeah. So I would only advise it if you have some resources already.

40:03
And I will only advise like if you have resources, things like that, you know who the suppliers and you have a trustful supplier that can work with you. Cause a lot of the suppliers that would not take very small orders. it took me a while trying to find my first supplier even with only like, you know, a couple of thousands of like a order. How did you find that first part? Was that the fair or it was at a fair. when I went to China, like the more the, uh, the Zhijiang area of China. like the mid China inside of the Canton fair.

40:32
I actually stumble upon there, like a factory. I don’t know if you’ve been to that area. It’s so different. Like the factory is here, right? Like say, and then like literally like five minutes away, you have your packaging factory and you have like, if you want to need to do the logo with like the stock cars and stuff, that’s like five minutes away. And then within a day, if you’re actually local, you could get like the packaging, the samples, like everything is done within a couple hours. You don’t have to wait for a design to get approved or all that kind of back and forth.

41:01
you’re more familiar with in the United States. That trip was definitely worth it. We spent probably a week in China. We got more than what we could got for a year in the United States. Yeah. Yeah. So I would only recommend, go back to the topic, I would only recommend to get enough capital and whatever you think you need. How much capital do you think you need? Depends on what you’re doing. Depends on what you’re doing. Well, let’s just follow your model, right?

41:28
You started with pants, maternity wear, whatever. How much capital do you need? My per product price is in like a 30 to $40 range. And if you, that’s like a work on this, like a backwards, right? 30 to $40 range. And if you go back, it’s saying 30 % on your product cost of your sales price, you’re talking about $10 per piece, right? And my product, again, if it’s a one roll of cloth, it can make about like, like 200 to 500.

41:54
So then it’s the 10 times that 200 to 500. Okay. want multiple colors. You multiply that. Right. Okay. So still like on the order of 10 to $20,000. Yes. Okay. And then with that, but then also my second thing enough capital, but also I would actually go on the higher end of clothing right away instead of like a goal from the low end.

42:19
The market is so saturated and so competitive and there’s no way you can win against the others on your design or on your pricing. Cause a lot of the Chinese like sellers, they are their competitive advantage. They could change the design within a week where you have to wait for samples for like a whole month or so, right? And then they could do really cheap because they could find like the manufacturers that not necessarily speaking English or have the export.

42:48
certificate or the rights to export. They could find whatever a very, very small factory and do things very cheap for them. And we don’t have that. But on the higher end, it’s a different story. So that’s where I would do. So that means go back. will be like more capital to start with. When you’re talking about like in the 40, $50 and then your price, your whole thing is probably going to be like 20 to 30 grand instead of a 10 to 20 grand.

43:16
And then you also need to have the resource. Like if there is a return, how do you handle the return? So like right now, like I live in Georgia. So like all the houses here have a walkout basement. So my basement is basically my warehouse and I’ll slash like a company space. So there is a room. Like the basement, have like a kitchen and stuff, like a bathroom. Yeah. I’m from Maryland originally. yeah. Yeah. So like my basement, have like all the shelvings to set up and there’s one room I set up as an office and have a station for people to like pack the orders and stuff.

43:46
Right. So a lot of people may not have that luxury, but like that is something to consider. Like everything that you said about apparel was true. It requires large amount of capital, a lot of returns, and it’s super competitive. Like all these things you have to kind of think it through before you step into it. Right. Yeah. OK, let me ask you this. You mentioned a lot of stuff, but what is what is your future vision for Alina Mei? Like what are you going to be working on for the next two to three years? I am thinking

44:16
I know instead of like a broaden, like my product offering, I want to go deeper into my customer’s need. So again, like the focus is from pregnancy to three years old, a very young kids moms, and then specific niche targeting is on professional working moms with younger kids. And I want to discover kind of like, what are some other pain points that they may have and how can we help with them? Right? There are a couple of ideas that’s currently in my head.

44:44
So my husband’s work with, he’s a data scientist. He works with like machine learning and stuff. One of like his friend and I was about to reach out, they do this using AI to generate recipe and then trying to see like what you have. So for example, if I have, I don’t have a lot of milk supply and where I’m nursing my baby, like there are certain food you can eat to help with that, right? Or if I have like, you know, a lot of hair loss, there are certain food you can eat, certain nutrition that you need.

45:13
to help with that. And then what they do, they use like this AI thing to generate recipe for people with like the current ingredient they have whatsoever. And so like, was like, oh, this probably could potentially be something that’s really helpful with my customer. So that might be like one idea. And there’s like a lot of other like brainstorm ideas that we actually mentioned about. then things like, could we do like a milk kit, like a specific, you know, like a HelloFresh, but specific to like the baby mommy stage, right? Or could we do like the

45:42
when the babies start to wane off of milk to actual food, could we do a subscription of a food delivery so people still get a fresh stuff and then can help with. And then could we set up a service to connect with these, the person I hire is a very small niche group and she had her own group, a Facebook or social media group where they introduce business. That’s a very, very niche, right? And it’s not available to every single.

46:11
place. And I think they are, heard her from California, fly all the way to my home to actually take care of for that six weeks of time. Could we actually expand that business? There’s something I want to do in the future specifically focusing on this customer group. Doing what? Not sure. Yeah. So this would be obviously a different brand, right? This wouldn’t fall under Alina May, but

46:34
I would say like AlinaMate, my current vision is AlinaMate as a parent company, there’s AlinaMate maternity that sells physical products where they have like apparel. And so we will see in our store, we have some like a postpartum kits where people like, you know, need to use like for the postpartum stages. And then besides the physical product, the second thing where I just founded AlinaMate Tech.

46:59
company and then where we’re going to do like a more of the technology or service oriented stuff. And my ultimate goal is for the third stage of Alina Mei, where I really want to start this like a nonprofit where we can advocate for this group of women, like provide the knowledge or whatever we do with a nonprofit to these group of people. That’s kind of my vision for Alina Mei. Alina Mei, it’s like this is a women’s second name, right? Alina and Mei are two people, like the two actual women I know.

47:29
And I want this brand to stand as like, you’re almost like your aunt or your mom, where you moved away from them or you’re very supportive, like a bigger sister or your women mentor that you face at work. The pain that you’ve been experiencing through, we experienced before. And I can hold your hand. I can support you. Like navigate your career, navigate your newly motherhood, like navigate a stage of your life.

47:55
and trying to get better because you’re supposed to enjoy your new kid and enjoy this new bond of joy, not trying to worry about all these things around you. And you know, in the United States, currently there are a lot of things going on that’s not really in the women’s favor, right? So like we don’t really have a good maternity leave. We don’t have a good about what whatsoever like the women’s may need as you know, currently in the society. And Alina May stands have this persona to be always supportive, always on your end. You can always turn to Alina May for help. And that’s kind of like the vision I see.

48:25
for this company. Nice. Let me ask you this. You have two kids yourself. How many hours do you spend on your businesses? I’m just kind of curious. I mean, this vision is grand. So I have a really crazy schedule. actually I so you know how I do the nonprofit side of things. So I started like on my own, like a little bit social media, but I was like in Chinese, like helping with the Chinese American, like a located in United States. Right. So

48:53
I actually tell like a my group of women about this and everyone think I’m crazy, but like I hear this up. So my kid used to get up at four o’clock in the morning and they try one extra feeding. then this is what I discovered. Their sleep time routine is at seven o’clock and then they get up around four o’clock for one feeding. And they go back to sleep all the way to like a seven or eight. Right. But the thing is if you put them into bed and then after the sleep routine and you sleep around like say 10 or 11 and you have to get out four.

49:23
And then you get up again at seven and you’re like asleep. It’s so disturbed. Right. So what I have been doing since my kid was really young is I sleep around that like a seven or eight time and I get up at four o’clock to work. So I work from four to seven and I spend the time with my kid at like a seven to eight. Right. And then they start their day. And then my next work chunk is from like the eight or like I go to gym and it’s like one hour. So nine to 12 and then 12 to one is another lunch break.

49:53
And I work from like a one to like a four to five and then five to eight is finally time. And that’s the end of day. So I work from four o’clock in the morning to about like a four o’clock at night. But then there’s like a breaks in between where I spend my time with my kids. then like, so I don’t think that’s unusual. I know like when, when I was waking up in the middle of the night, that’s like the best time to work. It’s completely quiet. Yeah. Exactly. And then a lot of times like people are like,

50:16
It’s really hard to have like a dinner with my kids because their sleep time is so early whatsoever. Like my suggestion always like have breakfast with your kid and have everything in the morning instead of at night at night. Like if you want to go to workout, workout like the first thing in the morning because those things are deemed as not a super priority, right? Everything with kids, they’re like important but

50:39
They’re necessary, but not important. Does that make sense? If you’re a business that throw your curve ball, have to handle that curve ball before you’d be like, Oh, I’m going to take my kid to the zoo. Right. So like, do those things first. So when the curve ball hit you, like you can still handle the curve ball. don’t just like a drop your kids off to catch a curve ball. That’s kind of my philosophy. So like that’s like my time. It’s like, if you really think about it, I actually do work a lot, but I also spend a lot of like time with my kids compared normally. Like now.

51:07
because they’re in summer camps. So their summer camp ends at three o’clock, right? So my working time is a four to seven, that’s like a three hours already. And then the night to 12, because I do go to J-Men’s now, so that’s a six hours already. And then one to three, that’s like eight hours, legit, like high quality amount of work that you can contribute into it. And then I still spend time with my kids from like a three all the way to like eight o’clock. I mean, this is stuff that you probably couldn’t do with a full-time job, right? I mean, you call your own hours, essentially.

51:37
Yeah, this is one of the biggest reasons, I think the biggest benefit why I quit my W2 job because I was making a really good like six figures. And then like I was managing like a 70 something people team when I was like a 20, 27, 28. And I quit my job when I was 29. And then I think it’s my work, my old job, W2 job, the company appraises about this work life balance. Yes, there is a work life balance.

52:06
because you’re never allowed to take your work back home, right? And then you just go in there, contribute your eight hours or nine hours and you go back home. But the thing is that eight hours is set. You’re always working on someone else’s schedule, right? So that’s what I did not like. sometimes my schedule could be like 9.30 all the way to like a 6.30, 6.45 and daycare is closed at 6.30. What you’re gonna do, right? mean, even there is like your kid is sick.

52:36
Like you have to stay at home and then you have to call off work. If you’re sick, you have to go to work anyways. Like these kind of like, you don’t have that freedom. That’s what I dislike about working for a big corporate. understand there is like, oh, you get like the benefits, you get a stability, like you are less affected by the economies and things like that. But- I disagree with that comment by the way. You do? I mean, we’ll see. There’s a huge recession coming. We’ll see. There’s already layoffs here all over Silicon Valley and a hiring freeze.

53:06
We’ll see how it goes. Yes, I lived through three downturns. I watched as my friends got laid off, like all around me. That’s true. Like for me, I felt this. It’s like when I was at my old work, I was like, I know because of when they do like a chem people, like they fire people, they always fire the bottom ones. And I always like, I’m always like a pretty good performer. So I felt like, oh, I’m pretty safe here. Like I’m not going to get canned even the economy is bad.

53:33
And I always work for a bigger company. It’s not like the company is to go like under the water, right? That’s why I felt like a safe, but like right now, like I, like you can, you can feel like the business is not going as well as before. Like you, you almost like, you know, you feel a firsthand and then you start to worry about like, am going to pay for my employee? Like I have all these stock like in my warehouse, in my basement, what happened? Like if it didn’t sell, right. Or things like.

54:00
What happens if my Amazon account is going to get banned? So like tomorrow and then what am I going to do? Right. Like you are responsible for a lot of things. like it’s like a different type of like stress. You know what I’m saying? Like you do have, you do have the freedom of like doing whatsoever, but I strongly prefer this freedom versus like a sense of like safetyness. think you feel that way because you’re mostly Amazon right now. Once you have your own site, like it will never just go off overnight.

54:30
because you have your lists of customers. And if it goes down, it goes down very gradually giving you time to adjust. Whereas Amazon, it could get shut off. So once you do your site stuff, which I’m very curious about, whenever you get to that point, let me know, let me know. And I think you’ll This is the current goal for this year. This is the current goal for this year. Because we did have like a bunch of incidents where like your listing was gone. And then like…

54:57
It took a couple of days to get it back. And then it’s always like, ramp up is really hard. So that’s the reason. If you really think of those Amazon sellers that actually at the old, you know, the anchor, like that brand. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Like if you see like their financial report, they’re trying to move away from Amazon too. that’s, I think everyone’s like, they kind of start at Amazon and then try to move away. And technically like, even though I bought the courses in 2018, I didn’t really start working on this until like the 2019-ish time, right? Like that’s when I had my first listing.

55:26
So for us, it’s only like about two years, two and a half years in. Like, wow, I’m running this business more legit like a business. So like, I felt like at this stage, it’s like, we just got kick started with Amazon. And then now we’re thinking about like, how do you expand to the next stage? Like either it’s offsite and start building your own social media presence and adding your more product and then trying to be away. I think everyone, like you had one advice was like, always start on Amazon.

55:52
Right. And then try to build your own website. I feel like we’re still on this, like, we have not done everything we could done with Amazon yet, but it’s probably at the tip end with it already. So right now the incremental, the cost is going to be very high for us to do the incremental improvements. So that’s why this year is the first, like my website is up for like a couple months only. So it looks good. I mean, I’m sure it’ll do well. I’m sure it’ll do well. I really hope so. don’t know. This part will be fun too.

56:23
Yes. For you, especially, think. Yes. Building up the audience and that sort of thing. Ming, thanks a lot for coming on. Where can people find your store? Would you mind spelling it for them? It’s Alina Mei.com. Alina spells like A-L-I-N-A. Mei is M-A-E. Mei. Cool. This was a great interview. Really good to hear your story. I know we haven’t emailed all that much, but it was great to meet you face to face via Zoom.

56:50
Yes, it also felt like, oh, this person is actually real and is right in front of me. All right, take care.

57:00
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now Ming’s story just goes to show that you can tackle even the most difficult niches online as long as you have a solid value proposition and a key point of differentiation. More information about this episode go to mywifequaterjob.com slash episode 422. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

57:29
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. Now we talk about how I these tools on my blog.

57:59
And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

421: How Authors Make Millions In The Book Business With Mike Michalowicz

421: The Real Way Authors Make Millions In The Book Business With Mike Michalowicz

Today I have one of my favorite authors on the show, Mike Michalowicz. If you don’t know who Mike is, he’s the author of the hit bestseller, Profit First, which has become the de facto manual for running a profitable small business.

He’s also published other bestsellers like The Toilet Paper Entrepreneur, Clock Work, Get Different and The Pumpkin Plan. All of his books are highly recommended.

In this episode, we learn about the book business and how becoming an author can make you millions.

What You’ll Learn

  • How the book business works
  • How to write a best selling book
  • Should you self publish or go the traditional route?

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have one of my favorite authors on the show, Mike McCallewitz. And if you don’t know who he is, Mike is the author of the hit bestseller, Profit First, which has become like the Bible for small businesses who want to generate a profit and maintain their sanity as an entrepreneur. Now in this episode, we’re to learn about the book business and how being an author can make you millions.

00:28
But before we begin, want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store and I depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who is shopping in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy.

00:56
Let’s say want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list.

01:22
And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source to my e-commerce store. And couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores, and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:48
Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscoop.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that I released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a broad and entertaining way.

02:18
So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:30
Welcome to the My Wife, Quartermaster podcast. Today I have a very special guest on the show, Mike McCallewitz. Mike is actually someone who I met briefly back in 2009 when I helped him launch his first book, The Toilet Paper Entrepreneur. And since then, he’s actually released a number of best sellers, including Profit First, Clockwork, The Pumpin’ Plan, Fix This Next, and his most recent book, Get Different. He’s also sold two multi-million dollar businesses before the age of 35. He’s an amazing author and I’m a huge fan. So it’s actually my pleasure to have him.

03:00
the show today and how’s it going Mike? How you doing today? It’s going well Steve, thanks for that intro. So Mike, I actually went ahead and read the first couple chapters of your latest book, Get Different. Oh cool, thank And you actually mentioned that your first book, The Toilet Paper Entrepreneur sold horribly at launch, even though I helped you promote it. Is that true? True, true because you helped in the second launch. So I didn’t understand

03:27
what launching a book was. Like I really believed in the write it and they will come. Like I really thought that was it. So I launched it and the first day of its public availability, meaning it was live on Amazon and so forth, I sold zero copies, which means like to see if context, my own mother didn’t buy a copy that day. And then it’s like, Oh, like you actually have to market this. It wasn’t like this instant success. I started hustling. Uh, you help build a community. Um,

03:57
quickly to help me move it along. over time, you know, sold over a hundred thousand copies, but that was through raw effort and fear and panic. But I also started to understand what makes books move and what doesn’t. Which I would definitely want to talk about in this episode, but you know, back then I didn’t have a podcast. I just started the blog. I didn’t have a YouTube channel, so I promised to do a better job.

04:23
Listen, the fact you’re even willing to do anything like is a huge deal. So that, that’s wonderful. I appreciate that. So since we were kind of on this topic, so what turned things around, you mentioned like a lot of hustling, but can you be more specific? Oh yeah. So I remember at the end of the day, I was defeated. I’m like, what the hell’s going on? Like I have a new book out there and it’s, it’s great. I felt I spoke to another author. I have no idea who it was.

04:51
they said, I said, sold no books today. And he said, oh, don’t worry. Don’t worry. He said, that’s simply the quiet before the quiet. I don’t remember who it was, but it was like this daggers my heart. I’m like, oh my God, what I just get myself into. then there was something else, a foot that triggered my commitment to moving it. had purchased 20,000

05:20
copies, hardcover copies of my own book and shipped to my house because I was like, this book is so good that within the first couple of weeks, I’ll probably sell 20,000 copies. So I was all hyped up and I had to come home to my wife and family and our garage was packed with it. It was the new bed frame is under our bread. There was boxes everywhere. And, and, and say, I got to these books. It was invigorating.

05:50
uh, in that I had to make this happen. I had burned the bridges. was, there’s no alternative. I put $70,000 into it. I actually borrowed some money, uh, to, to do this. And this had to be my course. I wonder if I didn’t have those books. If I launched a book and said, I guess authorship is not for me. And gave up. I wonder if that would happen. I don’t suggest anyone buy 20,000 copies of their book. And I only knew that was way too many books when the printer called.

06:19
and said, wow, in order for 20,000 books, this must be a big deal. What book is this? The printer called me and I’m like, why do think it’s a big deal? Doesn’t everyone print this money? Many? And they’re like, no. So it was a big wake up call, but I had that burden on my back and I just started to hustle and hustle and hustle. I mean, you think about it, isn’t that like hundreds of thousands of dollars worth of books? Well, yeah, in the retail price, but the purchase price. So as an author, can pay, depending on the volume,

06:49
But a hardcover book, you can print for $2.50, $3.00. When you’re printing 20,000 units, I was getting them for like, well, no, it was about $3.50. That’s right. That’s how was about it, shipped and delivered. because I’m printing such a huge volume and they sell retail 24, 25 bucks. That means you net $11 a book on a self-pub deal. think about the aggregate. Every book I sold them, I can make $8. I got $20,000. That’s $160,000 of profit sitting here in my house. I just got to sell them.

07:19
And that was the hard part. It is really hard to sell. Just like selling anything. You got to convince a person to separate $25 from their wallet. It’s the same as having them separate $2,500. It’s literally as hard of a sale. So I had to learn how to sell that in mass volume. You know, so actually, it’s telling what I want to talk to you about is the book business. As I mentioned earlier, before we hit record, I’m actually working on a book myself, which is coming out next year.

07:47
But I was actually told upfront that books are a horrible way to make money. So I went in this process with the intention of actually not making a dime. It’s actually a bucket list item for me. And I actually want to just take my kids to the bookstore and say, Hey, that’s your dad’s book. Exactly. But clearly you make a living doing this. So I was actually hoping that you could break down how you actually make a living as an author. Like, what does it take to become like the top 1 % of book authors?

08:14
Yeah. So I first want to call BS when you do it, you can’t make money selling books. That’s why I heard too, when I was writing to a paper entrepreneur, I can’t tell you how many people came to me and said, you can’t make money selling books. I found this, anyone that says you can’t do it, ask them about their book. 90 % of people said, well, I’ve never done a book. So, okay, you don’t know. The people who wrote a book and failed and said, I made no money doing this. I asked them what went wrong. I also met people that were very successful. I ran into, and this was a great coincidence. I was invited to go on a TV show.

08:44
uh, called the big idea. And, uh, I ran in the green room into a guy named Tim Ferriss who had just launched his first book called the four hour work week. And I said, Hey, can you make my sign books? And he looks around and goes, you can make millions selling books. It’s like, okay, this is the guy I want to learn from. So I got an hour, maybe a half hour of free consulting with Tim Ferriss in the green room in New Jersey, waiting to go on the show. The big idea. Um, I would say, uh, almost

09:15
One third, one quarter to one third of the income that comes into our company is simply on royalties and advances. So if you’re with a mainstream publisher, I know you are too, they can send you a nice big check. They usually do in tranches, like three tranches. Some of them do in four tranches where they give you a segment when you sign and so forth. But also royalties, it’s called an earn out. Once you earn out your advance, you get royalties. And so I get royalty checks every six months. That’s how the big publishers work. get it once, twice a year. Sometimes they do it quarterly.

09:43
Some of the hybrids or if you self-publish, you can get it monthly or even weekly. Um, but it’s a substantial source of income. The other thing too, about building a compendium of books, that’s what I’m doing is one book. Maybe you’re going to get lightning in the bottle and you’ll write the next four hour work week. More likely statistically, it’s going to be a book that does okay. And if you hustle and grind behind it, you promote it and push it, it may, it may get some legs. But then as you start building your companion books,

10:13
You get a reader base that says, anytime Steve writes a book, I’m going to get that. And so that’s what I have now. I have collectively eight books. I think I have a children’s book too. And, um, a portion of my readers, not all of them, but 20 % of my readers buy more than just one book. And then they get involved. say, Oh, I discovered you through profit first, or I heard this new book get different. And once I learned some marketing tips was like, Oh, this was so helpful. I love this guy’s style. What else am going to buy?

10:43
So that every time you move an existing book, it’s called a backlist. Backlist means that your publisher, it’s not a primary focus of theirs. It’s something that now all they do, do is push the print button and everything else is on the entrepreneurs or the author’s shoulders. A frontlist book is one that they have a sales team that’s pushing and trying to distribute. They may participate in some of the marketing. They rarely do anything that’s effective. They may do some PR. That’s a frontlist book. So if you can get your backlist,

11:12
going and then when you introduce a new front list, it can boost your backlist. That’s where you start making some real income and that’s what I’ve been able to do. So you’re saying in order to make a living as an author, unless you hit a grand slam, you pretty much need more than one book, right? That’s I would suggest. Yeah. Yeah. That’s what I suggest. Yeah. You always try to hit a grand slam, but if you get a first or second base and you keep on hitting, you know, someone’s going to come home. And the interesting thing is when I wrote my

11:40
biggest hit book to date has been Profit First. I don’t know, maybe the biggest one I ever write and I intended not to be, but every book I put out there, like, this is the best of me. Like I put every ounce of my effort into it. So my newest book get different. Like this is the best book I’ve ever written. I believe in it so much. It can be of such great service, but it’s not selling a Profit First level. But it got on base again. So I’m like, okay, here we go. The next book, it’s going to be even better. And that’s just how I go about it.

12:08
to sell better than all of your books? mean, do you know why exactly? Yeah, I think the trigger is a few things. If you can have a title that gives the solution, that is a great book. There’s a saying, don’t judge a book by its cover because people judge books by its cover. And in two words, I explain the entire system. Take your product first. It’s pay yourself first applied to business. I have…

12:37
run into readers who aren’t even readers. say, Hey man, I love your book, Profit First. I actually remember this one instance. This person came to me and said, I love your book, Profit First. It’s changed my business. I said, Oh, I love to know what you liked about the book. He said, well, I didn’t read it. I just heard of it. I just heard of it and I started taking my Profit First and it works like magic. I was like, Oh, that’s awesome. So now what happens is that that viralness kicks in that someone’s like, Oh my gosh.

13:03
Like this person was probably telling other people about Prop First and you must read it and they didn’t read it. So big component was the title. The other thing too is it put a new spin on established idea. I don’t think there’s many new ideas. They do come about, but there’s new spins or new flavors or new combination of ideas. Therefore it is a new idea. Prop First was the pay yourself first principle. There’s books, which is man and Babylon.

13:30
You know, think and grow rich. All these, there’s millions of books talk about pay yourself first. I was like, oh, I’m just going to apply this to business. And no one had done that before. So now I took an established working concept, put a new twist on it. So it’s an old idea taught in a new way, a new application became a new idea. I think that was another component for it being so successful. Interesting. You actually mentioned that a third of your revenue is royalties. What are the other two thirds? Yeah. So, um,

14:00
And one’s growing faster. One third of it used to also then be consulting. That’s becoming one half. And soon that’s going to be 80%. And then one day it may be 99 % because those businesses are growing so quickly. What I did was I set up a model really quickly from day one. I don’t want to coach and teach. That’s not my skill set. And what I noticed is many authors who wrote a book then built a consulting business behind it. And that was where they made all their revenue.

14:30
The book became a glorified business card, if you will, and they built consulting behind it. And now they were trapped into that concept of the one book. I want to explore all elements of entrepreneurship. That’s what gets me excited. instead of building a consulting business, I sold licenses. So I go to another business and say, guys, I’m writing a book or a book called The Pumpkin Plan, for example. It’s about organic growth and business growth. And I met with someone who had a business doing that service.

14:59
didn’t have a good marketing presence. were really good, extraordinary in fact, with what they did. They didn’t have a good marketing presence. I said, I’m going to market this book and I’ll have everyone that reads this book funnel to you if you want to buy the license and you’ll be the exclusive teacher of this. So I did it for the pumpkin plan. did it for my news book, Different. I it for profit first. I did it for clockwork. I have a brand new book coming out next year. I already have a licensee in place for a year already. They paid. And what they do is they pay a licensing fee, a one-time fee, which

15:27
Every time it gets more more substantial as I get more recognition and they pay a percentage of revenue. And that’s how I built it out. The great thing is it’s very symbiotic relationship. All the leads I get, send to them. So I don’t have to worry about the marketing presence. And it gives them a sense of authority too, as my books become more popular and people recognize my name or the work they’re like, oh, that’s a Mike McCallowit’s book. There’s this perception for some people of authority, but for them, they deliver extraordinary service. So what happens is they

15:57
Say to me, Mike, simply please sell more books. We want more books in circulation. Like, yeah, that’s what I want. And like, you keep servicing people and wowing them. And that’s how I’m generating revenue. So it’s a really good relationship. I guess the only downside is you’re putting your reputation on the line with these people that you’re working with. I am, I am, right? And so there can be bumps. So readers say, I want Mike and I want Mike alone. And that becomes a real challenge. When your book comes out, they’re going to say, I want Steve. If it’s not Steve, it’s not the real guy.

16:27
not the real deal. But the reality is, at least for me, is I am not a creator of ideas. I’m a curator of ideas. I take ideas and gather them. The books I write, often I’m interviewing the people who ultimately will be the teaching arm. So Danielle Mulvey, her company is called the All In Company, acquired the rights for my next book around employee engagement, really recruiting the best five-star employees and so forth.

16:57
She already has an excellent reputation. She’s also gonna be someone I interview in the book, so she’s gonna be qualified around her reputation. I gotta vet though. I mean, if you bring a bomber on board, that’s gonna be a real challenge. So like any other business partnership, you gotta know who you’re working with. Can you give me an idea, are these license fees, are they six, seven figures? I mean, not to give exact numbers. Oh yeah, no, they’re mid six figures. Mid six figures, okay. But I did, listen, when I started out my first deal, the pumpkin plan.

17:25
$50,000, right? So that’s a five figure deal. And I said, well, what if I did a hundred thousand dollar deal? So my next deal was a, was a, a, you know, low, low, the lowest you can go with a six figure is a hundred thousand, but then I kept on bumping it up and now it’s mid six figures. And the value I would argue is absolutely there because these businesses, could try to build their presence on Facebook and all these different ways through marketing and advertising.

17:54
they’re not going to be able to instantly tap into the established reputation that I’ve been able to establish in my books. There’s that faster to market, if you will. When a new licensee comes on, it’s normal that they may get 500 to 1,000 prospects within the first week when my book launches. And these are qualified prospects, or I’m sorry, on their own, they may be dribs and drabs over the year. They may be lucky to get 1,000 prospects over a couple of years in some cases.

18:23
Yeah, so do you take multiple licensees per book? No, one license just one book. Yeah. Yeah. So now we have collectively five different licensees. Okay. And then in terms of the royalties, are we talking double digit or single? 15%. Okay. All And we do. That’s a good question. I have a little hand here. I don’t know why I just was feeling around this mini hand. But so if anyone’s watching the video, you can see his little hand. I called

18:51
I was when I set up the licensing program, I called different companies that had purchased licenses from different organizations. So Michael Gerber, for example, started Emith International. So I called people that participated in that. Traction had a thing called the EOS, the implementers and stuff. So I called those people. started calling those people and I said, what works and what doesn’t work? And what I found was the sweet spot was around 15%, maybe 20%.

19:18
But some companies took 50 % of the top line and it was devastating financially to these businesses and they couldn’t sustain. And they said it wasn’t worth it. Other companies, they had an opportunity to take some more, but they left mine on the table. I found 15 % to be the sweet spot. I want my licensee, if they make say a hundred thousand dollars this year, they’re writing a check for 15,000 to my company, but they’re keeping 85,000. I want them having the big number because that’s where confidence comes from them. They’re seeing the value.

19:49
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

20:17
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

20:47
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s EMERGECOUNSCL.com. Now back to the show. Plus it’s passive income for you. Oh yeah, it’s every quarter. Gosh, I love the end of the quarter. We’re recording this June 2nd. I can’t wait till July 1st because all the quarterly checks come in. And my job too is to deliver value through marketing. I also will come on and do some stuff as

21:16
I hate to use that word authority. I can’t think of a better word, but just come on and say, Hey, it’s Mike. So it’s a credibility and a link between my books and them. And I want to, I also remind them that, you know, that check you’re sending is a marketing check. That’s your marketing expense is 15%. Right. Which is actually very reasonable. you think about what people are paying for, for like Facebook ads or Google, that’s exactly right. And that’s the comparison. It’s like, I see this value of, of incident authority plus prospect flow. It’s worth it. Yeah.

21:44
So I know that you self-published a book and then you went the traditional route. Can you just kind of explain the decision-making process there? Yeah. So self-publishing with my very first book, I self-published three books in total now, but my very first book, I wanted to get a deal and didn’t really appreciate the fact I was going for ego. I wanted to be with a Simon Schuster or… Same here. I did it for ego. Ego, right?

22:13
Yeah. And then, but none of them would pick me up. And they’re like, well, you know, the questions, yes, they asked, what’s your platform? You have a platform. I had no platform, right? You know, I feel following how many people platform means that you can guarantee a certain degree of uptake from day one of book sales. You know, what’s your story? I do have a significant story. Are you, did you land a plane on the Hudson? Because we want that story, right? And like, no, Scott, Sally did, but I didn’t, you know, do you have extreme credentials? Are you a

22:43
doctorate from Harvard 10 times over, like the doctor, doctor, doctor, you know, and have any of that. So, uh, I decided self publishing was the way to go. The, once I started getting the book in the market and started selling, what was interesting is, uh, I registered with book scan and anyone who self publishes, uh, you better get in book scan. have to get your ISPN number. I spend that social security number for your book. The publishers can look at it. So then

23:12
My second book, Penguin, called me and said, hey, this toilet paper entrepreneur book, it’s moving a lot of copies. Do you want to do a book with a mainstream publisher? And I was like, yeah. So my ego was there and you get a little money upfront. Like, this is amazing. My third book though, I went back to self-publishing and it was Profit First. Profit First was a self-published book. I spoke with Penguin and they didn’t get it. They’re like, no one needs another accounting book. I’m like, this is not an accounting book.

23:40
It changes the psychology around cashflow management. And I said, we don’t get it. And instead of shopping it out, I said, I’m to do this, uh, on my own and self published it. It sold so well that Penguin came back on their hands and knees minus the hands and knees part. really didn’t. just said, all right. They talked to me again and, uh, they said, we’ll buy it. And I did what’s called a double dip double dip is where you launch a book on a self pub, uh, and you make all the income and then you sell it for a big advance, uh, back to the mainstream publisher.

24:09
And can negotiate more favorable turns because you’ve proof of sales. Right. So that’s what I did it today. You know, what’s interesting is I’ve now done three self pubs, but first went back to a penguin. I’ve done six with penguin now. What’s interesting is I’m really critical of the numbers and I don’t know if mainstream publishing is the best model for most authors.

24:37
And I question at times if it’s the best for myself. I evaluate it before I go into every single deal. There’s these new hybrid publishers that are really appealing to me. They give you a bigger royalty and they strip down some of the services. But the big thing is they don’t give you an advance. Some of them require you to pay them upfront, but some don’t. And I prefer not paying upfront. want them to have skin in the game. And that may be a better model. Self-publishing is fantastic. It just puts all the onus, all the responsibility on you. You can come to market faster.

25:06
can get the book to be exactly how you want it. And you can make a lot more money. But you got to make sure you do it right. But to give context, readers don’t know the source of the book anymore. They don’t know if it’s self-published or not. I mean, it’s a really chintzy crappy book, like as a self-pub. But I have yet to visit a reader or meet with any reader. And I’m blessed to have hundreds of thousands that has ever said to me, oh, I’m so happy you’re with Penguin or, your books with Penguin. They don’t even know who it’s with.

25:36
There’s like, oh, it’s a great book or not.

25:40
So the value, what is the value that a traditional publisher provides you that you don’t get self-publishing? The number one thing you from a traditional publisher that no one else will give you is the advance. And if you, it’s money upfront. So if you measure the time value of money, for example, if I came to you, Steve said, wow, I love your book idea. I’ll give you $1 billion for this. You’d be foolish to ever self-publish or do anything else, a billion dollars.

26:09
will likely never, ever, ever sell that volume. don’t know any books that’s made a billion dollars, maybe one hat. You’ll never sell that volume. So you are winning. Now, if we put this on a scale, there’s a certain point that reduces numbers where it’s no longer viable. A million dollars, maybe still worth it. A hundred thousand, maybe still worth it. But we may hit a number, 20,000, 10,000 advance where you’re like, oh, I can just make more money within a few weeks by doing a self-pub. So the advance is the biggest benefit. it’s

26:37
It’s our responsibility to negotiate that to the highest level. I once was having a lunch with Ryan Holiday and we were talking about advances and he said something really eye-opening to me. said that your advance should be so high that is unlikely that you will sell the volume to cover that advance because then you won. The second you earn it out is you could have gotten more upfront. So it was really kind of an interesting perspective.

27:06
you don’t necessarily want to earn out, but you do want to earn out because of your son’s volume of books. if you don’t earn out, the publisher next time is a little gun shy and says, I don’t know if we should do this again. They’re not moving the right volume of books to justify this. So you advance the biggest thing. other thing that a mainstream publisher can do for you, which is a little bit harder, but you can do it on your own is international distribution. have the networks. They can probably get distributed quicker on self-pub deals. have international deals. You can do it on your own.

27:36
takes longer and harder to do it, but they can do that. Often they have just a really sophisticated expert team. So when it comes to the editorial work, a mainstream publisher will often elevate your book quality significantly through the developmental and the line edit process. You can hire, can outsource to do that, but you have to be really knowledgeable about the people you’re bringing on board. If you have a ghostwriter that you’re working with or a co-writer you’re working with,

28:04
that’s a big starting point to elevate your game. But the editorial side is often something that’s not really considered as such an important part, but it is. It’s a third set of eyes or a second set of eyes looking at your book from a whole different perspective, a reader perspective, and that’s critical. Okay. What about in terms of just marketing and sales? almost the point of useless. here’s what the mainstream publisher will do. They’ll put you in the queue and they’ll say, okay,

28:34
We have 200 podcasts that you could appear on. We’re going to notify these podcasts about your book. That’s great. They’re notifying that same podcast list about five times a week, all the other books that are being launched. So they’re setting out 250 notices to these podcasts. You may get picked up by one or two and you could have done better on your own. They’re not going to put dollars into it. There’s no way they’re going to put money into running Facebook ads or maybe Amazon ads to market it because

29:03
It’s an unknown quantity and it sounds crazy. You write a book and then they don’t market it. The irony is they will market after a book’s success. Penguin puts more marketing dollars into Profit First today than they ever have. I actually got a call, this is about a month ago. said, hey, we want to double down on Profit First and put more money into it. I’m like, now? They’re like, yeah, because we know it works. We know people want it. I’m like, oh, that’s why. So their PR and their marketing, they’ll make an effort, but you’re just a cog in the wheel.

29:32
I would say 99.99 % of the marketing effort is the author. And the day you start writing is the day you better start working on marketing, preparing for the launch and the subsequent backlist build. I often wonder how publishers make money. Cause I was just doing some back of the envelope calculations with my advance. And I was like, that’s actually a lot of books before they even break even, right? Yeah. How do they make money? How does the economics work? They keep the lights on with the audible and, uh,

30:00
electronic book. So depends on this, deal you got, you know, that they structured that you’re, did you have an agent negotiate for you? did. I had an agent too. I wanted to ask you about that too, but yeah. Yeah. So I, I’m, I’m agent free, which makes me an anomaly. Um, I, agents are wonderful, but I think unnecessary if you do certain things. So I don’t have an agent, which your agent probably charges, uh, 15 % of your royalty. So every thousand hours comes in, they’re getting 150 bucks and that can get a little bit painful when you get

30:30
royalty check-in gross for a hundred thousand, but now it’s actually 85,000 because they took 15,000 and they’re, not doing anything. Right. So that 15 % is different than the 15 % of charge. My licensees I’m marketing their businesses for life, but the agent got you the deal. You may never hear from them again, unless you do another book. So that’s a little painful. So they keep the lights on with the electronic versions, the audio and the, um, the Kindle. Yeah. So here’s how it works. If I sell a print,

30:58
book was right there for say $25 retail. The retailer, Amazon’s the 800 pound gorilla sells it and they get at what’s called discount price. So instead of buying for $25, they only have to buy the book for say $12. So $12 goes to your publisher. Now Amazon has the right to sell the book at any price so they can sell it for 24, 23. They can adjust the prices. Whatever that gap is between $12 they pay for the book.

31:26
25 or 24, 23, they sell it for, so they make. Amazon may drop it all the way down to $13. Amazon may drop it to $5 that they wanted and lose money in every transaction because their algorithm says, anyone buys Steve’s book, they’re also buying a grill for their house because they want more family time. so we actually make money by having a loss leader. Your publisher will always get the $12 period so you don’t get compromised. Then your publisher

31:56
We’ll give you and what you negotiated somewhere on the lowest end, uh, maybe 15 % on the higher end, 40 % depends how well you negotiate with your publisher, but the big mainstream publishers, they say, we’re not going to negotiate individually. We’re going to give you a fixed deal that we give for everyone, which maybe it’s 25%. So if it’s $12, you’re netting $4 per buck on print books. And that’s how it on the audible books.

32:24
They give you maybe 25 % of the proceeds, but what’s interesting is there’s no costs associated with it. So if they do your print book, they got printed distributed sale, move it, the audio book, every dollar comes in, they keep, and you get your 25%. So they would get in $10 there. They get seven 50 or whatever the number is, you get your two 50, but they keep every single penny. So all the profit is there. And the same thing is with Kindle too, because there’s no distribution. Uh, there’s no printing costs.

32:54
There’s no warehousing, none of that stuff. Interesting. I was, uh, for my book, I was debating whether to try to go for a bestseller list. Like the New York times, for example, do you have any insight on that? I’m so opinionated on this. just, just bear with me. Okay. Useless, a hundred percent use list. Uh, I’ve been on wall street journal bestsellers for two of my books, zero value because you don’t know that. And do you care about that? Probably not. You know, what I care about is what the

33:24
reader consumes. It is great for my fat, stupid ego. I’m like, Oh my God, I am a Wall Street Journal bestselling author. does nothing, almost nothing for me. The publisher then said, well, you anytime this book prints, we’re going to on the dust cover. It’s a Wall Street Journal bestseller. No one cares. What people care most about is people recommending a book to them. Word of mouth is everything. And that’s what we care about. So going for the list and sadly,

33:54
it can be gimmicked. And there’s sadly authors that do that. wait, listen, everyone has their own prerogative. Maybe there’s a business justification behind it, but you can buy your way onto a New York Times bestseller. can buy your way onto a Wall Street Journal bestseller. That’s not for me. I don’t care about it. I don’t want it. I don’t not want it. If it happens, naturally it does. And it’s happened now for two of my books, just based on the volume I sold. But no one bought more books because of that. So I have no motivation to get it. And for my ego,

34:24
I take it back. When I had dinner with my mom and dad and said, Hey, I’m a Wall Street, your best seller. said, Oh boy, finally you’ve arrived. That was the only reward. I had an extra cookie. I deserve it’s important for Asians by the way. Oh yeah. Right. Right. Approval from parents. Yeah. So that’s a big deal then. Then I go all in on it. But one thing I’d invite no one to do is, is, um, is, is by their way on, you can pay.

34:51
$50,000 or a hundred thousand dollars. What happens is there’s these companies. I’ll take that money. They will get all these people to buy your book and then reimburse them for buying the book. It is totally artificial. And you get the wall street journal or whatever best seller status because you achieved this over a couple of weeks. And then your book is a flat dud. I think there’s nothing more. I don’t know the word’s embarrassing, but when someone sees if a reader is influenced that by this.

35:18
sees that you have a Wall Street Journal bestseller, but no one’s ever heard of it. Now there’s confusion for the readers. I think it actually can work against us. This is a New York Times bestseller and I never heard of it. No one in this room has heard of it. What’s going on here? I see speakers go on stage and I know I’m soapboxing here. I see people go on stage and they’re like, New York Times bestseller author, so-and-so. And people are like, never heard of this person. New York Times bestseller Stephen King’s walking on stage. Oh, okay.

35:47
I think that’s the success, as I define it, I wanna have a book that everyone knows about and then that as a result deserves to Yeah, of course. mean, buying it is actually ridiculously priced too. Yeah. Yeah. And I don’t see any value in it. So I soapbox there, but. Sure. There’s like grey hat ways to game it too from the people that I talked to also. Totally. Yeah. Totally. That are legit, like you’re actually selling the book, you’re just having someone physically go buy it instead

36:17
Right. How those ranking systems work and they’re kind of clouded in mystery intentionally is Wall Street Journal and New York Times and other ranking systems look at where the books are being purchased, the volumes being purchased, the number of individuals purchasing them over a period of time. And if you move say 10,000 books a week for three or four consecutive weeks, at least in the non-fiction space, you’ll absolutely be a New York Times bestseller as long as they were individual purchases.

36:45
Some people are like, but I moved 10,000 books. I spoke at a major conference and the company bought 10,000 books. That doesn’t get ranked. so there’s a lot of things to do around it. I might for me, if it happens, great. If it does not care. Well, let’s just talk about marketing. What moves the needle for you in terms of books. Yeah. So that’s a great question. So when it comes to the launch process is getting individual readers to buy multiple books and then gift them to other people.

37:15
So these multi-book campaigns are, at least for me, very successful. Someone’s motivated by one book. Well, if they’re in the Amazon shopping cart, maybe they’ll buy four or 4D. And buying that does not help with the rankings, nor does it matter. But what it does is your publisher sees your moving book volume. They see the dollars flowing and that’s a big deal. The second thing- incentives to buy multiple books? Oh, so I do really unique things. Basically,

37:45
The that are less effective, it used to be effective was if you buy 40 books, get this video of me and get this other chapters from other people’s books and the total value is a $7,000 value. There was a time that stuff worked, but people are smart and like, is it really value or is this stuff that you don’t have any current in cost and you’re giving away, you’re putting a fake value on it. So what I do is I try to do one-off experiences that are inaccessible. For example,

38:14
Uh, when people bought quantity of my book, I’d said, Hey, get a backstage pass to my next speaking engagement. And what happens is when I go for a speaking gig, uh, in the green room, I can bring in an administrative person. So instead of bringing admin, I bring a reader and they buy into it. Now they’re sitting with me in the green room. We’re talking, I go on the main stage. Uh, and then afterwards we’re talking and it just feels like this exclusive access to things that you wouldn’t normally have. Um, I also, couple other tips, I learned this one from James clear.

38:44
works like magic is I do, I call it the lost content. He had a different term for his, but when he was writing atomic habits, uh, there was a lot of stuff that he didn’t include, but he clipped it and saved it. Every time I write a book, there is a lot of stuff that gets ditched. Uh, it doesn’t make the final cut. So I call that the lost content. And I say, Hey, if you buy multiple books, you’ll get access to my lost content. It’s a very voyeuristic thing.

39:10
And ironically, it’s the stuff that the editor said is not good enough to be printed. No one wants it. And that’s the stuff they want the most because you can’t get it. So stuff like that. that. I like that. Yeah. That was a really good one. Okay. So those are marketing tactics to move books. What about just marketing? Like is podcasts, podcasts are good, but podcasts are kind of going the way of blogs. Right. So 15 years ago, if you can get on all the main blogs, you’re to move a boatload of books.

39:39
Uh, today, if you go all the main podcasts, very, very, very difficult. may not move below the books. And the thing is people become attuned to that approach. Um, it’s not as novel anymore. What I found the best way now to move books is if you’re going to do an approach, uh, a broadcast type approach is through webinars. So how that podcaster hosts a live webinar and be on that webinar with, with 50 or a hundred or whatever.

40:08
guests, they can get on there, talk about your book and then invite them to get a copy of the book. When I do that, 20 to 30 % of the audience buys the book on the spot. And that’s a big deal. So podcasts still kind of work, not nearly as well as they did five years ago. So I’m moving more to webinars. I think doing a webinar where you teach something and then you give away a book or they buy a book. Buy a buy. Okay, so I’ll teach.

40:37
So like my newest book was get different. I did, think 50 webinar appearances. There are other people’s audiences. say, Hey, listen, I’m going to teach the principles of get different and empower your people. And with your permission, while I’m doing that broadcast, I’ll just ask them to get a copy if they’re interested. And you teach, you ask people to get a copy. Now what’s nice is you can get immediate affirmation. say, Hey, in the chat, once you get supposed in the chat, you got it. I started thanking people. You start seeing the rankings dropping, which is a dropping is good on Amazon. see the numbers.

41:07
You can see it. They don’t rank instantly, but within hours, you start seeing the numbers dropping. So you can see the impact and nothing can touch webinars right now. listen, and that will die out. And maybe it already is dying out, but that was the best thing in the last couple of years for me.

41:25
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six-day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text-based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

41:54
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

42:05
Let’s say I don’t know you, and you come up to me and you say, hey, I’d like to give a webinar to your audience. What’s my incentive for doing that? Oh, you may not have one. The biggest thing, and that’s why marketing starts to stay before I write my next book, and this is what I do every day, is build that network. I am constantly reaching out to other influencers and just building rapport. What can I do to serve you? How’s life going on? Just building genuine friendships.

42:34
There’s a couple of people I just, I just text like total nonsense stuff, just cause I really genuinely just like them. Um, and then support happens. There’s one name. This guy’s pretty big. name is Jeff Walker and just, know, Jeff. Yeah. So just like that. And I was at my house and we have a trail back there. I sent some nonsense stuff and he busted my chops a little bit. And I am, I’m not strategically planning one day is like, Jeff, can you help me in this book launch? But I do know that, um,

43:04
we have a level of rapport. I’ve never actually met face to face yet, but we have a level of rapport that if Jeff emailed me and said, Hey, can you promote my book? Yeah. In a heartbeat, asking, it will be done. And I have a feeling, a sensation that if I asked the same, that you would perhaps do the same for me. Okay. Yeah. So it’s just, I mean, you gotta dig your well before you’re thirsty, basically. Right. mean, all the contacts that you’ve had, these are favors that you’re calling in. Yeah. Yeah. I get emails.

43:34
I feel like daily, I get emails regularly of people saying, Hey, I’m a fan of your books. Can you promote me? Or, you know, I bought one of your books a long time ago. It was great. Now I have my own book coming out. Can you promote me? And it’s like, I can’t, um, I would love to serve everyone, but if I did all these requests, I totally dilute my entire community. So I have to be selective and protected. And that’s true for all of us. We have to be very careful. And you know, the people that I will be of service to are the people.

44:02
have the most rapport with. It’s just the natural bifurcation of your own network. Okay. So we talked about webinars, we talked about podcasts. What else has been working? Yeah. if I had to pick kind of the top five, so webinars, all right. Well, the first thing is your own list. That’s the number one thing. I don’t care if your list is 100 or 100,000. It doesn’t make a difference, but you got to, those are people that chose to be in your list. I’m not a fan of it.

44:32
adding people to your list, frustrates me when I’m just to add someone’s list randomly, but invite people to join your list, your email list or whatever, and start communicating with them through valuable content. Just be of service, of service, of service. And that’s probably the number one thing. I feel, maybe this is, maybe I’m overly confident, but if I need or wanted to move a few thousand books today, I could through my own list. But there’s no other way I could do that.

45:01
that’s the number one thing. The second thing is the influencer network. Build that network and be of service to those folks. Just build genuine, true relationships. Third then is the webinars. Multi-book offer is a big one. think I always try look for something that’s out of the box that no one else does. One thing did in my last campaign is I did a pay it forward. And the pay it forward was

45:30
I said, if you get, was, this was to my own list, but it was just an interesting technique. said, if you buy my book, I will gift another book to a recipient of your choice as a gift from you. won’t even mention my name. And so, um, so what we did, we had an inventory of books that our publisher helped out. We told them it was a marketing campaign. So they just remember it for them. costs like cost me two 50 or three 50 to print a book for them. It costs probably 50 cents. They print such a high volume. So books are like,

46:00
like cheap candy for them. So like, here you go. Here’s the thousand bucks. And so then people are sending in the fact that they bought a book and then they were giving me the name and address of someone they want to ship a book to. And we ship a book as a gift. So say, Hey, this came from Steve to whoever. I hope you enjoy this book. So now they’re receiving as a gift, but now we also built our list through new readers, the book, um, that we were able to reach out to them and say, Hey, we heard you were a gift to this book. We hope you enjoyed it. Um, let’s tell you about our community.

46:29
So was something really cool and effective. And everyone felt like they were winning. The person sending it gave a gift without any cost and they felt great. They paid forward. The recipient felt great. And we were building a list of new, new readers. What about ads? Do you ever run ads? Paid ads? we, we, yep. We test them. We run, we’ve ran Amazon ads. The net effect is they don’t work. And I cannot find a way. I wish, I wish they did.

47:00
Um, but what was so interesting in our analysis and we, we probably spent tens of thousands of dollars testing ads over a couple of years. What we found is that the people who are clicking and buying the book on the ads were already seeking the book to some degree and we’re buying the book anyway. So what we did is we would run an ad for a month for a book, and then we’d stop it for a month and watch and see the book volume and the book volume of sales didn’t change. We do it on and off.

47:29
We did over two years and nothing changed. We tried different, we tried all my books. So we tried books with different popularity, less popular, more popular, made no difference. We tried it with different ad placements. There’s you can, I think it three or four options of ad placements didn’t make a difference. So our final conclusion was not to do it. It’s interesting. It was backed by our publisher too. Our publisher gave us a co-op money and he said, Hey, how do you want to spend this? We can, you know, you can have this money.

47:57
How do you want to it? And we said, well, one option is run Amazon ads. What’s your experience there? And they said, no return. And we said, maybe Facebook ads. Ironically, I Facebook ads were better because it didn’t sell books. You could build a list and you can market that list, all your other books. So that’s the way we went. So what is your typical marketing budget when you launch? Obviously you have to put some of your own money in this, right? I guess you can spend your advance. Yeah, you can spend your advance. Um,

48:27
It’s really hard to say what our marketing budget is because my author team here, have 10 people. I’m number 10. So there’s 10 of us in total here, like literally every day. And every day we’re marketing books. So when we launch, it’s just where we’re concentrating our existing resources. So I don’t know, we don’t say, okay, we’re gonna spend X dollars. We just know we’re gonna devote our resources, our people here to.

48:55
Yeah, that makes sense. Yeah. Actually 10 people sounds like quite a lot. We’re I think we’re one of the bigger. Yeah. Okay. Well, what we’re managing is these these 10 folks are not just selling books. We have our licensee program. So they manage our licensee program. We have sponsors. That’s another source of income companies that say, hey, we want to get on the gravy train. So we had like this phone company who said every time Mike speaks, we want to get our name out there circulating. He’s in front of audiences we’d never have access to.

49:25
Can we get our name out there? And they became a sponsor and we structured a way where the host these events like it. We also have small programs that we do run in-house. We started a mastermind group that we run and with different programs we run in-house. And I was telling you off air too, we were testing out and we just launched a program. helping other authors and supporting them through their marketing.

49:54
for the life of the books through the royalties that we generate. So that’s part of this little business too. Sure. Mike, I wanted to give you some time to talk about your latest book. Like I said, everyone in the audience, they’re entrepreneurs, typically in e-commerce, but all of the things that you teach definitely apply to all businesses. Oh yeah. Let’s talk about Get Different. Yeah, so Get Different, I realized that most businesses market the same way as mostly everybody else.

50:23
The hot thing is to run Facebook ads and it was hot until it didn’t work and it kind of got exhausted. And what we saw was that when something wasn’t working, the belief was, oh, you just weren’t doing enough of it. So those Facebook ads aren’t working, buy more Facebook ads. The reality is, my research is that when something disrupts a pattern, when a prospect human being sees something that’s unexpected, it engages every time it has to, it’s a survival mechanism. So our

50:50
advertising or marketing once it’s disruptive, it’s different than the common noise actually has the most potential. So the book Get Different is a system, it’s a three stage system on getting noticed, engaging the prospect and then having him take the action. Yeah, actually, that’s the way I found everything. I mean, I’ve been an entrepreneur since 2007. And everything that I do always fizzles out over time. And then you got to find the next thing. That’s right. Next thing. Yeah, everything has a shelf life. Right. Yeah.

51:20
Or you just do something fundamentally different with the platform. Like let’s say you do Facebook ads, but you just do some off the wall videos or something that works. And then it just, it kind of trickles down and then you gotta come up something new. Yeah. So yeah, there’s, there’s, there’s a syndrome syndrome, but there’s an effect called habituation. So our brain is designed to ignore repeated stimuli. That’s irrelevant. Um, and it’s part of the reticular formation, whatever, but habituation is,

51:49
example is if you ever received a Hey Friend email, the very first email you got that started off Hey Friend, I was like, Oh my God, like who’s this friend who’s so friendly? They don’t even use my first name. I love them. But then the second one was like, Oh, this is probably cheesy marketing. And the third one, I’ve never paid attention again. Hey Friend was a great different strategy for the first day, but then it fizzled out because so many people did it. The balloon boy thing, if you ever drive down the street and you see that balloon thing flapping around.

52:13
first time you saw it, like, Oh, my God, what is this? What’s going on? You’re looking at the store. Now it’s like, it’s probably another used car lot. I go blown by. So there’s a shelf life because our mind is wired to ignore the irrelevant. The beauty though, is if you simply disrupt that pattern and introduce something different to your community that they haven’t seen before, they’ll notice again, they’ll engage them again. So just just break the pattern. then when it’s no longer working, break the pattern again.

52:42
I haven’t finished that book yet. have it, but your book provides a framework on how to do this. That’s right. It’s called dad, D A D differentiate attract direct. Right. Right. So you guys should check out his book. Uh, profit first is, is, I correct that that’s your best seller probably currently? Yeah. Yep. Yep. Best seller. Check out that book. Definitely. Uh, just the principles I completely agree with. It’s the way I’ve actually always structured my business before you came out with that book. Um, but Mike, where can people get ahold of you if they have any questions for you, if they want to

53:11
buy a book or check out what you got. I’ll give you two options. You could go to Mike McAloitz.com. No one, no one can spell it. Right. So here’s the other option. Go to Mike motorbike.com nickname from high school, actually grade school. It’s the only G rated one. I had a lot of X rated ones, Mike motorbike, Mike motorbike. can say, if you go to Mike motorbike.com, you’ll get all my books, free chapter downloads. I used to write for the wall street journal for a few years. You can get those articles and I have a podcast there too. Mike motorbike.com.

53:42
Awesome. Well, hey, Mike, it was great having you on. It’s great to finally meet after all this time with the toilet paper entrepreneur and all that stuff. So thank you. Thank you, brother. You are Steve.

53:56
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, many of you don’t know this, but I’m actually working on a book right now that is set to release next year. So Mike’s story is extremely inspirational to aspiring authors just like myself. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquaterjob.com slash episode 421. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free.

54:26
over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog,

54:56
And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and are sent to the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

420: My Big Purchase To Save 100K+ On Taxes – A Bumblebee Linens Update With Steve Chou

420: Opportunity Zones, Saving On Taxes And A Bumblebee Linens Update With Steve Chou

Today I’m doing a solo episode to give you a quick update on Bumblebee Linens and to provide you with a pretty cool tax strategy that e-commerce business owners are using to save on taxes.

What You’ll Learn

  • What’s up with Bumblebee Linens in 2022
  • The details about my latest purchase
  • How opportunity zones can save your business money on taxes

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:01
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m doing a solo episode to give you an update on Bumble Bee linens and to provide you with a pretty cool tax strategy that e-commerce business owners are using to save on taxes. Now, it’s been a while since I’ve done one of these and I’ve done a lot of work lately under the hood of our e-commerce business. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

00:29
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for ecommerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for ecommerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

00:59
I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my ecommerce store and it depended on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores. Klaviyo can track every single customer who is shopping in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy.

01:27
Let’s say want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that I released with my partner Tony, and unlike this one where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce,

01:53
The Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:14
Welcome to the MyWifeCouterJob podcast. Now it’s been a while since I’ve given an update about Bumble Bee Linens, which is my e-commerce store. So I thought that I’d dedicate some time today to tell you what’s been going on over in handkerchief land. Now, first off, from an operation standpoint, Bumble Bee Linens is kind of at a crossroads right now. Living in the Bay Area of California, the labor costs are at an all time high. In addition, rents over here for office space have been skyrocketing like crazy.

02:44
Now our lease runs out in January of 2023. And just to give you an idea, our rent is set to go up nearly 28 % from when we signed our last lease. 28%. That’s ridiculous, right? Not to mention that our current landlords are easily the worst landlords that we’ve ever had ever. Whenever anything is broken, they do not respond. They do not pay for anything and they don’t really care about their tenants at all.

03:13
And I just have to say this, I California is one of the worst places to start a business. Now, if my kids weren’t in school here, and if the weather wasn’t so darn good, and if we didn’t have friends here, we would probably be out of here from a business perspective. And in fact, my wife, I don’t know if I mentioned this on the pod before, but we actually looked into moving to Texas, Washington, and Las Vegas for this exact reason. And don’t get me started on California taxes and laws. Right now, we are actually looking to purchase an office building

03:42
so that we’re no longer dependent on anyone else for rent ever again. Now, first off, before I continue, I just wanna give a quick shout out to Mike Jackness for what I’m about to tell you. And this conversation, it was a casual conversation that I had with Mike since we’re speaking together at the Sell and Scale Summit next month. But what Mike told me could save me hundreds of thousands of dollars in the coming years. So Mike, if you are listening to this, I owe you one, buddy. All right, so here’s what Mike told me.

04:11
Lots of e-commerce store owners are buying their own warehouses right now because of a tax benefit called the Opportunity Zone Program. By the way, before I go on, I just want to say that I’m not a tax professional, so make sure that you do your own research before you take what I tell you today as gospel. Not a tax professional. Anyway, okay, back to the Opportunity Zone Program. The Opportunity Zone Program is a government program that allows people to invest in distressed areas in the U.S. with a huge tax break.

04:40
Now in our case, the office building that we’re looking at is on the fringe of an opportunity zone. I guess the definition of a distressed area is kind of up for debate and it probably just changes depending on where you’re located. this location isn’t bad at all. We scoped out the property, looks pretty good. Meanwhile, you get the following tax benefits. All right, so listen up here because I often get asked this question, like how to avoid paying taxes. This is one way to do that. When you…

05:08
buy a property in an opportunity zone, you can actually defer your taxable income from any gains that you make from your investment. So I’m just going to kind of enumerate these first and I’ll give you some examples. You get a step up in basis for any capital gains invested into your opportunity zone building. And then your basis increased by 10 % if you hold it for five years and an additional 5 % if you hold it for seven years. And again, I’ll explain this all with a full example in just a second.

05:37
But basically you can exclude up to 15 % of your gains if you hold onto the property for seven years. And here’s the best part, it gets better. The best part is that you get a permanent tax exclusion of your gains if you hold your property for 10 years. Basically you don’t need to pay any capital gains tax on the property appreciation if you hold it for 10 years, which is crazy. All right, so if you guys didn’t follow me.

06:05
This might be confusing and admittedly I actually had to read over the rules many times before I could understand it. So what I’m gonna do now is I’m gonna explain the tax benefits with an example and I’ll go slowly because once again, it took me a while to get it. And by the way, before I go on, you don’t actually need to buy a building in an opportunity zone to get this tax benefit. There’s actually opportunity funds out there that you can invest in as well. let’s wrap this up with an example here. Let’s say that you make $100 and

06:34
profit from your business, stocks, or whatever. You make some gain that’s 100 bucks. Now if you invest that $100 into your opportunity zoned building, you can actually defer paying tax on that money. Now if you hold that investment for 10 years, your basis is increased by 15%, which effectively reduces your taxable gains to $85 instead of 100. Basically you get a 15 % off of your tax basis.

07:03
Now let’s just throw some numbers in the mix here. I know I probably shouldn’t be doing podcast math, but I’m going to try to do it here so you guys can follow. Let’s say you buy this property and it appreciates $100 in the 10 years that you own it. Well, if you decide to sell after 10 years, you will pay zero taxes on the appreciation. So essentially investing in an opportunity zone property will save you 15 % on your taxes.

07:31
and you’ll pay no taxes on any gains that your property will make in 10 years. This is pretty amazing. So if any of you guys are looking or even considering buying your own office building, consider looking for an opportunity zone as long as you’re in the U.S. All these things obviously apply just to the U.S.

07:51
Okay, so anyway, Jen and I put out an offer for an opportunity zone building and I hope it goes through. We haven’t heard back yet because you can never tell with the Bay Area. I think like three months ago, my wife and I, put a bid for an office building. It was a not a small building. It was 4000 square feet. We’re talking seven figures here. And we put a competitive offer in and then the winning bid ended up going for 10 % over the asking price.

08:20
And it was an all cash offer, no contingencies as is. Now this is normal for residential property, but for an office property, this is actually pretty unusual. Anyway, I’ll let you guys know in an update, maybe in a subsequent podcast, whether we get this building or not, but I hope so. All right, so what else is going on here? A couple of months ago, my wife and my daughter went on a mother daughter trip to South Korea and

08:47
It’s rare for us to not travel together, but it was a great trip and they really bonded on that trip. I’m not going to talk about the trip. While my wife was gone without me, I actually started going into the Bumble Bee Linens office every single day. And normally I don’t go in because my wife handles operations and I handle marketing. Incidentally, if you’re working together with your wife, that’s actually the best way to stay married. If you guys kind of overlap in your business duties, you’ll probably start to fight and whatnot. Anyway, so I largely stay away from the

09:17
because operations is his domain. And here’s what I have to say about that. Sometimes when you’ve been doing things the exact same way for a long time, it becomes a norm, and it’s tough to make any changes to like the standard protocol that you’ve established. And this is often why businesses hire outside consultants to make a business more efficient. When you’re in the business day to day, it can be hard to see things from 50,000 feet. Anyway,

09:46
When I went into work that week, I actually took the time to fix some of the inefficiencies that I saw. And first off, before I go on with what these were, I just want to say this is probably largely my fault. Whenever my wife asks me to do something, especially when it comes to tech and coding, I’ll often respond with, all right, so what’s the priority of the change? Here is what’s on my plate right now. How urgent is this? And with anything that is process related,

10:15
it’s really easy to put things on the back burner. Like let’s say my wife wants a way to do something a little bit more efficient, but it’s not like a fire that needs to be put out right away, right? It’s really easy to put that stuff on the back burner. I actually have a term for this. I call it business debt. So for example, I’m actually sitting on lots of code for Bumblebee linens that works okay, but it’s ugly. Now in the interest of just getting something working,

10:43
I took a couple of shortcuts and wrote code that I would probably be ashamed to show any other programmer. Now, if you’re a coder, you probably know what I mean. When I was at my full-time job, sometimes I would agonize over tweaking my code to provide the most efficient and elegant solution out there, right? It was more than just getting to work. It had to be maintainable. It had to work elegantly and had to be fast. But in business, sometimes I don’t have time for that.

11:09
Sure, you might plan on fixing things at some later point, which never ever comes, and this is what I call engineering debt. Now with business processes, it’s actually not that different. When you don’t get that many orders early on, and some of you guys who are listening to this, maybe you don’t get that many orders right now, it’s okay to be inefficient, pack stuff and ship it by hand. It’s okay not to automate in the beginning because it’s probably not that painful yet, right? But.

11:34
At some point, you’ll probably need to make things more efficient to free up your mind and your time to do other things. Anyway, so while my wife was out, I thought that I would surprise her by automating a lot of things that she may or may not have asked for. And even though I hang on that woman’s every word, sometimes I may not have heard her correctly. So here’s what I did while she was gone. And some of you guys listening to this might think this is a major risk, but I think I was pretty considerate with what I changed and, you know.

12:04
what things need to change. I just want to say this, with our business, it’s a little different than a traditional e-comm because we do personalization and we’re in the wedding industry. One of our biggest problems is prioritizing orders that go out. So for example, we might get a series of orders with different shipping rates. Some of these orders might require personalization, which takes up to five business days. Some people might have special deadlines. And so,

12:31
it can be difficult to prioritize which orders need to be processed first and which orders absolutely need to go out like today, the present day. Sometimes people have special comments that need to be processed and taken into consideration. And so I put together a dashboard that just basically puts all the rules for prioritization into code. Basically, here’s a list of orders that must go out today. Here’s a list of orders that must be stitched today.

13:00
Here’s a list of orders with special comments that need to be processed early. Here’s a list of orders that need to be combined. Sometimes people place orders, multiple orders in like the same day, or maybe like the next day kind of spaced apart and you need to combine those orders so that people can save on shipping. Anyway, here’s what I come to realize after running this e-commerce business for 15 years now. People are careless. Lots of people just type in their address wrong.

13:28
Some people make spelling errors on personalization. I’ve had people spell their names wrong, you know, on personalization. We make sure that they double to have them double check their personalization before entering the order through, but still mistakes happen. And when this does happen, you can’t process anything unless you hear from them. Right. So what do do with these orders? Sometimes you’ll reach out to these people and you won’t hear from them. And then these orders are in limbo. Right. And

13:57
You know, sometimes you forget to email them again if they haven’t responded. Sometimes you forget to call them. So this is what I put into the code. Now the website automatically emails people on a regular basis with a cron job for people who are technical and listening to this to remind them that they need to respond. So basically it takes the burden away from a human and puts it on a machine. The dashboard also indicates when the customer needs to be called again. Let’s say you send out two emails with no response then

14:26
that that order will be annotated with, please call this person over the phone. I also took the time to revamp our inventory system. Our business is different than a lot of other e-commerce businesses because we do personalization. And inventory can be a bit of a mess the way we currently have things set up. Like if I were to start all over, we probably wouldn’t have done things this way, but let me just tell you what our inventory issue is. Basically, when someone chooses a personalized handkerchief,

14:53
they can actually choose from a variety of hankies when they want to monogram it. Okay, but we also sell these hankies in sets of three that are blank. And in the past, there was no real automated way to reconcile inventory from the personalized side from these sets of three easily. And also, I think anyone who runs like a, certainly in a textile business, we often encounter irregular or defective merchandise that isn’t necessarily reflected in the inventory count. So let’s say,

15:23
you pull something and you it might have like a run in the fabric or a mark on it it’s unsellable but you need a way to account for that in the inventory.

15:34
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

16:02
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

16:32
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

16:42
Anyway, so the upshot is I coded up a special inventory system for our store alone. And I don’t want to bore you with all the details, but the key takeaway here is that every now and then you got to step aside and fix some of the inefficiencies with your business. Your business, if you’ve been running it for a while, probably has a lot of process debt. And it’s actually going to make a huge difference and clear your head if you just fix some of these changes.

17:09
Here are couple of miscellaneous things that I’ve implemented with Bumblebee Linens, moving much of the Google ad spend over to Google Performance Max. Now, if you don’t know what Performance Max is, it’s Google’s latest advertising platform that is meant to take your advertising burden off of you. So basically it’s a black box. You feed a product some copy and it does the rest through machine learning. Now, personally, I hate using anything that is fully automated, like if I’m paying money for it, because I’m an engineer.

17:38
Performance max provides very little visibility in what Google is doing But I’ve been running it for several months now, and it’s actually doing quite well So I’m gonna let it slide, but I’m cautiously optimistic and I’m a pretty skeptical guy at heart. So for example Let’s say Google is about to miss earnings on Wall Street What is stopping them from like dialing down the conversions from this invisible black box of an advert advertising platform just to make a little bit of money?

18:07
and meet earnings. Google literally gives you no metrics or data, and so you wouldn’t be able to prove a thing. And this is the biggest problem that I have with Google AI taking over the world. Google basically tells you nothing about your ads except for your return on ad spend. And it’s great for the clueless user, but it’s really bad for people who know what they’re doing. So perhaps someday, I’ll just make a prediction here, Google and Facebook will probably have such good AI that it’s going to put advertising agencies out of business. Who knows?

18:37
Anyway, the other thing I’ve been working on is Google basically forced me to move all my Google campaigns over to Performance Max, which actually inadvertently forced me to optimize my Google shopping feed. Now, I’d actually put off optimizing my feed. So let me just tell you what this feed is. Basically, in order for Google to display your ads and the search results, you have to upload this document called a feed that outlines all of your products, images, copy, and that sort of thing. And the right way to do this, like most tools, if you’re using a shopping cart, will create this for you.

19:07
but it’s very inefficient. And in order to get more traffic and sales, you actually have to optimize your feed. I’ll talk about what that is in just a sec, but I’ve been putting this off for the longest time because it is a pain in the butt to rewrite custom keyword stuff titles for your feed. And literally you have to go into every product and rewrite it, do keyword research and figure out what people are searching for and stuff that in the title instead of the regular title for your product. And we have like 500 SKUs. And so it’s the most tedious work ever.

19:37
But basically I bit the bullet and optimized it while I was sick with COVID on vacation with my family. Not sure if I told you guys about that, but in May, I went to my conference cellar summit in Florida, shook hands with everyone, gave people hugs, went massless, and I didn’t get COVID. But then I go to Orlando with my family. I’m super careful. I wear masks outdoors and indoors, and then I get the stupid disease. Anyway, I was actually the only one in my family who got COVID on the trip, so I actually stayed isolated back at the hotel.

20:06
and I literally had nothing to do but work on the business, so I bit the bullet. And I optimized all the listings for Google Shopping. I literally had nothing to do for four days, so that’s what I did. This year, I’ve also focused a lot of my efforts on SEO. After getting hit with a Google algorithm update in 2020, where I lost almost 50 % of my traffic, I decided to bite the bullet and go all in on SEO. And today, I’m happy to report.

20:34
that Bumblebee Linens is at the highest organic traffic rate that it’s ever been. From the lows in 2021, traffic is up over 5x. Now, if I could just solve some of my inventory issues, I could actually see some of the gains from my SEO. But overall, terms of inventory, it’s been a challenging year for our shop. We survived 2020 and 2021 with almost no issues in inventory, but 2020 actually has been pretty hard for us. Now, I don’t want to ramble too long here.

21:04
since a lot of you guys probably are not that interested in my business. So let’s just end with some key takeaways, shall we? Okay, takeaway number one, with real estate prices getting lower and rents skyrocketing, might make sense for you to get your own building. So do a search for opportunity zones in your area so you can see if you can get a killer tax break. Takeaway number two, revisit your business debt. If there are processes that you have in place that are super manual or error prone, it’s time to revisit them.

21:33
Do not wait too long because it’s going to come back and bite you in the end. Takeaway number three, have someone who is not involved in the day-to-day of your business just kind of look over your shoulder and point out ways that you could do things more efficiently. And then takeaway number four, isolate yourself in a hotel room for four days and you’ll be amazed at how much work gets done. Okay, quick update on the property. It is now three days later after the initial recording of this episode.

22:02
And where we left off, we had put down a bid that was slightly under asking and we were waiting for the owner to get back to us. Now this property has been on the market for 31 days at this point and we were pretty confident that our bid would win. But over the weekend, the owner of the property miraculously got two new offers. Now one was a lowball offer, which the owner ignored, but the other offer came in from overseas for all cash at the asking price, which was higher than our bid.

22:30
Yeah, so not only was this bit higher than ours, but it was all cash. However, the buyer was not in the US, had never seen the property at all. And I guess in the minds of the seller, there was a greater chance the deal would fall through. So at this point, Jen and I had to decide how badly we wanted the property. And after, you know, thinking about it for, I don’t know, I’d say half a day, we ultimately decided to raise our bid to asking. And then we went with all cash. Now,

22:59
This was a very nerve-racking decision, but we are now the proud new owners of an Opportunity Zone property. Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now that we have the property, we have to do the part that is not so fun, which is the paperwork to get all this going, and I’ll keep you posted on how much of a pain it is to get this all set up. For more information about this episode, go to mywagputterjob.com slash episode 420. And once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants.

23:28
You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform.

23:56
and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. Now we talk about how I these tools in my blog and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywebquaterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

419: Meet The Woman Who Makes $50M With Boring Businesses w/ Codie Sanchez

419: Meet The Woman Who Makes $50M With Boring Businesses With Codie Sanchez

Codie Sanchez owns a $50 million dollar company that specializes in running “boring businesses”.

By boring businesses, think ice vending machines, laundry mats, car washes…every day businesses that make a ton of money but are not considered sexy.

In this episode. you’ll learn an unconventional way to think about entrepreneurship.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why you should take an unconventional approach to starting a business
  • Why you are f*cked if you only have 1 income stream
  • Why boring is better than sexy

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have my friend Cody Sanchez on the show and Cody runs a $50 million company that specializes in what she calls boring businesses. And by boring business, think ice vending machines, laundromats, car washes, everyday businesses that make a ton of money but aren’t necessarily considered sexy. And you’ll learn in this episode to make good money.

00:27
your business does not have to be the next big thing. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store. It depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who is shopping in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week.

00:57
Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers to pay on what they bought piece of cake and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Now, Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-B-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscope for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list.

01:25
And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned card at the push of a button.

01:51
Not only that, but it’s price well too, and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And finally, I want to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it how it is in a raw and entertaining way.

02:21
So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:33
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast. Today I’m happy to have Cody Sanchez on the show. Now, Cody is someone who I met at the eCommerce Fuel Conference in Norfolk and she was one of the keynote speakers. And I didn’t really know who she was at the time, but this woman walks out in leather pants, confidence dried, and the first thought that goes through my head is that this woman is a badass and then she proceeds to kill it on stage. Anyway, it turns out we have a lot of common friends, including podcast guests like Noah Kagan, Neville Madora, Sam Parr, and Drew Sinaki.

03:03
Cody is the founder of Contrarian Thinking and a co-founder of Unconventional Acquisitions where she helps people think outside the box when it comes to businesses and she specializes in boring businesses that cash flow like crazy. She is a reformed journalist turned institutional investor, a board member at a variety of companies, an investor, and she’s going to teach us today how to think critically and make money unconventionally. And with that, welcome to the show, Cody. How are you doing? Great intro. Thanks. I got to record that.

03:33
Hey, I was always curious, what does it mean to be a reformed journalist? Well, I used to be a journalist. And then I realized that I wanted to be part of the activity, not write about the activity. And so I consider myself a bit of a reformed journalist in that sense. And what about boring businesses? Like, how did you get into that? Yeah, well, boring businesses were interesting for me because, you know, I’ve been in private equity for a long time.

04:03
And private equity is essentially just investing in boring businesses. That’s all it is. And it’s done at scale and with other people’s money. But when I started doing it myself, I just realized, hey, I’m doing all of these really big LBOs, they’re called leverage buyouts for third parties. And we’re doing maybe billion dollar deals, maybe deals that are hundreds of millions of dollars. Why couldn’t I do the same thing, but much smaller? And since they make all of the money when we do the big deals, if I do the small deals, then I can capture.

04:33
all of that return. And so I started looking at what are businesses that most people don’t think are sexy, but cashflow on day one of you closing an acquisition. And those are the businesses I started looking at buying. Okay. You know, it’s funny, when I was growing up, I had a lot of Korean friends and whenever I went over their houses, they were really nice houses. And it seemed like they were killing it. And here’s the thing, they ran boring businesses like laundromats, dry cleaners, custom tailor businesses, and I’m

05:02
guessing that they did pretty well. Totally. Yeah. I I think, you know, if you actually look at communities and where people spend most of their money, it’s certainly, you know, their house, their rent, right? Their car, food, and then it’s local services. You know, it’s like getting your your house plumbing fixed because something goes wrong. Your air conditioner doing the landscaping in the front of your house, going out to local restaurants or entertainment venues, you know, having somebody wash your car.

05:32
It’s all of these little things we think about every day. Not all of us are using a tech stack of all of these companies that we think about from a Silicon Valley perspective. Sure, we use Uber, but most people actually probably don’t use Uber every single day or every single week. And in fact, what you do use every single day is like some of your local companies. And so I think we’ve skewed ourselves to believe that most of the riches are made from Silicon Valley companies.

05:59
And that is true for a select few, but for everyday humans who don’t have the idea to become the next Elon Musk and really just want to provide for their families and provide better services for the community around them. I think it’s really important actually that we remember that boring businesses, you know, keep our everyday lives rolling. And so you get to profit off of that if you invest in them, but you also get to benefit the community. So it’s, it’s an interesting two for one. So a boring business by your definition is something that doesn’t necessarily use tech or just an everyday service.

06:29
Yeah, I think of how boring businesses is businesses that you would never think as a young kid you want to grow up and do. So, you you might say one day I want to be an engineer or one day I want to be an air pilot. But you’re probably not going to grow up and say, I want to run a sprinkler company or, you know, I want to run a company that does lot landscaping across town. And so it’s a totally made up definition that basically is just saying anything that you wouldn’t think of as wanting to be a CEO.

06:59
you know, maybe there’s a way to make money in that space. And some of these businesses are tech enabled to be fair. Let me ask you this. So I sell handkerchiefs online. Is that considered a boring business? Yeah, well, except I think there’s this e-commerce component of it, which makes it a little bit sexier, right? So, you know, don’t know how you can make hanky sexy, but I think you can do it with, you know, you need to understand how to build websites well and have traffic and do paid ads, etc. A lot of these businesses

07:26
you know, our mom and pop businesses that have been in existence for, you know, 10, 20 years at times. So it’s certainly a boring business. But even so, I might think, you know, the manufacturer of the handkerchiefs locally, or the trucking company that locally routes them to locations, or the pack and ship where, you know, your employees go and, you know, send off your first round of handkerchiefs that are located around the corner.

07:54
So I need to come up with a better way to explain like what the real difference is between the two. But yes, even you run a sexy business. Okay, so how do you find these? I know you own a bunch of these. Let’s let’s just use some examples of the ones that you’ve personally owned or interacted with. So the way that most people go and find them to start is just like you buy a house. So you go to like Zillow or Redfin or whatever and you look for a house and there are sites that you can do that for buying boring businesses too, like ecommerce flipper.

08:24
you know, flip a biz by cell for sure. That’s like the entry level way to do it. You know, the way that I find deals now is typically a little bit more asymmetric. Like it’s not like, okay, step one, you do this. Step two, you do this. Which is why I think there’ll always be opportunity in it because there’s about 472 ways to find a business. And our group called Unconventional Acquisitions where we have a course that talks about how to buy boring businesses. We talk about 13 different ways.

08:53
but there’s many more than that. That’s just sort of to get the juices flowing. Some of my favorite ways to find businesses to buy is this. So one, I go out publicly and I do it across all my social media and I do it in every interaction where I say, I buy boring businesses like you and I talked about. And so I say, this is what I do. If people are looking to sell, if there’s somebody who’s retiring, maybe the mom or the patriarch or the matriarch is ready to move on, the kid doesn’t wanna take over the company. Those are the type of companies I like to buy. So I just word of mouth.

09:23
And then the second way that I do it a lot is I look through my personal P and L, like what are all the companies that I interact with every day and are any of them small enough that I could actually go and acquire one of those companies? Obviously I can’t do that with Google, but maybe I could do it with the local, you know, a ship center down the street from me that I go and ship out all the time. Why don’t I get to know the owner? What kills me is most people go.

09:47
Well, what if you don’t know any owners? And I can almost guarantee you that there is no human in the United States who knows zero business owners. It’s just like it’s not possible. If you are interacting at all outside of your house, you may know the owner of the gas station because you’re probably talking to him because he’s doing the checkout for you. And so just start talking to as many people that are owners as possible. know, I’ve actually gotten to this habit of whenever I walk into a small business, I’ll chat with the owner. And I’ll sometimes just ask him for numbers and

10:17
A lot of times they’re actually quite forthcoming with their business and stuff. It’s really interesting. That’s a great, great. It’s a good way to get comfortable with it, especially like I’d be curious like how you do it. But I basically just say something like, oh yeah, you know, I run a couple of small businesses too. How are you guys doing? Like here’s a couple of pain points in my business right now. You know, we do, you know, we do about $300,000 in this one business, but you know, labor is really tough. How about you guys? How big is this business? And then they’ll tell you, right?

10:43
That’s exactly how I do it. I always reveal a little tiny snippet of something. I always say that I run a business too. And you know, I have these problems too. Do you have them? It’s exactly the same technique. Yeah, because it’s disarming, right? When you reveal something about yourself first. Totally. And you know, running businesses isn’t isn’t easy. And so I think all of us like to hear from that’s why we go to events like the one where we met, because we want to hear from other business owners, what are they struggling with? What’s working? What’s not?

11:11
And I mean, I’ve sold the businesses based on conversations like that, because some businesses, I just don’t want to run anymore. They’re too small or they’re not working or whatever. And so, yeah, I think it’s like once you get the business bug, you want to talk about it. And so assume other owners do too. And even if you don’t own a business, I think you could talk about it like, oh, I’m obsessed with businesses. You know, I don’t own one right now, but I’ve actually been looking at a bunch and your business model seems really interesting. Like, how does it work? I assume it would work like this. And so you could do it without being an owner too.

11:40
Yeah, absolutely. So can you give me an idea of like how much capital is required and what it would cash flow just of one of your businesses? Just pick any one of them. I know you have like a bunch. Yeah. This is like a not that helpful range. But the answer is $0 to a billion because you can do deals of any size. You know, I was just talking to Drew Sanaki the other day, a mutual friend of ours, and he’s notorious for buying businesses for $0.

12:07
and he gives them a rev share, percentage of his future revenue or future profits that he will take by taking their business and growing them. And the reason somebody would do that obviously is because the business is losing money, let’s say, or they need his expertise. You can also buy a business for $0 if you do seller financing. So if the seller of the business is like, ah, I don’t want to run this anymore, nobody wants to buy it, but would you run the business and give me a percentage of future profits or revenue?

12:35
I think there’s actually a lot of businesses out there that you could buy for basically nothing, especially when you realize that it costs money to shut a business down. I I don’t know if you’ve ever had to do it. I’ve had to shut down businesses and like, it’s a couple grand, between like getting rid of all of your licenses, shutting down the LLCs, getting rid of the bank account, getting rid of your website or any other outstanding services. In some states, you can’t even…

13:03
like fire all of your employees right away, you have to do it on a graduated level, like in California, for instance. So there’s a lot of instances where business owners, it costs them more to shut down the business than it would for somebody else to take over it and just give them a percentage of future profits. That is very interesting. So when you’ve done your acquisitions, do you try to put down as little money as possible? What’s strategy? Yeah, almost always. Like, for example,

13:31
It really depends. If I’m buying a business that’s small and I don’t want the owner involved anymore, then I want to put down all the cash and I want them out. If I’m buying a business where I want the owner involved, I actually want to put down as little as cash as possible because I want to incentivize them to stay on with me. So it depends on the deal. If I’m a young gun and I’m taking over

13:56
somebody’s old website that’s really crappy and I don’t need anything for them and I know the whole thing that I want to do going forward. I might say, hey, take 50k now or, you know, whatever, a larger amount over a period, but I’d like you to be gone because I don’t really need anything for you. And I’m just going to run. Uh, and I know that I’d take the upfront hit because the long-term will be better if I’m unsure on the business, like I’m buying another website business. And let’s say that the business, I actually want the owner to stay around. might say,

14:26
Hey, I’ll give you $25,000 for the business right now, or $75,000 if you stick around for three years, $25,000 a year. And so it really depends on what you want out of the deal. The most important part about buying businesses is what do you want? Figuring out deal clarity, I think. So on TikTok, I’ve seen a bunch of your businesses. Like there was one, think, you were, the person was selling ice, right? And that’s like one dude.

14:52
who just has to go around and manage these machines, I guess in that case, the guy isn’t as important, right? It’s the machines. And I noticed a trend in the ones that you talk about, it all seems to be like machines doing most of the work, right? So I think that people get attracted most to the ones where machines do the work. So I think those two are most viral. Because, you know, everybody’s like, oh, I can have a laundromat and it makes $15,000 a month and I never have to be there. The truth is something in between, which is, you know,

15:21
vending machines, ice machines, laundromats, trucking businesses, whatever the case may be, there’s some component that either you or your operator has to be involved. I like talking about those types of businesses because I think they’re the gateway drug to ownership. So when I talk about an ice vending business, you’re like, that’s so simple, I understand it. And I, as a normal human, am not intimidated by the idea of running that business. I could probably figure that out.

15:49
And I actually think it’s really important that we democratize and make accessible business, not just starting businesses, but owning businesses. Because let me think about it. So many of problems we have today are because so many people believe things should be given to them and don’t believe they’re capable of going out and getting something. And so if they start realizing that ownership is accessible and there’s lots of paths to it, you don’t have to have millions of dollars, then they start.

16:16
believing more in themselves and less in, you know, government or others. And that’s actually the biggest part of my purpose is I talk about sort of getting money quick because it’s a Trojan horse into getting yourself free. And the more free humans we have, I think the better society we have. mean, I think we have similar philosophies, but what’s funny about this is that ice vending machine business actually does not sound attractive to me as an engineer because you got to go around and manage these machines that probably break down and then you got to

16:45
For some of the, like the laundromat, actually have to physically go and collect the money in the quarters and whatnot. Whereas e-commerce, which is what I do, everything’s on a machine. Like I don’t like humans. I mean, I don’t like interacting with humans, right? So the less interaction I have, the better. I’m just kind of curious why you chose that as like a gateway drug. I think that’s great that you know your deal clarity, right? Your deal clarity is I know how to operate on the internet. Like I know how to make a business run efficiently without me being involved at all. And I know how to leverage.

17:14
the internet to make my business more effective, right? But I think for a lot of people, that’s not a skill set that they have, right? Myself included, I was in finance for a long time and we couldn’t market. There’s no marketing on the internet in finance. Well, at least you’re not supposed to these days, people are crazy. But so I was an internet person and e-commerce business would have scared the hell out of me. But if you told me that I could go engage in this local business and I hire out somebody to run around to the ice machines and check on them and I give them a percentage,

17:44
of the revenue of the business and all I have to be responsible for is like signage and some minimal marketing and picking the right location and financing it. That actually didn’t intimidate me as much. But if I have to go, you know, in e-commerce, think maybe today more than ever, but not always you are competing against some really smart minds out there because you know, you have to beat Amazon, right? You have to beat the other drop shippers elsewhere. You have to be really good at branding.

18:12
Like you don’t have to be that great at branding to own a local business properly placed. I don’t think one’s better than the other though. I think they’re just different skill sets and you have to find which one’s best for you. Yeah, that’s true. I see the businesses that you deal with as very steady. They’re like rocks, right? Like you get it set up and they just probably cashflow forever. And there’s not much competition because it’s local, right? Right. Whereas Ecom is you have the potential to grow a lot bigger, but at same time it can be a lot more painful as well. Yeah.

18:41
with one little ad that I’d have there is I think about them like bonds versus stocks. So I have a lot of bonds in my business buying portfolio, which basically means I clip a coupon or like I give somebody a thousand dollars and I expect $10 a month back, right? And so that’s how I think about a lot of these businesses. I’m not trying to make a laundromat go from a hundred thousand dollars a year in profit to 3 million. That’d be really hard. I am trying to maybe own a few of those. So I just have that cashflow coming in consistently. And then for like one or two businesses,

19:11
I make a big bet. Like, contrary in thinking, my media company is a big bet. That’s an equity or stock bet, which is I put in this money today, and I even put in more money into it with the hopes that it continues to cash flow sort of asymmetrically or like my return really accelerates, and I can make a lot more money. And so I think you should have bonds and stocks in your portfolio. And that’s sort of how I think of it. Nice. I guess the bonds in my portfolio is like real estate, right? Do you consider that like a bond? Okay. I do. The only thing I don’t like about real estate is

19:41
Unless you’re doing, you know, pretty big multifamily bought a long time ago or doing Airbnb or maybe industrial or commercial, it’s hard to cashflow enough off of the money you have to put down and especially as rates rise. So I optimize for cashflow, but I think real estate is really good for depreciation, taxes and long-term appreciation that’s less speculative than buying a business is for sure.

20:10
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

20:38
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

21:08
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. So a lot of the listeners of my podcast, some of them are on the sidelines. They’re trying to decide what to do. And I know right now it’s kind of a hard environment. There’s inflation. What are some ways where people can maybe not necessarily start a business or maybe leverage what they have to make some money? Yeah.

21:37
Well, I always say buy instead of start because especially in a recessionary environment where you might not have a ton of capital, why would you spend a bunch of money with the hopes to earn in the future? Unless you have a cool idea, I’d say like use leverage right now, which means get loans in order to buy a business. And the reason I think that is because interest rates, I do believe will continue to rise. We’ll see. Inflation looks like it’s going to continue to rise. So if you lock in smart,

22:07
well-done debt in order to finance a business. Inflation sort of eats away at your debt because your interest rate gets locked in if you do the structure correctly. And then on a go-forward basis, you can also increase your prices in a way that it’s hard to increase your prices, let’s say, if you have renters, because you only probably get to do that once a year, right? And so I like the idea of buying businesses actually. And I think a lot of businesses go on sale during recessionary periods.

22:35
And you don’t have to have a ton of your own money. can use SBA loans or seller financing to do it. So I really like that. I do think side hustles can be super interesting as well. All I would say is in this sort of environment, you want to do one that, you know, we have a blog post. I think it’s coming out next week or the week after about how to do, um, how to basically turn your liabilities into assets from a car standpoint. So like how to do Turo well, or how to do, you know, how to take your Airbnb properties and add a car to them.

23:03
or like, could you do with other assets like your pool or your bikes or your surfboards in order for those assets to cashflow for you? I think some of that makes sense, but that will only really get you so far before you have to take more risk. I think what people don’t realize is they start a business or they buy a business or they start a side hustle because they don’t want to take much risk on it. Meaning they don’t want to put in their own capital or too much time, but your return is only going to be, mean, how much money can you make off of?

23:31
one car in a year on Turo. Like maybe you could make $20,000 in total, maybe you can even make $50,000 revenue, but your profit margin is going to be pretty low. So you’d have to have a lot of them for it to work. And so, you know, I think that’s okay. Take a little swing to start, take a little bite, and then sort of stair step your way up from a risk standpoint. mean, I guess that’d be the gateway drug, right? You start out with just renting out your own car on Turo, and then maybe you buy like 10 cars.

24:00
or at least 10 cars with that money and scale it from there. Yeah, exactly. Yeah, or start with your own car on Turo. Then maybe you ask a few neighbors if they want you to put theirs on Turo too. Then you go buy your first car. Then you leverage the proceeds to buy the second, third, fourth, fifth. Then we’ve gotten enough scale, you realize, huh, this model isn’t actually entirely scalable and I’m running around dropping cars off everywhere. So I’m going to sell this business to somebody else.

24:27
And then I’m going to go take that money and I might buy a used car lot instead, right? Or I might buy a web exchange that does something with cars selling back and forth because that actually has a better return profile. So I think the other thing is people spend a ton of time saying like, which type of business? Oh no, I don’t know where to start. it’s like, I mean, I spend some time thinking about that, but then start. And if it doesn’t work for you, then sell the business because assets are transferable and move on to a new endeavor.

24:56
Actually, I really like your approach and I’m just thinking back to, I was an engineer for 17 years, very risk averse. And the way I started was I went on Craigslist and everyone was selling their computers for cheap. So I would buy them and then I would just strip out the parts and sell them for profit. And that actually got me thinking, hey, I could probably do this. It only scaled to like $1,500 a month. But after that, I was like, okay, maybe I can do this e-commerce thing.

25:22
So I agree. you just need to find something to start that might not be scalable at all. In fact, it doesn’t matter if it’s scalable in the beginning, right? Yeah, I think you’re exactly right. Yeah, I’ve been noodling around with the right way to explain this concept. But basically, I think you nailed that. It’s like do the unscalable things first. And then only then will you realize what is scalable. And you can sell the former to buy the latter. And I think if you can do that again and again and again,

25:50
That’s where you start to make, you know, six, seven, eight, nine figures because you understand, you know, nothing is good or bad except by comparison. So $1,500 a month, I bet a lot of people listening are like, that’d be awesome. And then once you start making 1,500 and you see how much work you’re going in for 1,500, you’re like, ah, it actually needs to be 15,000. And then you get there and it has to be 150 and then you get there and it’s got to be 1.5. And so the cool part is, is as you grow, it’s all just a, it’s like a rhythm that you get to understand.

26:19
So what’s funny about that Craigslist story is I would be picking up merchandise from these really sketchy locations. was this one time I went to this really bad neighborhood. I was like wearing my Stanford sweatshirt, glasses and whatnot. And this guy out of the back of a van, no joke, was selling hard drives and like the wires were cut off. He didn’t even bother disconnecting them. He was like, hey, you want to get these hard drives or not? I was so terrified that I just bought them all and then I left. I didn’t even test them. Anyway. That’s hysterical. But you know, I think those stories are important to share too because everybody thinks that like,

26:48
were some geniuses that have it all figured out. It’s like, no, we just kept doing it and failed a few times and kept going on it regardless. And then eventually it’s kind of hard. Mathematically, it’s just like the law of averages. If you keep going, you’ll figure something out eventually. Yeah, totally. I did want to talk about one line that I think was in your media kit that struck my eye. was 20th century equals one income stream, 21st century, seven to 10. If you as a human are not decentralized, you’re F’d. I don’t pass on this podcast. I Good for you.

27:18
So what can you kind of elaborate on that statement? Yeah, so two things. One, I think you make your money by earning it and then you grow your money by investing it. So I think it’s really important that people don’t try to do 47 things at once. I think it’s really important that you have focus in like one of those bets that you think could be that asymmetric return. But where people go wrong, I think, is they listen to those who have accumulated a lot of wealth who have survivorship bias.

27:46
So like have a friend Alex Hormozi who’s like, you should just do one thing every time you start another business, it’s a horcrux. Basically it like splits part of your soul. And part of me agrees with that. But part of me also thinks that he thinks that way because he had really one main business and he kept staying on it and he won. But what if that one business that he kept staying on failed? Then what did he have? He had all of his eggs in one basket and he probably would have been sleeping on a floor. And so it just depends on how much risk you wanna take. In my mind, I want…

28:15
multiple different avenues because I just don’t want to be able to fail that hard, which maybe means that I’m not like Alex who sold his first business or who sold his business for 40 or $50 million or something for part of it at like 30 or 31. But maybe what it does mean is I’m exactly where I am, which is I have a lot of income streams. I’ve never had like a big, huge, hey, here’s $50 million for one chunk, but I’ve had a lot of six and seven figure exits over the years that mean that I’ve lived really comfortably for a long time.

28:45
And I don’t lose that much sleep at night ever because I have a lot of like lures out in the lake, you so something’s kind of always biting. And I think there’s a right and wrong way to do it for sure. But for most people, I don’t think they’re obsessed with one thing with work. I don’t think there are that many people who are like Elon Musk and are willing to put in the pain that comes with obsessing about, let’s say Tesla for as long as he did.

29:12
I think most people just want to live a really nice life and that’s okay. And in order to do that, I think you need to diversify. guess I have my own opinions on this. I think in Alex’s case, he was in control of everything. Whereas some of these businesses at e-commerce feel, I don’t know if you got a chance to talk to some people, some people are like a hundred percent Amazon. And that to me, I wouldn’t be able to sleep at night because it’s controlled by someone else, right? But I am just like you, like I have probably 10 or 11 income sources. That makes me feel more comfortable, but

29:42
I remember in the beginning, I only really had time to focus on one, maybe max two things. So were you always like that, diversified, or did you ever focus on just one thing? You know, I always had one main thing. I think that’s important. But I always had a side piece too, for sure. piece. Yeah. If your knew about this. Yeah, he wouldn’t like that. I always had, you know, one other thing on the side that I was working on too.

30:08
And maybe that’s just because I love working and I get pretty obsessive, but it’s hard for me to work on one thing forever exclusively. And so, I don’t know. I do think it’s a super power to be able to be obsessively focused on one thing all the time. I just don’t have that super power. Um, so I’d have a main thing and then I’d have an extra thing. Now, what I wouldn’t do is start three things at once. You know, that’s not a good way to go, but I like get to a point in one business where I’d be obsessed on it for like a year, two years. Then the business would start to like.

30:36
become in a range where you need to manage it as opposed to like figure it out. As soon as it hit management level, I hate that part. And so at that part, I need to bring in an operator to sort of run it because I really liked the growth stage of the business. And so I figured that out about myself. Now there are plenty of people, the more lucrative part of my opinion is the growth stage. Like, you know, it’s motoring, you’re going along, all you’re doing is like tweaking the wheels basically and watching it continue to climb. And so I think it’s important that you

31:06
keep some equity in it once you’ve gotten it to let’s say the first 1 million, 5 million, 10 million dollars. Whereas a lot of people, you know, if you’re like me and probably like you, we really like to start things and then it’s hard to make. I guess for me, it’s I like to start things and then like my wife does the operations, which is perfect. That’s what she likes. I hate operations. And for my other stuff, like I have a business partner who helps handle operations. Yeah, it’s really good offsetting.

31:33
I mean, that’s the old, I always think the words are kind of gross, but the visionary and the integrator. And I think when I call myself a visionary, I kind of want to vomit, but there is this thing about the person who sort of comes up with the crazy ideas, takes the risk, moves them forward, and then you need sort of the adult in the room that’s like, okay, here’s how we now take action on these consistently to move them forward.

32:01
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

32:30
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

32:41
I’m definitely not the adult in the room. Well, you know, I want to switch gears because I would say maybe two years ago, I didn’t see you much online, but now you’re like in my TikTok feed, like all day. Not that I spend all, well, sometimes I spend a lot of time on TikTok, but you’ve grown your account like crazy. And if you were to create contrary in thinking, I’m just kind of curious what launched that, like which traffic source did you focus on? I know TikTok is definitely one of them.

33:06
Yeah, TikTok’s new. So we’ve only been on TikTok for like the last four months, I’d say five months, something like that. OK, well, you’re killing it then. Oh, thanks. But TikTok’s been great. Yeah, I love it as a growth driver. Originally, I was really focused on stealing other people’s audiences for the newsletter. So, you know, our newsletter, ContrarianThinking.co, is a free newsletter each and every week. I’m pretty laser focused on growing that email list. You know, we want to be at 300,000 subscribers by the end of the year. We’re at like 120,000, something like that right now.

33:35
And so the reason I was so laser focused on that is because it’s your only owned audience as it’s not rented like the other social media platforms. But when I was first starting out, we grew a lot of that through like Facebook groups. So going into Facebook groups and sort of commenting and adding value and then dropping a link, you know, to our newsletter or to one of our blog posts and seeing if people wanted to sign up. We grew a lot of it through other social platforms like Reddit in the beginning was really helpful. Twitter was really helpful to grow audiences there.

34:03
I was never very good at SEO or going viral online generally. And so I had to kind of go to other areas where people were like-minded, drop our content in there and hope that we were able to grasp people. How do you get away with dropping links in groups? Like what’s your method? Because I would probably ban you. I mean, maybe, maybe not now, but. Yeah. So I think you have to be incredibly value added. you know, when we, I think, so there’s an article on contrarianthinking.co. If you go in and you search,

34:32
how to get your first 10,000 newsletter subscribers in 30 days. I basically said, in 30 days, I wanna grow to 10,000 people. How could I do it? I’m gonna document the process and see if I can hit it. And we ended up hitting it. And one of the reasons we did is Facebook groups like Trends, who’s like my friend, Sam Parr’s company, you’re yours too. So anyway, so in their group, I would comment in there like, hey, I just talked to this girl who grew her, who bought some land in Joshua Tree for $10,000.

35:01
and then put it on hip camp and rent it out for $50 a night for like 10 different spots on her couple acres. And now she’s making like, you know, $13,000 a month or something on it. I thought the store was really interested, but I was wondering like how I might do this and this and this differently. Like, what do you guys think? And then, you know, if this is helpful for you, I’m happy to drop like the link to the blog post I did on it. And so it would be no blog post in it, super valuable. A bunch of people would be asking for it. Then I dropped the blog post, right? And so-

35:30
you basically, I would have people and so then the moderators, what are the moderators gonna do? Like, no, you guys can’t have this thing that you’re asking for. And so that would be the way that I would do it. And if nobody really bit on the article and it wasn’t a vent or the segment that I wrote, then I wouldn’t drop the blog post. So that way, if you’re only giving people something that they actually want. That’s an interesting strategy. Yeah. And then you’re not linking to like an email signup form really, right? It’s literally a

36:00
blog post that probably has an email sign-in form in there. That’s right. And I could do way better with optimization of that. Like we should have like the big thing that’s like, hey, there’s the league magnet to how to do exactly this. We’re trying to mess around with stuff like that. What I’ve always been really good at, I haven’t always been. What I’m pretty good at is viral content. Like I can come up with stuff that I think is naturally interesting to me and right in a way where I’m pretty sure other people are going to be interested. What I’ve never been as good at is

36:28
Oh, how do we hook up the funnels and how do we have the lead magnets? And then how do we flow it back through this whole system? And then how do we convert them up to here in X and Y and Z? You know, I was a former journalist and then that’s what I would do is I would focus more on organic viral content if you can obsess on that. And then there’s a lot of people you can hire for the backend that can help you with the optimization. It’s funny. We have opposite strengths. My strength is like the technical backend stuff. Interesting. Viral content is a little bit harder. I’ve gotten it. I’ve like forced myself to learn it over the years, but yeah.

36:57
Unfortunately, I’m not a reformed journalist. I’m not sure I want to go into journalism, but I imagine those skills really helped you. They did. They did. Well, if you ever want to riff on it, I’m happy to talk the viral part and you can help me talk the conversion part. All right. Well, so let’s wrap up here. So let’s say you’re listening and you want to get into business somehow. What are just like one or two places that you might look just to get started? Yeah. Well, one…

37:22
There’s two things. I’ll talk about my own sites because I think those are the most valuable. I’m slightly biased because I created them. But unconventionalacquisitions.com, that’s where we talk business buying in particular. There’s a free blog on there. There’s also paid resources if you want to take a course or join the mastermind. Contrarianthinking.co, I think there’s a hundred and something articles on there, one every week. Everything on there is free. You can check it out. The other thing that I might ponder for people is just, I think there’s something on unconventional acquisitions that’s called like

37:52
our free nine day challenge. And it’s basically nine days of getting you to think about how it would look if you were to buy a business. And so I sort of believe that most things are like a muscle. You just need to practice them until you get to a point where you’re like, oh, this isn’t as intimidating as I think it is, which is how I felt about e-commerce. And now I feel more comfortable with it. It’s just because of muscle memory.

38:17
And so I think that resource is really, really helpful. And then everything we put out on social, hopefully most of the stuff on social, would say is, to give you awareness of what’s happening and some quick tactics and tools, but you really need to dive into either like our YouTube or the newsletters in order to go deeper. Maybe for somebody like you, it’ll just trigger like, Oh yeah, we should buy this company and we should do this. But for most people, they need like the next step down from it. Right.

38:44
Yeah, and I would say like you do a really good job on your TikToks of getting people excited about boring stuff. Good. Yeah. And then I guess from there, at least the path, let me tell you the path I took. So I saw these TikTok videos and then I clicked on your bio and that led me to contrary and thinking and then I was like, oh, okay, wait, she’s going to be at e-commerce fuel. need to talk to this woman. I love it. Well, that’s perfect. Because then, I mean, that’s how I think other people get owners in their wheelhouse too.

39:11
is you go to these events and you reach out to people proactively and then in person you shoot your shot. And it’s always so much easier to connect there. And especially when you’re somebody like you giving value also as opposed to just asking somebody to be your mentor. That’s not very interesting. Oh yeah, that’s the worst way to do it. I must say, Cody, mean, like when I first saw you, was like, maybe this woman’s a little intimidating, but what the hell, go say hi. It’s probably the leather pants. But then you were really down to earth and awesome. So I appreciate you come on the show.

39:40
And I know you got to go. So contrary in thinking, I’ll link all that stuff in the show notes and thank so much for coming on the show. Yay. Thanks. Come hit me up next time you come into Austin. Sounds good. All right. Bye everybody. Take care.

39:55
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now, Cody is an amazing woman. There’s a lot of truth into everything she says and her content makes me think outside of the box, which is great. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 419. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

40:24
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post-purchase flow, a went back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I these tools in my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store,

40:54
Head on over to MyWifeCoderJob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

418: Unconventional Ways To Grow Your Amazon Sales With Norm Farrar

418: Unconventional Ways To Grow Your Amazon Sales With Norm Farrar

Today, I have my friend Norm Farrar on the show. Norm is a serial entrepreneur and leading Amazon expert with over 25 years of product sourcing and development experience.

He runs 2 Amazon companies and 2 ecommerce podcasts. He’s always up to date on the latest Amazon strategies and in this episode, we’re going to cover unconventional ways to grow your Amazon sales.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Norm got started with Amazon
  • Norm’s take on the overall Amazon landscape
  • Unconventional ways to grow your sales on Amazon that most people are not using

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have my friend Norm Ferraro on the show. And Norm is a serial entrepreneur and leading Amazon expert with over 25 years of experience. He runs two Amazon companies and he has two podcasts. He’s always up to date on the latest Amazon strategies. And today we are going to cover unconventional ways to grow your sales. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

00:28
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-comm and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div.

00:57
I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my ecommerce store and I depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy.

01:25
Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers to pay on what they bought piece of cake and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast,

01:53
covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:12
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m happy to have Norm Farrar on the show. Norm is someone who I met on a panel for e-commerce sellers. I’m really happy we had a chance to meet. He is a serial entrepreneur and a leading expert on Amazon with over 25 years of product sourcing and development experience. He runs two companies, AMZ Club, PR Reach, and he also has two podcasts, Lunch with Norm and I Know This Guy.

02:37
He’s made over $100 million in sales between his own products and his clients, and he is a thought leader and speaker in the space. What’s up, Norm? Hey, how’s it going? Norm, the beard looks very luscious and beautiful as usual. Well, I had to prep for the show. You know what’s funny about beards is they make you instantly look wiser. I’ve been trying to grow one, but I can’t do it. I think that’s why Tim partnered with me.

03:07
So I’m curious, Norm, how did you get involved in e-commerce and Amazon? You know, e-commerce was a complete absolute fluke. And I’ll take two seconds to talk about it. it was I used to have a consulting firm. was working with a Fortune 500 company. They wanted to get they wanted to be able to take their logo and match it with dealers. So it was a co-op sort of thing.

03:36
but they wanted to do it on the net. And this is back in the late 90s and nobody was doing it. This is a longer story. I’m not gonna get into it, but I ended up paying all their non-contracted suppliers. I got a contract for that and some of them were coders. while other people hadn’t knew nothing about the internet, I was able to do that. People saw it. They started to see that we had, you know, that we built it out.

04:05
And then that led us to other e-comm sites. you know, back, back in the day, back, I think it was around 2000 or earlier. We were doing print on demand. Like we were doing, you know, corporate identity logos for anybody who wanted it, their logos, their letterhead, their, their envelopes. But then it just kind of evolved, got very involved with a family business that was doing, we bought a couple of manufacturers in Taiwan.

04:35
still have a company in China today, but got into fulfillment and packaging. Amazon came around and it became my perfect storm. So, you know, kind of put everything together. And what I noticed was, you know, there was a lot of people that went out to all these mega conferences, but they were just kind of, there was, and I met a lot of these people during, you know, the two or three years that we’d all go out to these conferences.

05:04
And a lot of people were just focusing on a certain thing. They weren’t focusing on external traffic or packaging or branding. And they were doing okay, but they could have been doing so much better. I was lucky. I had a bit of everything and you know, 2014, 2015, if you knew a little bit about everything, you could explode. yeah. I’m kind of curious. Are you still selling on Amazon today?

05:29
I am. I’ve got a successful, a couple of successful brands we’re just launching. I’ve got another partner over at Honu and that’s my sourcing company, Honu Worldwide and Afilabia and myself, we’re launching about three or four new brands within the next month. So yeah, it’s fun. We haven’t been doing that a lot, but just the way it’s come into the funnel, it’s going to be something very unique. So hopefully.

05:57
we’re going to launch successfully, knock on wood. So one thing about Amazon I’ve noticed is that people are very reluctant to reveal what they sell and that sort of thing. Do you publicly reveal what you sell? your brands are? one of the, I am Kevin King is a friend of mine. We got to know each other in Hawaii. Turns out that we both sell exactly the same thing, bully sticks. Okay. Oh my God. have another buddy named

06:25
Kevin, I think he sells bully sticks. It’s gotta be. It might be the same guy. might just, you know, say his name is Yeah, know Kevin also. Yeah. Oh He is. He’s an awesome guy. We’re very good friends. And anyways, we became friends having a cigar on the beach in Hawaii, talking about our brands, basically, uh, you know, how we’re driving traffic and what I like about it and whether it was him or anybody.

06:53
is, hey, if you talk about your niche or if you talk about your product, somebody else wants to come in and play on the first page, that’s just driving more traffic. So it’s up to me to take that sale away. And if I can’t, then I’m not doing something properly. And I’ve got to go back to my listing and figure out why are these people grabbing the sale and I’m not, but I love it. Bring as much external traffic as you can over to, you know, for page one in the search results. Yeah. So you just mentioned, uh,

07:23
So I know at least, well, Kevin and my friend who sells Bully Sticks. So given that Amazon is a market where it’s a little harder to stand out, how did you establish your brand over the years? And what advice do you give people that you advise on how to establish a brand? This is a really great question about perceived value. I mean, that’s what it is. I could get into everybody talks about their primary image and their slide deck or their title with their keyword phrase upfront or their bullets.

07:53
But if you take a look at your initial, if I were to type in natural bully sticks, or I’m gonna give you a better example, this is a real case study. And this is about a knife, a simple knife. So the very first thing we have to do is, you type in, let’s say it’s Damascus knife, go to page one and you see where you can stand out. Are all the knives going right to left, left to right? Is it a box in the package?

08:19
How can you stand out if they’re all black and you introduce some color? And then from there, it’s where are the price points? I know this is kind of bass-ackwards, but where are the price points? There’s usually three tiers in Amazon. And in this case, you could see that there was a price point between $19.99 and around the $49 range. It could even be a little bit less.

08:43
Those are mostly your Chinese sellers that are selling direct and they feel that they have to do this to, you know, make, um, just to create search, uh, sales velocity, you know, just a ton of sales, but they’re not making any profit. That’s where a lot of sellers make the mistake. They try to compete there where the next level is around the $49 up to around. It could be, well, I know for a fact it’s $124. So.

09:12
you’ve got that 49 all the way up there and where do you fit in? And then you’ve got the top tier, which is around that hundred ish to $124 up to about three or $400. So this is what we did. And this is a, know, we saw the product, it was in a clamshell. So it’s just hard plastic, looks really crappy with a cardboard insert. And it was on the market for $49. We said, well, let’s spend a few dollars on packaging.

09:42
let’s revamp the look and feel of the package and the look on Amazon. And that went up to $79 to $99 up to 124. And to this day, it ranges between 99 and 124 depending on the season. It’s a $16 knife. So we were able to achieve a $49 bump to 99 to 124. Then we went back to China.

10:10
And we said, well, let’s take a look at wood. And it was $3 extra to put this knife into wood. We packaged it into a really cool inner package and outer package. And that was out at around the $2.24 range. Now this had a slightly different look to it. Same manufacturer, instead of having layered steel, we had it hammered. Same cost, $16 out at $2.24.

10:39
and all the difference, it was just in packaging. That’s perceived value. And I think if people start looking at that or start building a brand off of that, with this company, you you had a full set of cooking utensils that you could bring out, high quality, people see the brand, you could drive people over to your website, you grab their email list and give them a paring knife, you know, something very inexpensive.

11:06
And now you’re getting more and more people that are loyal to your brand. So I find that the biggest mistake a lot of people try to make is try to get huge sales volume without looking at profit. You know, you could get mid sales volume and make a heck of a lot more. I’ve also noticed that, you know, just targeting the low end is generally not a good idea. And, you know, when I shop on Amazon today,

11:32
I actually don’t buy the cheapest item because I actually click to check the brand to see if it’s like some Chinese brand and I usually avoid those. I tend to purchase from the brands who actually have a really nice website. They look legit, especially for something like a knife. For certain things, I don’t care actually. But for something like a knife, yeah, I’d probably look if it’s a kitchen knife for sure. I am curious though, for the bully sticks, that seems harder to differentiate, right? It is.

12:01
what we decided to do was create a whole different look in the package. And this is going back to a really good graphics designer, and it’s knowing when to use 3D renderings and when not to. So if you take a look, there’s some people that have got some iPhone pictures up there, and they’ve got some that are a product photographer, but you can’t get the ripples out of plastic, like the thin plastic ziplocks or whatever they’re using, and it looks horrible.

12:30
You know, it could just be a Ziploc with just, what am I trying the word? Anyways, you can see the ripples going through it and the product. This is where, if you have a nice graphic artist come up, take a look, do your competitive analysis, see how you can stand out. I know how we stand out is that we have a complete, like it’s a completely animated look. People love it. And it carries over to the website. And we decided that.

13:00
Why don’t we make a combo pack and see how that goes? So instead of just the BullyStick, somebody else could get, you know, a BullyStick with another product, and then we could see how they go, what are the reviews, and then bring out the other product as a standalone, or just stick with the BullyStick. So was trying to figure out, you know, what people would like with that brand. So coming out with a really cool graphic and it costs.

13:28
Coming out with the 3D rendering was what I think was a lifesaver and coming out with the brand. So the names of the brand is so important on Amazon. People will buy brand even if it’s a cool, they might not know it, but if it’s got that perceived value, I always say, you can, like you just said, you went out and checked a website. So if that website can bring across authority.

13:55
So maybe you’ve got content on it. Maybe you’ve got really great pictures. Maybe in Google, you have authority by being number one or number two. You’re in a press release. You’ve got content. You see images going across that are all yours. Authority equals trust equals sales. If you don’t have it, if you don’t have authority, you don’t have trust. If you don’t have trust, you don’t have sales. We’re micro brands. Some of us think that we’re big time brands.

14:22
We’re not, we’re micro brands and we’ve got to get people to trust us. Yeah. So it sounds like one of your secret weapons is the packaging really, right? Packaging is so important and it doesn’t cost. just did another product of mine is soap. We just did a rebrand and there’s we’ve gone to right now we’ve got a test package out there, which is a simple tuck box with a really cool graphic and an insert.

14:51
We build a brand story around it. People love the brand story that goes around it. We don’t, we don’t. the brand story? Well, it’s that my wife and I were visiting Hawaii. And while we were going through an open air market, we found an artisan soap maker and we bought some, we took it back and almost instantly we found out the difference it felt on our skin. So we talked to the, you know, the, soap maker.

15:17
He was telling us about the harsh chemicals and I had no idea. This is a true story. I had no idea that certain brands couldn’t say soap because it wasn’t a soap. They were just harsh chemicals. So he kind of gave us an introduction into it. We brought some back for our friends. They loved it. We said, we got to jump into it. And we did. And so now, you know, we’ve got a great company.

15:44
We sell soap, we sell a bunch of other products related to beauty and soap products. And now we’re going to the next, we’re evolving into the next brand or the next look. And it’s going from a tuck box into a beautiful, rigid box, which looks like it’s a high-end gift rather than just a bar of soap. Yeah. So mean, soap is probably one of the hardest things to sell.

16:11
I mean, I imagine the keywords are really expensive and everything. So is this the type of product when you launched, did you actually have to spend a lot of money to launch it? I spent a lot of time and money more on the website than trying to launch. did back in the day, I hate saying it. So Amazon, I’m not saying I did it. This is all hypothetical, but back in the day, you know, you would pay for reviews.

16:39
And so we got those reviews that way to get the sales velocity going. Nowadays, it would take a bit more time, a bit more money, but there are some really cool ways of launching products on Amazon that people aren’t using. So if you’ve got a brand and you’re using Amazon posts, for example, and you’ve got that community and you’re going live once in a while, or you have an influencer doing this for you.

17:08
You’ve already built a community that loves your product. Forget 50 or 60 or 70 % off. Here’s a 10 % off, buy my product. They love it because I don’t have to give them a huge discount. But there’s also the tricks with digital coupons. can drop your, like during the launch, you can drop that 30 % to 50%. PPC, it’s all about PPC, the Amazon brand referral program now, driving traffic.

17:37
You know, they’ll pay you drive traffic. So it’s not as bad as what a lot of people are saying, especially if you start to leverage influencers. Influencers, I think, are the key to success on Amazon right now. Interesting. So if you were to launch your soap brand all over again today, walk me through the steps. So how do you find your influencers? What do you look? What do you pay them? OK.

18:05
So if we’re doing the influencers, the first, one of the first areas where I would look on Amazon is I would build out my post campaign. So I want to build traffic there. I would also build out my store where there’s a banner with a big red arrow that says follow here. I probably have a very small Facebook ad pushing followers over to my storefront.

18:32
And maybe if it’s the launch, giving that discount, letting them know that there is a 50 % off discount. So you’re not paying for rebates. You’re paying for a discount and it looks legit. Amazon likes it. The next step is either going live. said a lot of things there. So when you say push them to your storefront, do mean your Amazon storefront or your websites? Amazon storefront because I want them to follow. So if they can start following, I can build up that list on Amazon. Now the next step to this.

19:01
is also making sure that I do PPC. I want to run PPC for a while. always run my auto campaigns for a few weeks, see what comes out, make any adjustments that need be, and then I can plan it out. So I don’t spend a lot of money on PPC upfront, but I spend enough on the main keywords that I think are going to convert, and I start to build it over time. Once I do that,

19:30
and I’m going go back to influencers now. If I’m doing a little bit of live stream, I might get a few people coming in. If I go to and hire an Amazon influencer, so they have a whole database of live streamers. You can go and pick and choose somebody that fits your personality to do this for you. They’re going to go and blast it on Amazon and you reap the benefits. Now, one of the other things

19:58
If we want to go on to like a TikTok, TikTok creator, we could do this ourselves or there’s services out there. A seller alley, for example, they’ll do this for you. They’ll go out and find influencers and you pay X. You can, on TikTok, you can pay next to nothing to about a hundred dollars for nano influencers. So these are people that usually have less than 10,000 followers. You can go to a micro influencer that’s 10,000 to a hundred thousand.

20:27
So anywhere within those two, you might be going from 50 to $400 for those types of influencers, but they have a lot of following and the engagement and trust is there because these are people that if you’ve got 10,000 influencers or 5,000 influencers, people trust you. You’re not out there with the Kardashians where you’re spending a lot of money. There’s lots of exposure.

20:55
but very little engagement. more of a brand awareness. And I do know a brand, Boxycharm, who used the Kardashians and did phenomenally well with celebrity influencers. I’m not telling you to go out and do that. It’s just low end, know, nano to micro influencers. You get them promoting and you can promote on your TikTok if you’re

21:24
brand is suitable to TikTok, you can take what they’ve promoted and done, and you can promote it as a promoted post on TikTok, which looks good for you. These are all things that we kind of look at influencer-wise. Now, on the other side, we try to launch with a bit of content on our social media and we put up, it could be just a one pager for our website. And in our insert, we’ll drive traffic over to the website.

21:54
And typically what we’ll do to try to get somebody’s email address is that we’ll have something on the website that is not associated with our Amazon account. let’s say I have a Dead Sea Mud on Amazon, but there’s Spring Basil, you know, or something on my, and they get a free bar. So I’m not giving them a PDF. Nobody’s going to give you your, you know, I shouldn’t say that, but you know, typically they want added value.

22:22
it was the knife company, give them a free paring knife, $29 value, or something along those lines. It costs you a buck, sell it for 20, you can say it’s $29 as long as it’s posted somewhere, then they can’t say you’re lying.

22:40
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

23:08
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

23:38
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show. How does that work? So if you’re sending people to Amazon, you’re giving away a free pairing knife. Is that pairing knife on Amazon also, or do you send it to them separately? If I run in this added value account, typically I won’t have it on Amazon. I like it that way because they can’t go back and say, just go back to Amazon because I love Amazon.

24:08
I want them to still buy on Amazon, but don’t forget here we have this website. You can, we want to be able to target you in our email ladder or emails or SMS is that we’re going to be sending out. And like for our soaps, we’ve got well over a hundred different types of soaps. So if we’re bringing out new scents or if we know that somebody likes a masculine scent or a fruity scent or whatever it is,

24:37
We can target them on a segregated list. And now we’re getting more business that way. So we’re getting, we’re hoping to get more business off of our website, a significant amount more than off of Amazon, because I don’t use Amazon subscribe and save. Some people do. I don’t because I like playing around with my price and Amazon will start giving you those nasty emails that if you’re playing around with price, they don’t like it. I can.

25:06
throw them over to my soap site or my dog site or whatever, and I can put them into a subscribe and save. And on your website. Yeah. And that is the ultimate. If you can convert somebody over to recurring revenue, that’s what you want to do. So you just talked about a ton of stuff in the last 10 minutes. Let’s kind of break it down. So let’s start with Amazon posts.

25:34
because I don’t hear a lot of people talking about that. What is your post strategy? Oh, okay. So first of all, anybody who has brand registry should go in and register for Amazon Post and that’s post.amazon.com. And you can just put your logo up there and you can just repurpose your typical social media. Now, for us, what we did, for example, we wanted to…

26:03
do something a little bit different. We wanted to bring as much engagement as possible. So one of the things that we used on our social media, but also an Amazon post, is come up with recipes, showing a chef using the knife, here’s a recipe, and we would post it whenever we could. Or it was going to culinary students and saying, hey, here’s like a $100 knife, free. All we ask is that you tag us on your Instagram account.

26:31
And, you know, during your graduation or whenever we get those pictures and we could show that or we would just send out free to chefs and say, just want to want you to tag us, you know, with your knife using it. If you can add a recipe, perfect. If you can add a video, even better. So we were starting to build out content for our posts, but could also be repurposed for any other social media posts.

26:58
Okay, that’s what I was just getting to. Most people make the mistake of not posting enough. So they’ll, and they don’t see the immediate change, but I’ll challenge anybody who has a account out there right now that maybe has half a year to a year in sales, go out and create three to five posts a day, three to five posts a day and do it. Just do it. Have somebody do it for a month.

27:28
and see what happens. And what you’re gonna start to see is that you’re not gonna see sales, but you’re gonna start to see the engagement and the clicks and the click-throughs to the summary start to add up. And I’ll give you like with the knife, you hardly see this anymore, but we had 200,000 impressions in the first week with this one image on Amazon. Got the proof, took the snapshot, so people could actually see that that’s how many.

27:58
Our average was last year was 20,000 views for these posts that we were putting out. Now, typically though, if I put out a brand, you might get a couple hundred, you might get a thousand views and you’ve really got to monitor the engagement and what’s working and what’s not working. And you can always withdraw a post and then bring it back.

28:24
If you think that it’s not getting exposure or starting to go down. The reason I’m saying you’re not going to see it right away is Amazon has made it very hard for you to buy. You’re an email marketer. So you know that anytime there’s a click, you’re going to lose probably 50 % of your traffic. So you have to go into your post. You have to click either on the logo or on the image. Then you click and there’s the post. So you have to click.

28:53
either the sales summary or if you want to scroll through the carousel and look more, have to click again. So there’s your second post. Your summary is your third post. Going onto your product listing is your fourth post. Buying the product is your fifth. So you’ve gone from 100 % to 50%, 50 % of the 50 % all the way down. So what ends up happening, and I think Amazon did this on purpose, is you’ve got a really captivated audience on that fourth and fifth click.

29:22
So this is the challenge. You go out there and you do that, do it for a month and you see if your conversion rate goes up. So all of a sudden you’ll go from 23 % conversion, you’ll see it at 27 or you see it at 30 or 35. You don’t have an explanation. That’s your explanation because people, the click counts, your fourth or your fifth click, depending on where you’re going, it’s…

29:50
it’s going against your, like people are landing on your product page and they’re clicking, they’re not clicking off. So that’s what I like. I know Sumner Hobart, who’s an influencer, really great Amazon seller. He put out a bunch of posts about a year ago and he put out a video and he said, I had no idea I had this, this had these grouping of posts had this much of effect on my listing. He shared his report and it was like, I’m,

30:19
I’m making this part up, but I think it was thousands of clicks going through to his listing. that one post that you made that had 200,000 impressions, what was it? You won’t believe it. This is the weirdest book. It was like this. So you would think that, first of all, polished images really never worked for us. It was always these candid images. We had this lady who had the knife and had

30:48
put it between her fingers, like her hands. And she had this kind of psychotic look to her. And it was like she was just psycho, but it worked. And it was the, would never ever have thought that would have worked. was just an image. No text. was just an image. We typed something, you know, I forget what the caption was. Um, and then we ran it for a week and then we couldn’t believe why it all of a sudden it took off.

31:18
but that was the one that really took off. then over a period, there was one, almost a solid year where every time we were publishing anything, you would see around 20,000 views. Amazon has changed it up, more competition has come on. So those views now have come down a lot more, but it’s a great way to get extra conversion, better conversion, and what happens when you get better conversion rate? Amazon rewards you.

31:48
So not only do you get, not only do they get promoted, but on your PPC charges, your PPC charges start to go down. So it costs, it does cost money to do it. It’s free by the way, but it costs money and time to do this, but it’s well worth it in the end. Let me ask you this, if you’re already doing Instagram and TikTok, can you just post the identical stuff on posts? Pretty much. you can, one of the things, let’s say somebody tags you.

32:18
Okay, on your insert, you say like to some chef or whoever inside buys your product, hey, tag us. No contest, just tag us. People will tag you. You go to an app like Repost. And so for iPhones anyways, it’s called Repost. You go to the image, you save it to your photos, and then you upload it to your post. It’s that simple. We get a ton of photos that

32:48
our influencer based, but they come off of our inserts. And you don’t necessarily have to say, you know, and I rather not give them something for that, but people like posting, you know, Hey, I got this microphone. Okay, great. You know, I’ll tag like tag us with a microphone. Sometimes there’s a contest involved, but you have to make sure that you know the rules and regulations of

33:16
running a contest because you know, screw that up. Is there a way to automate this process? I don’t know if you can. haven’t. I would love to. Okay. All right. So that was good. We covered posts and then I just had a question on influencers. I mean, you mentioned a bunch of different ways. Like what is your go-to? Do you prefer TikTok? Do you prefer Instagram? It really does depend.

33:43
depend on the demographic and the product. you could Instagram right now. And this was validated from, we were just talking to a really high end influencer the other day. They were saying they’re kind of getting away from the Instagram side, but TikTok is really the go-to for a lot of the products. It’s less expensive. And there’s people there that have millions and millions of

34:13
followers and how you pay the price for those ones too. Yeah, that would probably be my go-to. I still love Tube. So you can still find good YouTube influencers. You can get them to do, and you have to make sure by the way that these aren’t fake. I’m going to give like, here’s just a bonus. I’ve done this. I’ve got a fake influencer. They fake their account. Well, one of the easiest ways is to go and see what they’ve done, what they’ve posted, what the engagement was. See.

34:43
If their comments are just one or two words, awesome, nice picture or emoji, emoji, emoji. Those are all bots. And you can just tell that their engagement is very low with outside of that. And they’re probably a fake influencer. That’s probably the biggest scam out there right now. So Norm, I have a YouTube channel with 80,000 subs pitch me right now. Let’s say I was an influencer for something that you sold like.

35:11
bully sticks or whatnot? How would you approach me? Well, that’s a perfect question because things have changed. Right now, I would probably try to get you in on an affiliate or I might pay upfront first and say, hey, know, do this for me. I’ll give you X. And if it wasn’t YouTube, if I’m looking at a influencer, I’m trying to build a relationship.

35:40
I want to get engaged before I get married. So, you know, I find somebody that has my type of personality. Maybe it’s a beard oil guy or somebody that does beard stuff. That would not be me. And I’d reach out and I started commenting on, you know, just, know, what I thought, you know, whatever he was posting, oh, I love it. I bought this before, blah, blah, blah, blah. Get a relationship going. DM the person, see if they’re interested in your product. A lot of, uh,

36:10
problems I’ve seen when you’re trying to hire an influencer is the entrepreneur has a big ego a lot of the times and their ego goes in front of the influencer. Influencers don’t like that. They have big egos or they want to build up their ego. I would rather work with the influencer and especially if it’s the same personality.

36:39
let them tell you about what they’re doing. Tell them how great they are and what you love about them rather than telling them about how great you are. Kind of like on a date, you know, well, hopefully it’s the right date, but that’s one thing. And then look, if you can promote this, know, what do you charge? You can go into a negotiation. You want to make sure that when you get into the negotiation that you have some sort of contract agreement with you.

37:07
who owns the rights, who owns the IP rights, where can you post this? Can you post it on TikTok or YouTube or can you post it right across multiple channels? Who owns that right? And you wanna make sure you do if you wanna do that. If not, you can get into trouble. The final part to this is commission-based. So especially with the Amazon referral program right now that’s giving…

37:33
uh, back a portion of every sale for external links, basically back to Amazon. So if I go to you and say, look, I’ll give you 15 % or I’ll give you 10 % on every sale that you make, you’re probably going to promote this, especially with that amount of, um, those subscribers, you’ll probably promote this product a lot more than if it was just a flat deal. So the, I, I think the

38:01
best way to do this is to really get out there and as an influencer, and I’m not an influencer, but from what I see you can do as an influencer is to get multiple deals like that and get all sorts of commission coming in, you know, or affiliate based fees. That’s where I see it really stick. There’s a huge opportunity for influencers. And one other thing I want to talk about, and Paul Barron does this exceptionally well,

38:29
He has a swim diaper company and he has built brand ambassadors. So going out to your repeat buyers. Okay, so just getting on that list and getting back to the repeat buyers, talking to them, just really just spreading the culture of your brand and getting them to interact and engage and maybe letting them know the new product and give them a free product or a discount.

38:59
get them to become your Nanu or micro influencer, and then at some point, bring them in as a brand ambassador. And as a brand ambassador, you have to either take so many photos or videos or publish content or provide content, but you’ll get X, Y, and Z throughout the year from our company. And that, if you can get 10, 20, 100 of those people,

39:28
You’ve got a successful, very successful brand on your hands then.

39:34
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

40:03
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

40:14
Let me ask you, when you’re going out for influencers, like the process that you just described sounds like it takes a tremendous amount of time. I’m kind of curious what your hit rate is typically percentage-wise, the number of people you approach versus the number of people who actually respond to you. Well, response- Because I’m bombarded by these like every day, like probably like 15 or 20 a day. I can tell you what works on me. If it’s a tool that I’ve used or heard of or a colleague uses, I’ll usually almost always respond.

40:43
If it’s something unknown, like the offer has to be really compelling for me to even test that particular product. Well, I can tell you the way that if we were doing this two years ago, sending it out, we would probably have a very low hit rate, less than 10%. Probably less than 5%, you know, in around that range, 5 to 10%. Taking a look at

41:10
how Paul has done it. So Paul was a business partner of mine. Last year, we started the Chad agency together, got to know and see how he was doing and absolutely impressed with the quality and the outreach he was doing. And for him, he was targeting people who already loved his product. So if you loved his product, why would you not be an influencer? So he had a very high hit rate and was that 50 %?

41:39
Probably not 25 maybe. And I don’t want to put words into Paul’s mouth, but then the brand ambassador program, which is the highest level you can get, you’re paying them with product basically. It’s very, very low because that takes time and it takes effort. You can build it out, but you’re probably sending out to get one brand ambassador. I’m guessing that you’d probably have to set

42:10
Yeah, but probably be in contact with probably 50 people. know Paul Harvey was on my podcast the other day and he was talking about TikTok to get four influences. took him a hundred emails, a hundred to a hundred. sounds about right. Yeah. I’m just curious when he’s targeting his own customers, I would imagine that the number of customers who actually have audiences is probably pretty slim, right? Yeah. But

42:36
what he’s using. So he’s taken a different approach here. He’s saying, look, I want you to take a picture so I can put that on Amazon posts or I can put it, it’s not so much that they even have a huge, like these are, I would call the repeat customers that turn into influencers. So just the other day, not the other day, but last year, he told me that from January, I think it was till April, he ended up with 3000,

43:06
user generated images. By the end of the year, I believe it was at 6,000. And if you take each one of those, and if you were to get, let’s just say it’s 50 to 100 bucks to get the images, because a lot of times it won’t just be one, it’ll be a series. I know I pay a lot of times a hundred bucks, $600,000 of free content.

43:32
100,000 or 50,000, but it’s free content that he has. It’s just ongoing. It’s a never-ending stream. And another thing is that for video, he was telling me that, oh, you know, he had an issue. I forget what it was, but there was an issue. So he wanted his influencers to do a video and specifically targeting this issue. I think it was a bad review that came in on something that was false. And so by the time

44:01
The weekend was over. He had 30 videos targeting this product and these issues. And he just blew it out of the water. He could target it on his social media. He could put the posts up into Amazon. It’s great when you build that network. Nice. So Norm, I wanted you to talk about a tip that you gave on the panel that I thought that everyone listening should know about, which is the Google business profile page. you describe what

44:31
This is kind of like a no-brainer, a pretty quick thing to set up, Yeah. Google is called Google Business Profile now. It used to be called Google My Business. You don’t have to have a Google account or you don’t have to have a G Suite or Gmail, but all you have to do is open up a profile. If you do have G Suite, all you would do is go into those icons, drop down to, I believe it just says profile, and you can create a business profile.

45:01
you start filling in the information and what’ll end up happening. We’ve all seen it on the far right of the Google page. You’ll see either Google maps or you’ll see, you know, the, the Google profile. If it’s on mobile, this is the beauty of it. If I’m typing in, let’s say, uh, my podcast, takes three scrolls of real estate to get down to the second spot on Google, on an iPhone. So you take a three,

45:30
pages of real estate. And what it allows you to do is not only can you index everything immediately, you can take images. let’s say that I want to do Google shopping. You can do that. But if you open up and create your brand on Google profile, you can put your images underneath it. You can take a URL and you can point it over to Walmart, over to Amazon, strictly over to Amazon.

46:00
or over to e-commerce or as many as you want. And they all are indexed. So they’re all indexed for different keywords. You can take a anchor URL. That’s the URL that you want pointed anywhere. And let’s say that’s over to your Amazon store. Every time you put that into a social media post or into content, everything, my podcast or my Google slides,

46:29
my transcripts are all posted with that anchor. It all goes back and links to Amazon. So I’m getting all of these external links that Amazon loves. And if I wanted it to be my e-commerce website, might have either affiliate links or your links going back to your Amazon store, you can point it over there. But it is something that it’s free.

46:57
We have seen, and I can give you an example of a furniture store. So a guy I work with, he did a failing furniture store during COVID in, I believe it was Oregon, okay? They’re going bankrupt. They started Google My Business and they started pumping out tons of content. They ended up getting over 2 million visitors in a month. And the case study actually shows that this saved their business.

47:24
So I’m sorry, did that have more to do with the profile or the content that they were making? Yeah, it had to do with visitors going to their anchor link was going over to their furniture store. OK. And so more and more traffic was going over there because you were ranking for more keywords. And like there’s a car dealer and all he did was use Google’s tools. So Google Sheets and he update the prices every day. Well, Google would see it, they’d rank it. And he was getting just a ton of business.

47:53
because the ranking of the Google Sheets was out there updating his price list and it was just driving a ton of traffic. Interesting. I know Google Business, it also tell you how many hits they got from people searching for your profile, which is pretty useful information as well. Yeah. Yeah. What I like is anything that we touch, anything at all that we touch, we have our anchor link in it and

48:22
We can see just for example, on my own site, which I’m not expecting a ton of unique visitors. They probably would go to Apple to listen, but on my own site, there was nothing. Nobody was really going to my site. Then we started doing this and I think last month, it was about 2,100 uniques, which from zero to 2,100. That’s pretty good. Yeah. It is pretty good.

48:51
Yeah, so we’re happy with that. I mean, that was on a very small scale. There’s so many things that you could get into. You could put in your testimonials. You could get, you can send people a review link, know, send them a review link. They put it up there. Google loves it. There is an area for categories and brands. You can have a full description of what you’re doing. You can upload any type of presentation, your FAQs. You can

49:21
This is another area that I love. When we post a high quality blog article, we can ask people to ask us questions. Those questions are what we wanna see. I call it the answer box. You know, when you go to Google and people have requested this information. Well, all of a sudden, people are asking the question about your product and you’re answering it. And as long as…

49:50
you know, it’s good quality. All of a sudden you’re taking over some space in the answer box or the people who requested blah, blah, blah, blah. Anyways, your questions are being over there. And one of the things that you can do is before, let’s say you say, what are bully sticks made of? Or what is a natural bully stick? I can go over, I can see the questions drop down. And usually you’ll see it’s either a bullet point, very short form,

50:19
a sentence or a paragraph, but just make sure you do that same structure in your blog article. But those blog articles will, when we publish a blog article, it’s usually 1500 words or more, and we separate it by like just different questions. then it works really, really well. Nice. Hey Norm, we’ve been chatting for quite a while. I really appreciate your time.

50:46
If anyone wants to know more about what you do, you got a number of services. Please tell the audience what your services are and where people can find you online. Yeah, sure. If you’re interested in product innovation, we’ve got a great company called Honu, H-O-N-U Worldwide. And you can just reach out savings at honuworldwide.com. We’ve got a content marketing company called PR Reach and we build brands. And that could just be norm at prreach.com.

51:15
But my podcast every Monday, Wednesday and Friday at noon Eastern Standard Time is called Lunch with Norm. And if you want to get a hold of me, just watch the podcast. Nice. Well, Norm, appreciate your time. And I’m really glad that we met on that panel. Yeah, me too. I can’t wait to have you on the podcast. Awesome. Take care. All right. See you later.

51:40
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now selling on Amazon is getting harder and harder, and sometimes you have to employ strategies that the masses are not yet employing yet. more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 418. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post-purchase flow, a win-back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

52:07
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div.

52:34
Now, when I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

417: How To Make A Million Dollars Selling Bling With Natalie Mounter

417: How To Make A Million Dollars Selling Bling With Natalie Mounter

Today, I’m thrilled to have Natalie Mounter on the show. Natalie is a member of both my courses and she runs TotallyDazzled.com which is a 7 figure business selling rhinestone accessories for weddings.

She’s a regular at the Sellers Summit, one of my favorite people in the ecommerce space, a ball of energy and she really knows her stuff when it comes to marketing and sales.

In this episode, Natalie walks us through how she grew her business selling “bling”.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Natalie decided to start a business selling rhinestone accessories
  • How Natalie grew her business to 7 figures
  • How Natalie balances business and family

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I my friend Natalie Mount on the show. And I initially met Natalie when she joined both of my classes, but since then, we’ve become good friends. She runs Totally Dazzled, which is a seven figure business selling accessories for weddings while focusing her time on her family, which is something that I admire and love. And in this episode, we’re gonna hear about her story. But before I begin, I wanna thank Clevia for sponsoring this episode.

00:29
Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store and it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers to pay on what they bought, pizza cake,

00:59
and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used. You can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscope for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store.

01:28
and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

01:58
And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:27
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Natalie Mount on the show. Now, Natalie is a member of both of my classes and she runs TotallyDazzle.com, which is a seven figure business selling rhinestone accessories for weddings. And whenever anyone asks about Natalie, I just tell them that she sells bling. Now she’s a regular at the Seller Summit. I’ve had the pleasure of hanging out with her in person on a number of occasions and I’m happy to call her my friend.

02:53
And as you’ll be able to tell from this interview, she is a ball of positive energy. So today we’re going to talk about how Natalie grew her bling business. And with that, welcome to the show Natalie. are you doing? Thank you so much for having me, Steve. This is like totally a milestone to be on your podcast. I’m so happy to be here and excited to talk e-commerce with my friend. Yay. Well, let me tell you this. I’m so excited to see you next week at Seller Summit because it’s been what, like three years now?

03:23
Yes, feels like an eternity. I am just dying to get out there. I’m counting down the days. You know, I did mean everything that I said, like there’s certain people that you hang out with and, you know, they’re just kind of there. But there’s other people who really make you feel happy and excited and full of energy. And I’m happy to say that you’re one of those people. So I’m really looking to hang looking forward to hanging out.

03:45
Oh, likewise, Steve, your conference is so much fun. I meet so many amazing people there. I’ve made so many incredible connections and friends. And of course, I always have tons of fun. So Natalie, please tell everyone about your store. I mean, I told them that you sell bling, but that’s a little ambiguous. So what do you sell? How did you get started?

04:08
I got started when I was pregnant with my first son, my first child, and I was just looking for a way to be at home with him and make a little bit of side money. So I started importing some stuff from AliExpress, Alibaba, and selling on Etsy. That’s where I started. And it just kept growing from there. It was, it’s always been kind of like a lifestyle business.

04:37
a way for me to be home with my two children now and just have that flexible lifestyle where I can pick them up from school and be at all of their events. it’s been just, I just keep chugging away at it. And you know, now I haven’t give up, I’ve kept going. And now I’m, like you said, I’ve finally gotten to that seven figure mark. So it’s been a really fun and exciting journey. So how did you come up with Bling? Can you define Bling by the way?

05:08
Vling, it’s anything sparkly with rhinestones. We serve the wedding industry a lot and we also serve the crafting market. The crafting market actually really helped us get through the pandemic years and actually thrive during the pandemic, which was really exciting because it was a little bit scary at first with weddings being canceled and it was a little bit nerve wracking, but.

05:35
We pivoted and we started focusing a lot on the crafting community and we were actually able to grow. So that was really exciting. Yeah, actually we’re in the wedding industry and we lost two thirds of our business during the pandemic and I was scared. I’m probably, this is part of the keynote actually at Seller Summit. We kind of pivoted and we did some other things, but so you decided to target crafters? Yes. Okay. That’s amazing.

06:02
Yeah, we really underestimated them over the years. We always serve them, but I never really, I don’t know, I never really prioritized them. And I think that was a big mistake. So the pandemic ended up being a little bit of a blessing in disguise in that front and that it opened my eyes to the potential of a totally different segment of customers than that we had never really looked that seriously at before. Yeah, so we’ve actually purchased from you in the past.

06:31
And whenever we have like a dinner party where we’re trying to impress some people, we order from you. We bought the sheets of bling, actually, that you can use to just like wrap around anything. So anytime you want to make something fancy. Yeah. I love it. OK, so how did you go about validating this? So you mentioned that you bought from AliExpress in the beginning and then you sold on Etsy. Could you just give us an idea of what those first products were?

06:58
Yeah, so mostly like I had been making wedding invitations for a little while after my husband and I got married. So it was just kind of, again, like a small little business, but it was a business that I knew that I couldn’t carry on after we had kids because the brides, want to meet evenings and weekends. And I was working really hard and not making very much money. And I just knew I had to pivot. So I had been actually importing the stuff.

07:26
to make my invitations from overseas for a while. And then I, so I had some inventory and I thought, well, let me just try selling it online. My husband, we were on a road trip one day and he was like, hey, have you heard about this book, The Four Hour Workweek? Like maybe you could do something like this while you’re home with the kids. So we listened to it and yeah, so I was like, yeah, this sounds, who wouldn’t want to work four days a week, for four hours a week. This sounds perfect.

07:54
So yeah, so then I started just putting up listings on Etsy for some of the supplies that I had had. And it was actually interesting because I had about three different product lines of stuff that I had listed. And I didn’t think, I thought the bling would be the least successful because it had the most competition, but it actually ended up being the most successful. sometimes, you know, test taking a little bit of time to test some things is good. But I knew very quickly that was going to be the winner.

08:24
And the sales on Etsy just started growing. And then I knew right away, like, okay, I think, you know, I need to have my own store because that seemed like the logical next step. And then quickly the sales from the store kind of overtook Etsy. And then we just decided to close the Etsy shop altogether because selling on my own site is, is what I really love to do. Interesting. So what did you do on it? This is for the people.

08:49
listening to our Etsy. What did you do to actually get those sales in Etsy if you said it was actually a more competitive product? Well, I think, you know, writing good descriptions, all of the usual basic stuff, right? Writing SEO friendly titles, making sure you write good descriptions and have good photos and Etsy at the time, it wasn’t nearly as competitive as it is now either. And I think there were few people

09:17
selling craft supplies, whereas most people were selling their finished crafts. The craft supply side was still kind of new and upcoming. But yeah, there was definitely competition there. Why did you decide to stop selling it? Let’s see if it’s just kind of like another marketplace and traffic source. It just became such a small percentage of our revenue that the increase in the workload and the headaches of having to deal with multiple marketplaces

09:47
and just the customer service element, the shipping element, you know, it just became not worth it. Okay. I just feel like, you know, the more I can stay focused, the better. It’s so easy to have that like bright, shiny object. The bling is everywhere. So I feel like the more I can just remain really focused on something that’s working, but also that I enjoy and kind of lights me up better. All right. So

10:16
Actually, that makes me think about it. What are you doing about your inventory? Is it at a 3PL? Do you have a warehouse? Are you on Amazon? How are you handling it? I have a team member who… So I have discovered over the years that I work really, really well with other stay-at-home moms. So I actually have built my team with the focus of trying to support other women who want to be working from home.

10:45
and being with their children. almost everybody on our team now is actually a stay at home, work from home mom. So my warehouse, if you want to call it that, is a team member who stores everything in her home. Luckily our products are really small. between her garage, a guest room and a couple of storage units, we have it covered. That’s cool. Yeah. It’s very cool. And it’s amazing because it gives me a lot of personal…

11:13
satisfaction and a lot of you know, makes me really proud that I’m able to help other people achieve what I really wanted to achieve was, you know, to just be home with my kids, make some money have this business but also have the flexibility to be with my family. So she handles all of our customer service and all of our shipping and fulfillment. is cool. So essentially, you have a 3PL. I mean, you have your own warehouse, except it’s just at someone’s home and and the

11:43
the person that works for you is the shipping manager. Exactly. genius actually. Does she have a very large house? Pretty good size. Pretty good size. Luckily, well, I lucked out on that front too, right? With the product being so small, it really doesn’t take up a lot of space. So we’re able to store thousands of units just in a guest room. So by the way, for anyone listening out there, the stay at home mom is like a huge untapped network.

12:11
because these are really smart, educated women who’ve made a choice. And the only problem I guess is the hours might be a little bit odd, but as long as they do what they’re doing, it’s been working out for you, right? Exactly. And I think one of the reasons I work so well with other stay-at-home moms is because I understand their needs and I can really tap into providing them with what they actually care about, which is that flexibility, being able to work from home.

12:41
And like you said, like, I really don’t care when, what time of day or night the orders are getting packed, as long as they’re going out in the timeframe that we promise our customers, it doesn’t make a difference to me. So I don’t sweat those kinds of details. And I really try to just let them do their own thing. Like let them have full control over their time and schedule, because that’s what they actually care about. And actually the untapped market, like you mentioned, somebody that I met at

13:10
Seller Summit, who was in my mastermind group mentioned like a couple of years ago about this website, I think it’s called hire my mom.com. Yes. And so I had no idea about this site. But that is like my go to resource now when I need to bring somebody on because these women are smart and talented and hard working, but it is really hard to find legit stay at home mom.

13:37
positions. It’s really, you know, everybody’s out there promoting like MLMs and all these crazy things. But there are real ways to make money working from home with your family. So yeah, going back to so you validated on Etsy. And then once your Etsy sales started taking off, you decided to launch your store. So can we just talk about some of the parameters? Or did you are you on Shopify? Yes, you’re on Shopify. Okay. Are you a technical person at all?

14:08
No. Did you do your website or did you hire someone to do it? I did most of it. had a, brought on a designer to just kind of help me make it look good. And she also knew a little bit of basic HTML so she could do some minor tweaking here and there, but Shopify makes it very easy even for a non-techie person like myself to set up a store pretty quickly and easily. So I didn’t. How much did you invest in starting it?

14:37
Almost nothing really. I mean, I already had a bunch of the inventory when I started it, maybe a few hundred dollars, like, nice, maybe like 1000. I don’t know, not much. And then presumably, when you first started, you were holding the inventory at your house, right? It wasn’t until much later that that you started hiring people. So when did you know that you needed to get it out of the house?

15:06
Well, I had been so when I first started on Etsy, I was shipping everything from my home here. I’m in Canada. And I discovered very quickly selling on Etsy that most of my customers were in the US. Right. So

15:22
I knew right away, doesn’t take a rocket scientist to figure out like, hey, if I can make this many sales and they’re willing to buy from me in Canada where, you know, they have more unpredictable shipping times and customs issues and whatever, I knew right away like, okay, I need to get some fulfillment in the States because I knew I could grow just from making that change. So I did that and I maintained two sets of inventory for a while. But again, it became,

15:52
It became clear pretty quickly that it just wasn’t worth maintaining two sets of inventory for Canada. I love you Canada, but we’re just so small. We just don’t have enough people. So I decided, I’m just going to move everything to the US-based fulfillment. That’s a tremendous amount of trust. How did you find this person in the US? This person, the first person is actually a family member.

16:20
We had some children and was looking to stay at home as well to work. And so I thought, hey, this could be a really great win win where she gets what she wants. She gets to stay at home with her kids and I get the U.S. fulfillment that I want. Perfect. That’s amazing. OK. All right. So you go from Etsy to your own site, but on your own site, you have to actually drive your own traffic. So how did you

16:48
drive, how’d you make your first sale actually?

16:52
I don’t even know where the first sale came from, but we started making content. We have a YouTube channel. I enjoy social media. So we’ve always focused a lot on social media. I think some people, because we had a presence on Etsy, found us that way. We have a great repeat customer rate because we always try to do our best for our customers.

17:19
So I think people started hopping over that way as well. So you don’t remember your first sale. I remember my first sale. It was a guy named Troy Lilly. And I was, he bought like a set of handkerchiefs I was just thrilled. And I will never forget that first sale. It’s funny. So when you launched, just, where sales already just came, did they just come in on day one? Pretty much. It felt that way. I mean, I wasn’t making tons of.

17:44
tons of sales or you know on day one but they started they did start to come in pretty quickly. I don’t even remember it. I’m a huge optimist so I just think okay like about you. Yeah. Okay, let’s back up then. So you launched this site though. Did you already have social media and YouTube and all that stuff? What did you have at the time when you first launched? I don’t think I had the social media going quite yet. No, but it would have been right around the same time like right after.

18:13
I would have started working on that. Were you able to get like your Etsy customers to buy from you? Since you had their address, right? Yes, some of them we were able to for sure. Like some of our repeat buyers, like sorry, Etsy, but we would just tell them, hey, we have like better pricing or whatever on our website. have bulk pricing. have, if you want to do that, because did you write that in a note? Because or because technically you’re not supposed to do that, right?

18:42
Yeah, well, again, Etsy is way more loose, at least back in the day when I was selling on there than Amazon probably ever was. Mostly, like we would get a lot of customer service questions and we really pride ourselves on doing a great job with customer service. just in those direct email messages is where we would tell people like, hey, by the way, we have our own site now. If you’re interested, you can go check that out. Okay, nice. Yeah. That’s a good way to do it.

19:11
especially on Etsy. Etsy is probably the most lax out of all the platforms. Yes, I think that’s why I started there because it was just, it felt so easy. It wasn’t intimidating. Like it just felt like to me the easiest place to start and I’m always looking for kind of the path of least resistance. So like, you know, just to get started whenever I’m getting started on something, I’m always looking for like, okay, what’s the quickest, easiest way.

19:40
to tackle something. Etsy, for me, it was Etsy. Okay, so Etsy, maybe you got some of your first sales through customer service on Etsy. What actually drove sales for you in the beginning? Like which platform was working for you? Well, I would say for the first like year of our Shopify store, Etsy was still the dominant place where we were making sales, but within, I wanna say maybe one,

20:09
to two years it had caught up. And then after that, like maybe year three or four, like it just surpassed it dramatically. Etsy started getting a lot more competitive and like, I don’t know, it just became more of a nuisance. Right. I am curious back to that original question. So you have a film in the US that’s handled by a family member. You stopped selling an Etsy. Is it because the customer services

20:37
is more of a pain than on your own store? Partially, because yeah, we were answering emails on Etsy, we were answering emails from our own store. And it’s and also to like shipping, then we would have to use like a shipping software, like a ship station to bring everything in. And, you know, when it becomes a small percentage of your overall sales, like I just to me, it wasn’t worth the the added

21:07
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

21:35
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

22:05
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show. I mean, we started the same way. We were on eBay actually in the beginning, and then we moved over. But at least for us, eBay customers are notoriously bargain hunters, let’s just say, which wasn’t the type of customer that we wanted to attract. But okay, so with your store then, so what worked? So you launched…

22:34
And what were your initiatives? You mentioned social, you’re on YouTube, you have a pretty good Facebook page. What did you start out doing? Mostly video content. I always loved the idea of like selling through teaching and teaching people how to DIY things for their weddings. so that to me felt a lot more intuitive than like trying to master Facebook ads again, because I’m not super technical or analytical.

23:02
So that just felt way more natural for me. I’m comfortable on video. So it was just something that seemed like a, again, path of least resistance, like the easiest way. So we started doing that. But again, I realized after a while that I was struggling to be as consistent as I wanted and needed to be with my video. And again, I think with time,

23:28
And I think this is so important in terms of having success in your entrepreneurial journey is a certain level of self-awareness and maintaining and keeping a very close eye on your why, like, am I doing this? And the more I thought about it, like, why am I not doing enough as many videos as I want to be doing or I should be doing? And it really came down to, it was interfering with my flexibility, being able to, you know, I felt more tied down to by it.

23:57
And so then I said, okay, well, I’m not going to be doing all of the videos. Maybe I’m only doing a handful of the videos that I need to start working with some other influencers to help me to get the, the quantity of content out there that I knew I needed to make this strategy work. So that’s when we started working with affiliates and that’s also been really successful for us. Walk me through that. How did you start an affiliate program?

24:24
Well, I enjoyed making YouTube videos. So when I was, you know, trying to come up with YouTube video ideas, I was doing a lot of searching on YouTube for like, you know, what kind of content are people making, what’s getting attention and whatever. So in that research process, I came across a lot of other channels that were making content that was very similar to the content that I was making or wanted to make. And so I started out by just emailing.

24:52
making a spreadsheet and just emailing these people. or? YouTubers is where I started. Yeah. Okay. Got it. We worked with a lot of Facebook influencers as well, but at the beginning it was just YouTube. And I didn’t even have a formal affiliate program even set up at the time. I was just offering them free product and said, Hey, like you want to, you decorate for weddings. You hear some free napkin rings for your next wedding on the house, you know? And so they were,

25:21
very receptive and they started promoting us and it was just very, to me it was very, it was awesome because I was super hands off. Like I just had to research, email them and then we had like an ongoing open dialogue and relationship where, hey, you know, I just made it very easy for them to reach out to us anytime for free stuff and they would continue putting out the content that we wanted and needed and linking to us. So that was really good. And then,

25:50
Once that started getting some traction, we kind of formalized the program a little bit more. So I don’t know if you want to talk about that. I do. What is your affiliate program run on and what are your typical terms? So now that we have it more formally set up, we use Refersion. Pretty easy to use, at least on our end. And we use the same process for reaching out to them. I prefer more

26:19
micro type influencers, a lot of the bigger ones, you know, they want like flat rates and all this stuff, which we don’t really do. We do free product and commission. Because I feel like it’s really hard to lose that way. Like free product is not a big deal. And the commission, you’re only paying them when they actually perform. So I see it as like a commission only sales force. That’s how I see it. I see my affiliates as like a sales team and they’re all commission based.

26:49
Um, so physical products land, the commission is generally much lower than like a software product. Can I ask like what your base commission is? Yeah. So I try to be as generous and as cool with our affiliate team as I possibly can for a couple of reasons. So I think like, you know, if you’re just easygoing and generous with them, they’re going to have more of a genuine. Good.

27:14
dealing with you and then they’re going to be able to more genuinely recommend you your company, you know, on all of their in all of their content. So we give them basically anything that they want for free. And we give them a 20 % commission, is on the very generous actually. Yeah, we we also felt that we had to compete with like Amazon affiliates, right? So

27:38
our site maybe might not have the same conversion rate as Amazon. So in order to be more competitive, we increased our commission percentage. And we also give them a 30 day cookie window. as long as they, someone clicks and they purchase within 30 days, they get their 20 % commission. And then we just pay that out monthly and it’s, you can do it in one click with Refersion, which is pretty nice. Yeah.

28:04
All right. Okay. So pretend I’m like a micro influencer. First of all, what is your definition of micro influencer? Somebody who’s willing to work like somebody who doesn’t have like an agent or any kind of management company that they’re working with. So it depends on the person we’ve worked with one Facebook influencer who has like, I think a million followers. So that’s pretty big, but that would be kind of our top line, but she was still willing to work for commission only. And it was

28:33
great, it was a win-win, I would say, but all the way down to, I don’t know, maybe tens of thousands. Okay. So if I was an influencer in the wedding space, like, and if you were to pitch me, what would you tell me right now? Well, my subject line is usually, can we pay you? Because at that level, like, they’re not really getting those, they’re not making a lot of money necessarily, right, off the top.

29:01
So and they need to make it’s a business for them to they need to make money. So if they can find a product that they can stand behind and that they can make some income off of, then it’s just a huge win win for everybody. What’s your hit rate? Like, presumably you give away lots of product where they don’t actually promote it, right?

29:24
Again, like I do not babysit them at all. And I, I feel like that’s part of the key to being successful with an affiliate program. Every time I’ve heard anyone discuss a successful affiliate program, they are not saying, Hey, we have to have this kind of a video and this amount of time. And we need X number of pictures because like, who wants, I wouldn’t want to deal with that person. That’s annoying. So I just try to be like, Hey, here’s the stuff I’ve already seen your content. I already know I like.

29:53
what you do, I don’t need to micromanage you. So here’s the stuff and you just do your thing. And then, you know, the one thing that we have started doing is we try to educate them a little bit because especially with some of the more micro influencers, they might not even be aware of like where to find their affiliate link or how it even works or anything like that. So I feel like when, where we have struggled in the past with influencers is like, I put it on myself for not

30:22
showing them, hey, like you need to include this link if you actually do want to get the money I’m saying I’m going to pay you, right? So we have spent some time, like I made just like a basic Google slide presentation that I emailed them automatically. It’s like an automated flow in Klaviyo when someone gets added to our affiliate segment, they get this flow that basically just educates them on, hey, like here’s who you reach out to for free product. You can reach out to us anytime. we’re

30:51
here to support you. If you have any questions, here’s where to find your affiliate link with screen shares and stuff like that. So I think that helps a lot. And even just simple things like them knowing that, hey, it’s not just a one-time thing. Some of them might assume like, oh, well, it’s just this one batch of free product and then we’re done. We’re like, no, any time we want this to be an ongoing thing because the most of the work in setting up an affiliate program is actually the outreach.

31:18
and getting people on board and educated. So once they’re in, maintaining that relationship and keeping them engaged is actually the most important thing after that. So is that done on an autoresponder sequence or do you just have a list of people that you just kind of go down and reach out to from time to time? So anytime we try to have like a game plan every month of

31:45
what we want the affiliates to do. So some months it might be like, hey, we have a free download, you know, maybe promote it. And by the way, if you need anything, we’re happy to send it to you. Some months it might be, hey, we’re launching a new product. We want to send it to you. You’re going to be the first ones to get it, you know, so, and help us promote it and make your money too. So it depends on what we have going on. also,

32:14
share with them all of our sales and promotions that we have going on so that they can help promote those as well. So we just try to be in constant communication with them, mostly through our email. We just have a segment in Klaviyo and we send them campaigns and follow-ups. So we have a flow that checks in with them and just says, any questions or whatever, but just maintaining that contact.

32:41
I think is really important to having long-term success with your affiliate program. I’m listening to everything that you’re saying and I’m an affiliate for a lot of companies and there was this actually one company they offered to pay me something like $500 for a TikTok video and I said, no, I’ll just do it for free because I didn’t want them like hounding me to do the video, right? Like I don’t need the 500 bucks, but I like their company. But what ended up happening is they kept hounding me anyway. So when are you going to post your free video? When are you going to post your video?

33:11
I’m like, dude, I’m doing this for free. Just let me post it when I post it. And now how do you feel about them? Probably not going to do it anymore. Yeah. Not as warm and fuzzy as you once were. That’s why I don’t know. think just being just chill, just being cool with the people and not being so uptight. think a lot of people struggle with affiliate marketing because at first it’s like, Oh, I can’t track, you know, like Facebook ads. have to have a certain amount of.

33:41
of faith, maybe, like, is the right word? I don’t know. But like, you have to kind of have a certain amount of faith that, hey, all of these touch points, they do add up. Like these crafters now that we’re working with on Facebook, influencers, a lot of people will watch multiple crafters. So when they hear one of them saying, hey, totally dazzled, like, look at this amazing thing. And then they hear another one, hey, totally dazzled over here. It all adds up.

34:08
You know, and I think the other amazing thing with affiliate marketing is that, you know, our affiliate marketing program brings in six figures of sales a year that are directly attributable. But I really believe in my heart of hearts that it’s so much more than that because not everybody is going to click on that link and buy within 30 days. Like some people are going to hear about it multiple times and then just Google us because we get a lot of organic.

34:37
traffic as well. And I am no SEO expert. I got the basics and that is it. But I think a lot of it is like, people are just coming to us searching for us and coming to us directly because they’re hearing about us from all these multiple places.

34:56
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in eCommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

35:26
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

35:37
I completely agree with you there. You know what’s funny is one time we did this experiment where we put the coupon code during checkout, like right there front and center, we found that only like 30 % of the people use the coupon code that was right there during checkout. People don’t always click on the link, they just think of your company and they just go buy it. And yeah, absolutely, there’s this halo effect from all of your efforts. And I just want to add that given your personality, since I know you, like I think the affiliate is like you. The affiliate company is that I like the best.

36:05
are the ones who I’ve actually become friends with over time. And I promote them regardless of whether I’m getting compensated for anything because the relationship is so strong. It takes time, but it really helps to have a manager that’s really personable as well. Absolutely, for sure. Because I mean…

36:23
they have to put their neck out there too, right? Recommending these products and if they’re not comfortable, then it’s gonna show through and they’re not gonna do it as much. Whereas if you treat them well and you have that rapport and you’re generous, like I genuinely care about their success. Like I want them to be really successful with our program. I’m not just thinking about, hey, what’s my return? What’s in it for me constantly? I actually really…

36:50
genuinely care about their success. And I think that just goes a really long way and how they feel about not only me, about our company. You know, it’s funny, I was looking at your YouTube channel, and I noticed that you’re only actually you haven’t been in a lot of the recent videos. So are you using those influencers content on your own channel as well?

37:11
Yeah, so that’s the newest thing that we’ve started doing with our affiliate program is we have what we call our top tier program now of our affiliate team. And these are just a handful of creators that were just, I just loved what they did with our stuff and they were just, they were really reliable for showing up consistently, promoting our stuff. So I invited them to be part of what I call our top tier program.

37:39
which is a new program where they come onto our Facebook page instead of doing it on their own page and they will do a craft project or a DIY of some kind. And so what we’re doing with that content since it’s our content now with that program is we’re trying to repurpose it and use it on our other social channels. So we’ll see, it’s fairly new.

38:06
thing that we’re doing. So it remains to be seen how successful it will be. They’re all Facebook creators right now and we’re repurposing for YouTube. So it’s not like 100 % perfect for YouTube. But I think the fact that we’re consistently going to be posting like between five and seven days a week on YouTube, I’m hoping it will. I was just gonna say you should post on a TikTok and reels also. I don’t know if you’ve tried that. That’s the next step. That’s the next

38:35
Yeah, so we have an editor on the team now, another amazing stay-at-home mom who’s just been nice. Okay, I’m going to go on. Did you find that person on hire my mom? I did. I have an interview with another person after our call today, actually. So it’s my new favorite resource. And thanks again to Seller Summit because I never would about it. Never would have known about it if it wasn’t for Kelly. out Kelly and my mastermind group. yeah, that’s been going. That’s the next phase.

39:04
What do those creators that are posting on your Facebook page, what do they get out of it? I pay them, I actually pay them a flat rate for the video. Okay. And so our agreement is that any of the content, so they’re still part of our regular affiliate program, but then I’ve invited them to be part of this top tier where I actually paid them. And they show up every week. I usually give them a theme.

39:28
something just to keep the content a little bit consistent and in the direction that I want it to be in. And then, but within that theme, I let them do, I let them just do their thing. Cool. You don’t have to tell me exactly how much you pay them, but can you just provide a very brief range? Is it like hundreds? Is it thousands or? It’s very low. think it’s reasonable. I pay again, like going back to what I said earlier, like

39:55
What would I do it? What’s the lowest I would do it for? Like I just try to treat other people the way I would want to be treated. So I picked the number that I would do it for and I offered them that. But it’s, it’s reasonable. Here’s how I think about it. Your Facebook page actually has a decent amount of fans on it. So you’re actually promoting them. Right? I was thinking they’d do it for free to be honest with you. Or if you had to, you could post their affiliate link in the video.

40:23
Yes. And that is another great way of doing it. I don’t know if I made the right choice or not. Time will tell. This is a little bit new as well, this whole system. But I really wanted full ownership rights to the videos. I felt that that makes them outright was the best way to do that because I knew my long-term plan was to repurpose the content and I didn’t want any disputes about who owned the content. That makes sense. That totally makes sense. Yeah.

40:53
Okay, so what is your best social channel or is it YouTube, would you say or? I would say in the early days it was YouTube. But because I let the channel kind of dry out after a while when I realized, okay, I don’t necessarily want to be creating five videos a week or whatever. Now I would say it’s actually Facebook. Okay, nice. Yeah, because you got a pretty strong age I noticed and you’re posting on there pretty regularly. Video content, actually.

41:23
Are you running any ads or paid advertising? We do some Facebook ads, but with all of the changes and stuff, it’s sort of becoming less and less prominent in our strategy. But that’s never really been one of my strengths. I think I finally found somebody again, another stay at home mom with a small agency who is doing a great job for us. So nice. Yeah. You mentioned you get a

41:51
It’s part of our strategy, it’s actually less than less brings in less traffic than like our affiliate or sure. Again, mentioned getting a lot of repeat business. How are you getting that repeat business? I think a couple of things that again are pretty basic in a way, but just caring, genuinely caring about our customers and like trying to do a good job. And, know, that is a really big one. And then I think

42:22
staying in contact. think when I first started my email list and I was growing that, I did not have a lot of regular promotions or newsletters or anything. And now I’ve really taken the opposite approach. It’s like, I’m always looking for an excuse or a reason to be reaching out to our customers. like email and SMS have been huge for us. I love any owned marketing channel. I’ve even seen a dabbling in Drew Sinaki’s

42:51
postcards with post pilot. yes. Nice. Yeah. I any owned, I just love any own channel really excites me. So we’ve been doing that. I’m forgetting I’m losing my train of thought. Oh, okay. Let’s let me just ask you some questions. How often do you email your customers typically in a week? A couple at least once probably more like two or three times. Okay. You like to have so I like to do like a regular

43:17
sale or promotion of some kind, new product launches. Now that we’re doing this affiliate program where they’re creating our content for us specifically, we do a weekly newsletter that recaps all the projects that they made and shares the schedule for the following week if they want to watch a live crafting video. So there’s quite a bit we do a lot of giveaways. So you know, that was one of the big ways we grew our SMS in the beginning is just doing a ton of giveaways and

43:47
So anytime you do a giveaway, it’s another reason to contact people and to grow all of your email, your SMS, your socials. it’s… How often are you sending SMS messages and are you a little bit more deliberate with your SMS? A little bit more, but we send a lot of SMS. SMS is bringing in, I think even a little bit more than our email list at this point. So we send…

44:15
quite a bit of SMS. I just don’t do as many follow ups. So if we’re doing a sale, you know, on email, they might get like four emails about the sale, whereas on SMS, they’ll get two texts. Okay. And you’re just making sure you text regularly, like once or twice a week also in addition? Yes, yes, we text about well, you they have to opt in explicitly for this, but they can also text, they can opt in to be notified anytime we have a new

44:44
live video going on. that that those people will get a text like five days a week. But yeah, anytime we have, we have all of the flows and stuff set up to with SMS. So they’re getting a lot of those messages as well, like abandoned cards or out of and forth notifications, all that kind of stuff. What do you go for first when someone lands on your site? Do you you mentioned SMS seems to more valuable than email? So do you go for an SMS number first? Or are you going for an email first?

45:12
We do email first with a bigger discount for SMS. don’t know. I have mixed emotions on that. But yeah, we do 10 % for email and hey, by the way, if you want to save 20, then why not give us your phone number too? Nice. Okay. Actually, that’s the first time I’ve heard someone do it that way actually. Yeah, cool. So what you probably don’t know this off the top of your head, but do you find that most people want the higher discount and give you their SMS number? Yes. Yeah. Okay. Nice.

45:42
Okay, I want to just for the people listening out there who are just kind of on the sidelines, like what is what has been the hardest part about starting your business? And what advice would you give them? The hardest part, I think is remembering your why every time I get off course, it’s because I’m chasing something that I don’t actually care about or that conflicts with why I started this in the first place. So just really staying

46:11
you know, focused, I guess is is a struggle for me. And so I would just recommend like, you know, if you started it to be at home with your kids, then just don’t sign up for anything that’s going to conflict with that. And remember that that’s what’s most important, not necessarily your sales numbers or whatever. It’s the fact that, you know, you get to be free and be at home. And if you’re starting it for another reason, whatever your reason is, just always try to keep that at the forefront of your mind.

46:42
Last question, and this probably just has to do with the answer you just gave. Amazon, they own 50 % of e-commerce. You’ve chosen not to sell on Amazon. Is it because of peace of mind and like the mental headaches that it will cause you potentially? Absolutely, that’s why. Yeah. I just think I will be a stress case. I won’t be happy. I’ve never seen you not happy, but okay. Yeah. Yeah, because everything that I do in life, Steve.

47:10
I’m always optimizing for happiness. If it is not bringing me the joy, I am not going to do it because life is just too short. I just want to enjoy and have fun and it can be done. It can be done. You can have a business and be joyful and have a fabulous happy life. So go and do it. Don’t settle.

47:33
I completely agree. The reason why I brought that Amazon thing up is whenever something bad goes on on Amazon, which usually happens on a bi-weekly basis, it ruins the day for everyone because you have no control. Yeah, absolutely. Natalie, this has been an amazing interview. I’m very much looking forward to hanging out with you next week after a three-year break. I’m so excited.

48:01
I’m looking forward to your energy. I’m looking forward to your positivity and yeah, anxious to hang out. Oh, me too, Steve. Can’t wait. Thank you for coming on. My pleasure.

48:14
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Natalie is an amazing person and not only is she business savvy, but she is super fun as well. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 417. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash d.

48:42
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash D. I also want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use these tools in my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store,

49:11
Head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free 6-day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

416: Bootstrapping A 2 Billion Dollar Company With Spencer Jan Of Solo Stove

416: Bootstrapping A 2 Billion Dollar Company With Spencer Jan Of Solo Stove

Today I have my friend Spencer Jan show. Spencer is probably one of the most successful e-commerce entrepreneurs that I have had on the show who bootstrapped his business from the ground up.

He started Solo Stove with his brother which went on to have a billion-dollar valuation with multiple 8-figure exits.

In this episode, Spencer walks us through what he did and his thought processes in creating his company.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Spencer got into ecommerce and how he created Solo Stove
  • Why Spencer closed his 7 figure clothing brands to focus on Solo Stove
  • How Spencer bootstrapped a billion-dollar company and avoided financing

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have my friend Spencer Jan on the show. And I got to say this right off the bat, Spencer is probably one of the most successful e-commerce entrepreneurs that I’ve had on the show that have been completely bootstrapped. He started Solo Stove with his brother, which had a $2 billion valuation with multiple eight figure exits. And in this episode, we’re going to learn how he did it.

00:27
But before we begin, want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy.

00:55
Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought piece of cake and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. If you’re in the e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. This is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing.

01:25
SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my ecommerce store and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript which is my text message provider. Now why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in ecommerce and ecommerce is their primary focus. Not only is the tool easy to use but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that but it’s priceable too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers.

01:54
So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S E R I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app.

02:24
Now onto the show.

02:31
Welcome to the My Wife, Quarter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Spencer Jan on the show. Now, Spencer is the founder of Solo Stove, which is a company that he and his brother started and bootstrapped to a $2 billion valuation and multiple eight figure exits. Now Spencer and I, recently met at the e-commerce fuel conference in Norfolk and I’m really glad that we did. He’s got a crazy story and today we’re going to break down and dissect his path to success and

03:00
Just a quick warning to the listeners, the man is probably one of the most modest people that I’ve met. Let me give you an example. At Ecommerce Fuel, he gave an amazing keynote speech. And even though he claims to have never spoken publicly before, I called BS because it was such an amazing speech. Anyway, he’s probably gonna downplay a lot of his accomplishments. So take everything that he says with a grain of salt. He’s an amazing guy. And with that, welcome to the show, Spencer. How you doing? Good.

03:28
Good to be here, Steve. was thinking today too, that like, it feels like being on your podcast out of all of them is like the rite of passage sort of like, you you haven’t finished your journey unless you end up on your path. So I was excited. I was like, yeah, this is awesome. Cause we’ve listened, I say we, me and my brother, right, started our company, but I’ve listened to your podcast for years, like years. And

03:57
I think it’s less about you to be honest. It’s more about like the guts you have on, right? But your story was amazing too, because we started when 2008 blogging. What year did you start doing your blog? Blogging? 2009. Yeah. So we were in that kind of like looking for inspiration and education before you even started. So we saw you pop up because I remember showing, I was like, what a weird title, but it resonated with us because we knew kind of what you were getting at with that.

04:28
But we started like the days of Pat Flynn and Smart Passive Income and him putting out his monthly earnings reports. Remember those? And those were so fascinating to just to see like somebody’s willing to share this stuff. So all of it was so super helpful through the years. So I guess I have to say thanks to you like first off because like, appreciate it. I mean, you know, it’s funny just to the listeners out there.

04:57
Spencer and I, were exchanging emails and then I noticed that your email was already in my inbox and I was so embarrassed. And then, cause you’re like, oh yeah, so you didn’t respond to my email, did you, Stephen? So from here on out, I’m never gonna forget your email ever Yeah, well I was even a little bit embarrassed because I was, you as you’re asking for my emails, I didn’t want to say like, well, I kind of reached out just not too long ago. Not sure if you saw that. So I didn’t.

05:23
I didn’t say it because I was like, oh, whatever. I’m sure he has a VA. Going through his emails, it fell through the cracks or whatever. Because I was like, oh, what’s interesting is as it kind of went on my journey, this is kind of leaping all around, but when the company eventually went public, that kind of freed me up to be able to talk a little bit openly about it. Up until then, I was like, couldn’t really talk much about it. Or I didn’t know where that line was of what I could and couldn’t say.

05:52
But now that there’s a lot of public information, it makes it easier to. And so that’s when I reached out to Andrew first and foremost, because my brother went on his podcast, like in 2014 as like this, I think the title was like, stealth entrepreneur, you know, and he was like working a day job and he didn’t don’t divulge a whole lot. And he was kind of like the secret, you know, I’m doing the side hustle thing. And so he went on that and I was like, oh, I need to kind of come full circle with Andrew. But then my my second thought was like, I reached out to

06:21
your podcast as well. But it fell through the cracks. That’s okay. We’re here. Well, here we are, Steve. That’s what matters. Yeah. So Spencer, I know that solo stove was not your first venture. I just curious how you got into e-commerce in the first place. Yeah. And that’s, yeah, I shared a lot about that at the ECF conference and it is something that a lot of people don’t know because it’s easy to just jump to the headline story and the big numbers that make it make it sound like

06:51
It was a straight shot to the finish line. But it was far from that. I started in 2008 blogging. Found this. What was the blog? The blog was called China Business Traveler. And you could probably find it go on the way back machine and it all had hyphens between it. So it was China hyphen business hyphen traveler. And I think I it. This is going to make me sound so bad. I spelled traveler like the British way because the other way was like taken. This is I had like two L’s or something. I was like

07:21
does it have one L or does it have two L’s? I eventually, and so I think I spelt it the way, I don’t even know if this is right, but to this day I’m like, I think I spelt traveler like wrong. But I did that for like a year through this course that it was a course, it was called SBI, it was called Site Build It. I know that company. Yes. Is that still around? It still is. I think it transitioned to something else called, I can’t remember what it transitioned to, where it is more e-commerce focused.

07:51
But site build, had a lot of blogs back in the day. Like a lot of people were using it and it was a legit kind of slow and steady learn SEO, you know, learn all the keyword research stuff. And so we started, I started blogging in Oh wait, thinking that was a way to kind of supplement my income and did it for a year. Didn’t make any money. I mean, we’re talking less than a hundred dollars of which most of it didn’t get paid out. Cause I had like one affiliate sale for like a plane ticket, but it wasn’t high enough to like reach the pay.

08:21
payout threshold. And so I never even got the money. But I figured blogging wasn’t for me because I hated writing eventually. And then I was working in China at the time for a sourcing company. And we were sourcing all sorts of products for other people, mostly larger companies, not e-commerce sellers. It wasn’t a big thing back in 08. And one of the projects was memory foam mattresses for a retail store in the Pacific Northwest.

08:52
It was called King’s mattress and oh wait hit and there they didn’t pay us for the containers that shipped to them and it just was a mess. And I had spent all this time figuring out how to make mattresses. And so I was like, Oh, I’ll just, I’ll just maybe sell these, uh, is, kind of the, the short story of it. And so I started selling memory foam mattresses to other expats that were living and working in Shanghai. So we’re talking like Americans, Europeans, guys from Canada and Australia.

09:22
And I would, so I use my blogging skills to create essentially a blog that had like a buy button and it wasn’t a real buy button. It was a form builder button or it was called for mail. And so you would click it and then it would go to a form and then they would fill out what they wanted to order. And then it would shoot me an email and that’s how I started. So I use my, I created what was a blog and then started selling these memory foam mattresses. Yeah. So that was my first foray into, into e-commerce, but then it,

09:51
It grew into a whole bunch of other brands. tried a ton of different things, started selling on Amazon, on eBay, doing all of that and kind of through the years, um, did a lot of different brands. I’d probably say 10 or 12 different brands with hundreds of skews. And so try it. crazy. And you were able to do this because of your background, you were living over there or yeah, because I was sourcing over there. had a partner for some of these brands. was, I partnered up.

10:19
The company I was working for eventually kind of earned some equity in that company and so kind of became partners with this guy who had the sourcing company and we were sourcing all sorts of different products. So I kind of got him on this, got him interested enough and saying like, look, I’m playing around with e-commerce. I think it’s like the way to go. We can go direct to the consumer. We don’t have to sell to these big guys anymore and kind of have this 80-20 rule like

10:48
one or two companies make up all your revenue and it’s always a scary position to be in. And so we started taking some of these things that we had access to, or we had found suppliers or we went out and found new suppliers and we started playing the Amazon game. Um, and I think back then, year was this by the way, Amazon was probably 2009. Yeah. 2009, it was so early. It was so easy. It was scary. Easy. We got introduced to selling on Amazon by another guy.

11:18
a friend of a friend and he basically said, I’ll teach you guys. And I think he charged us like $15,000, like me and my other business partner in China to teach us how to sell on Amazon. And we’re like, okay, that sounds like a lot, but so-and-so says you’re reputable and we did it. And he really just had a few phone calls with us telling us, what you got to do is look up keywords.

11:44
find a keyword and put it in your title, put it in your description, put it everywhere. And that was it. Like that was his whole spiel. I’m like, that’s it. But really back in those days, that’s all you had to do. It was like, if you had keywords in your titles, you just shoot up to the top. Was FBA even around back then? Yeah, it barely started. Okay, I take it back. I don’t know. I don’t know when FBA started. I can’t remember if we transitioned into FBA, but I have a feeling like it was already FBA.

12:12
If not, it was right around that time. But yeah, it was really early. There were no paid ads. There was no like, none of that stuff. was just straight, put your stuff up, take some pictures, and that was it. So out of all these, it sounded like you had a collection of brands. When did you decide to just double down on solo? Yeah, that was a long transition, right? Because we started solo playing with Solo like 2010.

12:42
And it was a difficult product to get manufactured. And so we kind of shelved it for a while, to be honest, as all these other brands that we were just selling on Amazon were just like killing it. And my mattress business was going well, like everything was going well. And so it was hard to know like, this, so we were really thinking like, as most people think, oh, if I can do it with one product, I’ll just rinse and repeat with 10 products and I’ll have 10 times the size of a business that I want. Right. And that’s what we did. And so we started having all these different brands, launching all these new products.

13:11
The majority of them all did really well. It was just a matter of how much you made on each one that kind of let some rise to the top and some were, you know, ones that you’re like, ah, it’s good. It makes money, but not tons. So it was a slow transition because it got to the point where there were so many brands. I had two partners, right? I had my partner who I was working with, who was working for in his company. He was a guy out of Washington. And so I was running the China side of it. And then my brother.

13:40
who wanted to get out of his day job, we started blogging together and I had started to sell mattresses online. I was like, we gotta sell stuff. And so I had most of my brands with my other partner in Washington and then my brother and I started this gardening brand of products and we started playing there. And we started to realize, like I started to realize, man, this is a lot of work. it just all started, because it was doing so well, it just turned into a lot of work. Like who knew, right?

14:08
It’s successful. just snowballs into this a lot of work. And I quickly found myself like kind of up to my eyeballs in it. All good problems to have, but it was like just too much, too much stress, too much work. I was just, I felt like I wasn’t giving each partner, you know, the right amount of time and the brands weren’t doing as well as I wanted to because it was hard to focus on one year. I was putting up fires and so I started to have to make like tough decisions and um,

14:35
you know, the eventual decision was to leave my partner in Washington who lived in Washington, and exit out of that company. I was a minority owner in that in that business. And so it felt different, right to be a minority owner, versus with my brother, we were co owner owners, we were 5050 with that company. And, and I had to make the decision I decided, while I tried to make it all work, it just wasn’t and I had to make a tough decision to leave.

15:03
that one partner, was the majority of the brands that were selling on Amazon. And so I was left with just two brands with me and my brother. We had, and we played with yet another brand, which is a funny story, but we had less brands. I cut ties with that. It was tough to do that. It was less about the money than it was the relationship that I had with this guy that I had worked with. My business partner was, we worked together for 12 years. Like, yeah, it was a long time and it was tough. remember actually

15:32
had that phone call in my car and I cried. Like I shed tears. was like, this is so like, why is this so hard? Like, why is this so difficult? I had nothing to do with the money. It had nothing to do with it was just partnerships and people that you work with that you, you know, build relationships. And then at certain points in time, you have to make tough decisions. And I found myself at that crossroad and had to do it. I just knew I had to do it. And so I cut ties with him. And I remember

16:02
Yeah, just telling my brother and I was like in tears and I was just like, I did it. finally did it. Like, let’s, let’s get to work on these two brands that we have. Um, yeah, let me, let me ask you this question. Uh, I know that you originally started this business, not necessarily to make money, but just for freedom. Yeah. Lifestyle. And presumably with all these brands that you were selling, you were probably pulling in decent amount of money. Right? I mean, would you say you, you hit seven figures in profit like net? Oh yeah. Quickly. Yeah.

16:32
Yeah, so that’s more than enough. And I mean, just, I can’t really, I don’t know you that well, but it doesn’t seem like you’re extravagant. I can’t see you driving a Lambo or anything like that. So why did you, wasn’t that enough? did you have this fever to want to make more money? Yeah, so it wasn’t that if you, you, anybody who, anybody knows who starts an e-commerce business that does well, like the money, when you talk about profits, yeah, it’s profits, but it’s not profits in my pocket that I can go buy stuff with, right?

17:02
You have to reinvest in the company and you have to go buy more inventory twice as much before you even need twice as much because you know, and you can see that things are going so well that you’re going to run out of inventory. And so all your money and all your profits after first uncle Sam takes his cut, which I think most budding entrepreneurs don’t realize that 40 % you got to set aside of your monthly profits so that you can pay the tax bill. And then you have to reinvest it all into new product. And, and, and not only that,

17:32
For me, the way I’ve always operated, right, as an entrepreneur, you’re always scared about something. Like while it’s going good, like in hindsight, yeah, I was like great for many years, but while you’re in it, you’re always like, is this like, how long is this really going to last? Do I got one year? Do I have two years? I see more and more people coming on board, selling more things. Like, you know who I didn’t like? I didn’t like the guy who started like podcasting about Amazon. What was his name?

17:58
There’s a ton of was like that early guy and he had great content. Amazing, amazing freedom or something like that. can’t Scott Volcker. That was his name. Oh, Scott. Yeah. Okay. Real nice guy. I don’t have nothing. I have nothing bad to say about him. I just didn’t like the idea that all the secrets were now out there. Like all this education because I was always fearful of like, well, everybody’s coming in now. Like I wasn’t out there telling everybody how to do this. I was like, why doesn’t everybody be quiet? You know, why doesn’t everybody just stay low?

18:28
lay low and we can all ride this as long as we can. And so it was a constant fear of like, this is going away while at the same time having to reinvest in the company to keep it afloat that you we didn’t get any money. Like I never got a lot of money in my pocket. And so it was just, you know, it realization that like, it’s going to be hard to actually pay myself something. We really got to get to big numbers to where I can actually take a six figure salary out of this thing. And maybe it wasn’t.

18:58
Maybe we didn’t maybe we’re really conservative. Think about it. We were coming out of oh, wait, our our source and company almost went under. We had went from like 20 some odd people down to like five because we had to lay them all off because it was oh, wait, it was financial crisis. It was like, don’t take any debt. Debt is bad. Like companies can go under in the blink of an eye. Let’s go really conservative. So all the money went back in. So it wasn’t that we like I wanted to make even more money. It was like, how in the world do I even get paid out of this thing?

19:28
I guess I gotta make it bigger.

19:32
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

20:01
Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

20:30
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. Interesting. The reason why I’m asking all these questions is my wife and I, came to a similar situation at one point, but then we just said to ourselves, you can actually control your growth. It’s kind of, you know what mean? Like you can let those products maybe go out of stock or not.

20:58
place that large bet on inventory. But you know, it’s an ego thing also. And it’s, it’s also, I can’t, I can’t describe it in words, but like you want it to do well, and it’s doing well, and you want to take advantage of it while it lasts. So that’s why you’re investing a lot more. It becomes like, kind like this vicious cycle. Yeah, I think that’s what I would say. And that’s why like, even in my slide, it was like a snowball kind of chasing you down a hill is like,

21:24
I wanted to make a big snowball, but then it kind of starts eating you up. And then you’re like, well, what do I do? And, um, and that was a sense of like, that was a transition of like letting things go and focusing down on solo stove or just focusing with my brother and saying, like, I got to choose one path here because I did essentially what you and your wife did, right? You controlled growth and I did it by, kind of stepping away from one partner and a bunch of brands and then throttling it back down. Um, because we, know,

21:53
went from selling a whole lot and then now I’m with one partner, my brother, and we’re selling less. And so it did throttle it and we did find more balance over the years. I it kind of sounds, you know, short and easy, but this was over a span of like 10 years, right? So we did find good balance. And I think we kind of were seeking for the same thing that you and your wife for the same reasons you guys said, let’s control growth. We did. I did. I mean, I parted with a partner, left a ton of money on the table.

22:20
I didn’t ask for a multiple when I exited. We kind of just looked at book value and then even gave a discount on that because I was like, I’m not out to hurt you and I let them pay over many years the equity that I had in the company. So yeah, I I kind of throw the growth that way. Let’s talk about Solo Stove. Are you a product designer? So no. Well, I take that back, not by education or I don’t have a certificate.

22:49
But think I’m a pretty decent product designer. Like I think a lot of people don’t give them credit for ideas that they might have or creativity that’s within them when it comes to product. I mean, everybody uses something and is like, why in the world do they make it this way? Why? Like they should change it to be like this and it would be way better. Like we all have those experiences. And I think I just went with that. And I just, I think I’m more creative than I am.

23:18
good with numbers, like I like the creative side of things. And so I do like playing with the product. Maybe it’s my generation of like, I remember in your, in your speech, I think you opened with you’re an Asian that’s bad at math. It’s so true. And what was funny is I met a guy at ECF and we were talking, uh, his name’s, I think it’s Sujay and, and, uh, we were talking about our kids’ ages. And I was like, my daughter’s 15 and he’s like, Oh, so like,

23:47
He asked me how old I was and then he asked, and then we were talking about our kids’ ages. And he was like, so what year did you have your daughter? And I couldn’t do the math in my head. And he was like, are you kidding me? You take your age, her age, and mine is down. And I was like, yeah, I’m so bad at math that I’ve just come to accept it. And I just realized that it is just not, it’s not going to happen. And so I surround myself with people who are really good at math.

24:16
and like really analytical who can help me on that. Even my wife, I mean, my kids laugh at me because I can’t do simple math. Like percentages, I just am really bad with it. So for anybody out there who thinks they’re bad at math and can’t start a business, there’s definitely hope. yeah. So this, your solo stove or your first version of that product, it’s a pretty complicated piece of, complicated product to manufacture and design. Yeah. So did you just pick up a

24:45
CAD tool and learn how to use it and start designing? mean, paper and pencil for sure. And we were able to kind of draw things out and kind of from sourcing my experience in sourcing, you know, played a role because I had dealt with a lot of product development. And so I understood how things are made. And I understood how drawings are made and how to call things out on drawings and how to show a manufacturer that like this is the radius I want on this corner. Like I can’t do it in CAD, but I can tell them and I can sure write it on a piece of paper.

25:15
and then have them create CAD drawings or have somebody create CAD drawings off of my rough sketches, you know, my chicken scratches that I’ll just kind of move around or even using, you know, a simple app on your computer to kind of draw things out. So, yeah, it was a matter of sketching it out, drawing it out roughly, coming up with an idea of this is the size I want, this is how I want spacing in there and, you know, these are the radiuses I want. And then

25:44
drawing it out and then getting eventually a CAD drawing made to where we could say, yep, that’s kind of what we want to hear the tolerances that we can accept in these areas and then going to town on it. It was, it’s a difficult product to manufacture. Well, how long did it take you actually to, create that first product? would say it took us from the moment we started like playing with the idea to actually making it was probably close to two years because we shelved it for a while.

26:10
We started trying it. We went down the road, but remember we’re doing all these other products as well. had another partner and we were doing tons of other products and all of it was selling. And so there wasn’t this no like, was kind of take the path of least resistance and this, the solo stove path was a path of highest resistance. Like it was so difficult to make. you think about when you’re manufacturer and saying like, here’s a very difficult product. We got to spend a ton of tooling, right? We got to, we had a tool up. even requires specialized machinery to make.

26:39
and I’m only gonna purchase like $5,000 worth of this stuff. Like nobody wants to take a bet on you at that point, right? They’re like, well, yeah, if you’re gonna buy hundreds of thousands, then they’d probably do it. But we were so conservative and so small that we were like, it’s like most we can buy is like 5,000 bucks worth of this stuff. And so for that reason, it’s difficult to find a manufacturer who’s willing to dive in and do all of that.

27:07
know, development with you side by side to then have what like five grand and have their line run for half a day and then, you know, stop. you know, the tree, people don’t understand like the training that has to happen within a factory for, the workers who are actually, you know, working the machines. It’s a, takes a long time to train people up to tell them what to do and how to do it correctly. When you’re stamping products on a machine or doing deep draws,

27:36
You have to adjust tooling on the machine. And it’s this constant like, okay, set the tools. Now put a piece of metal in there and draw it down. And then it’s totally off and it’s totally bad. Then they have to adjust it. And these are huge tools that have to be lifted with like forklifts and chains. And it can take an entire day to dial in the tools on a machine and a lot of scrap and a lot of waste that has to happen as they’re punching these things down. I don’t know what good analogy for that is.

28:06
But it takes time to kind of dial things into where it can then start pumping things out really good. Well, how did you convince the manufacturer to do all that work just for a small? Yeah, it took. That’s why it took us so long, really, is the short of it. And then when we did find the right guy, we just hit it off. It’s like dating. That’s what I tell people when you’re sourcing and you’re finding a manufacturer like it’s like dating. You have to find people who like you for whatever reason. Like, I don’t know if it was this.

28:34
I don’t know if it was my personality. don’t know if it’s like, you know, this, this, the challenge of seeing if we can get this thing to work that he was interested in, like the dynamics that were going on in his business, in his head. I I’m not sure exactly why he wanted to do it. I think it was more so the challenge of like, this is difficult and this is challenging and I’ve never done something this hard. Um, and I think it’s a cool project and I want to see if I can do it. It was more like a, like a hobby or like a, you know, a challenge for him.

29:04
So we tackled it together and we just built a good rapport together doing this and turned out extremely well for him and extremely well for us. yeah, was extremely difficult. That’s why I say, man, I got lucky a lot of times because I met a lot of suppliers who were just like, nope, nope, nope, or I want to do it, but can’t do it. I don’t have the right machinery and I’m not willing to invest.

29:29
You know, so a lot of stars had to align for me to feel like I got lucky and found a good supplier. Like it really did just come down to luck. Were you in China during the production, like managing everything? At that time when we started Solo, my brother was here in the States, here in Texas where I’m at now. And I was on that side, really dialing in the supply chain and getting things going. Let me ask you that. Did you think that that was necessary for you to be over there?

29:58
this complicated product? mean, I guess if you’re asking, could somebody do it if they weren’t in China? Sure, I’m sure someone could. Is it easy? Absolutely not. Does it help that I was in China? Yes, absolutely. Does it help that I can speak Mandarin? Yes, absolutely. Did it help to have years and years of experience dealing with suppliers and finding suppliers and understanding how to build relationships with them? Yes. All of that played in.

30:27
us being able to kind of dial things. But you look at great companies like, I don’t know, I can’t think of any off the top of my head. mean, I’m sure there’s tons at ECF that were at ECF that never lived in China, don’t speak Mandarin and can still make amazing products. I think there’s, we all have like advantages that we can lean on to give us a leg up. Where I’m bad at math, right? I was good at sourcing products. And where somebody else is a whiz at math, can figure out that

30:56
you know, this is how much you need to save for taxes every month where I faltered in that. And one year I was like, we got stuck with like a $400,000 tax bill that I thought we were prepared for, but we barely saved up enough money for that and almost like dried out our company because I was like, yeah, just going by my gut feel of like what the numbers should be. And obviously I was horrible at that and horrible at planning with numbers. So I think we all have strengths that we can lean on and I think you should.

31:26
double down on what you’re good at and then solve for the parts that you’re not. So you have this product that you took two years to develop. So one, did you know that it was going to sell during those two years? And then two, how did you sell your first units? Yeah, I knew it would sell. I’m a strong believer that like anything can sell. There’s someone out there who will buy it. It’s just a matter of how many, right? And so I think I gained a lot of confidence with all the products that I had launched.

31:56
on Amazon and D2C that everything sold. There wasn’t anything that just like sat on the shelf and was a total dud. And so everything sold and I knew, especially in those days of Amazon, if you played in those days in Amazon, you knew everything sold. Like it was just a matter of how much. Actually, when I started everything sold also, and that was 2015, 2016. Yeah. So it was, it was, it really helped in that, in that, in that area of confidence.

32:26
made me believe like, yes, this will sell. I don’t know how much. And I think a lot of people get stuck on that in terms of like, is there, all the buzzwords of product market fit and like, you know, have you done your research? I was like, what kind of research would you do? Like ask people if they would buy it. Like I don’t even know what you would do to get something of like statistical significance at a small, like you’re just two guys. Like what are you going to do to figure out if this thing’s going to sell?

32:52
In my mind, the best thing to do is just go sell it. Don’t sink in too much money and then go try to sell it. And if it sells well, then just double down, right? Then order more product and then start developing it out. But if it fizzles and dies or you’re stuck with $5,000 worth of product that sells over the next five years, you can still get rid of it all and give it away for Christmas presents throughout the years. so it was never a big risk to me. But no, we did not know how much we could sell or how well it would sell.

33:22
right off the bat. we were, we surprised. How much money did you invest in product development to get like your first? Yeah, so we put in $15,000 to start that company. And that’s it. And so for first, that’s not a lot. It’s not a lot because a lot of it went to, you know, ordering the first product and some of it went to tooling and, and paying for software and paying for, you know, a shopping card and get like all of it together. It was like, we needed to make it work with all that money, all the

33:51
Freight like all the shipping and freight and all that stuff was kind of baked into the fact that like we had 15,000 bucks to work with and that’s it. And that’s that’s how we grew it. Okay, that’s much lower than I would have expected. Okay, wow, that’s amazing. Okay, so you’re you you get your product, you listen to Amazon, it sells like hotcakes. Walk me through the progression from there. Actually, yeah, like whittling down kind of like focus. Is that what you mean? Yeah, so from there,

34:20
You know, things continue to do really well. We started selling other products, gardening products. We had a gardening site. Was this an Amazon only product by the way? The stuff? Or were you selling DTC? Just the solo store? We had set up a website as well. Yeah. So all, so me and my brother were kind of big on websites, like our own DTC sites, like our own .com sites, because I had kind of gained that experience through selling mattresses.

34:46
And I realized early on that you can have your own site and you can have traffic to it because I understood how you can build traffic by blogging. Through blogging, I understood that traffic could be built. While I knew Amazon had traffic and that was a great way to basically print money, I also knew you could have your own site and you can also develop your own traffic. And so that wasn’t foreign to me. In fact, it was more attractive because you can be more creative.

35:14
when you’re driving traffic to your site. And so we had stuff on Amazon and that’s where the majority of sales came from, but we did have our own sites that we would set up because we knew like people would check us out. Like, is this a legit brand? What does their website look like? And so we had from the get-go, me and my brother were really strong in building our own sites. And some of the other products like gardening products just never took on our own.com as hard as we tried. And those did really well on Amazon. And we eventually started selling

35:43
This is so me and my brother are pretty clean cut dry guys. don’t drink, we don’t smoke, we don’t do drugs. But we were thinking as we were selling these gardening products, we got to even out the seasonality of gardening. How do we even do that? And we started researching product and my brother stumbled upon these things called grow lights. And he was like, oh, people grow stuff indoors using these things called grow lights that mimic the sun. And I was like,

36:12
That’s ingenious. That’s so cool. And we’re like, that could even out the winter months. Like people could grow indoors. And so we were trying to even out our seasonality and we ended up like selling grow lights and starting a website called super led grow lights.com. And we brought in like thousands of dollars worth of these grow lights only to eventually find out that people don’t grow like tomato cherries and like cilantro indoors. And we were so naive to the fact.

36:39
that people were asking about what the heat signature is from the roadside. And we’re like, what is that? Why do they even care? Because cops in the days would use a heat gun and kind of see what houses are glowing from the street side to see who’s cooking stuff inside or who’s growing weed and marijuana in there. And so we were like, this is so weird. And so we eventually figured out that everybody was using it to grow weed.

37:07
And we were like, we gotta get out of this. And so we shut that down and we closed it up and we just sat on those grow lights in our garage. I don’t even know what we did with them. I think a lot of them we threw out. But that was another one that we started our own website and we’re selling on Amazon as well and all this stuff. But we started wheeling down because things started going really well on all fronts. The gardening stuff was doing well. Our solo stove was doing really well.

37:37
Oh, and we had started another brand called Fox Outfitters. And that was another camping me too. So you kind of see this, like, do see how like, things are just like, we’re just rinsing and repeating. And we’re kind of like, causing our own problems by doing this, right? We haven’t found out how to find that balance of just saying enough’s enough. Let’s just hold it steady. We’re just in this constant state of like, did you have employees during this time, by the way, or was it just you and my brother the whole time? Wow, crazy. Okay, so we had

38:04
Fox outfitters, had solo, we had at one time super LED grill lights and we had this other one called the garden cloche, which were these bell cover, these plastic bell seedling coverings that would act as like a mini greenhouse on seedlings. And they were all selling well, everything was doing well. Which again, found ourselves, I found myself in that same problem of like, we built something that we didn’t really want. It was like too good, everything was going too good.

38:32
And so we started to try to figure out what the next step was to kind of regain that lifestyle that we were in search of and the reason why we started these companies. And that led us to let’s sell and get rid of this stuff. Like let’s sell it all and just exit out of the company and see if we can’t start again. You know, we were trying to build that four hour work week lifestyle company and we were obviously doing okay, making money along the way, but…

39:01
having a hard time finding that that kind of autopilot mode where it’s a great company that’s going to last forever. And it’s just printing you money every day, you know, that smart passive income, right, that Pat Flynn is I was hanging, what was always the elusive goal of like, he’s figured it out. Why can’t we figure it out, right? ours always end up turning into something way more than we bargained for. And that’s took us to 2016. And we decided, okay, it’s too much. It’s more than we bargained for. We’re working way too much on this stuff. Let’s sell it and

39:31
That’s that’s so all of it. Yeah, we wanted to sell all of it and just start again. I don’t know what we were going to start or maybe it was, you know, if we could get enough money, maybe that would be enough is one of the thoughts. The other thought was like we can start again and build a better business that doesn’t turn into a snowball chasing us down the hill.

39:52
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six-day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text-based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

40:21
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

40:32
Let me ask you this question. Was it really hard time-wise because you didn’t have lot of employees? I mean, you didn’t have any employees? it eventually got hard. And I’ll tell you why it got hard is because we were still pretty protective of our time, right? We still were trying to live this lifestyle. We were trying to walk the walk and live a lifestyle that was balanced, that we had enough time for our family. We both have kids. So we both had small kids.

41:01
and you know, in the toddler age and you know, or we want to spend time with the family and with our wives and on ourselves, right is, you know, your physical health and your mental health and your spirituality and all these things that your hobbies like I wanted it all. And, and that meant that while I while I was walking the walk and enjoying this lifestyle, the hours that I was working, which was a, you know, your standard, I would say I wouldn’t say nine to five, it was probably more like, you know,

41:30
eight to six at most. Sure. We had to do more in those hours than ever before. And so it was really stressful, really compact, really like high pressure in those hours that we were working. And then we kind of turned it off and then tried to go do, you know, live our lives. And so it just was this built up pressure because we weren’t stretching out. I take that back. There were

41:56
times where we were working into the wee hours of the morning and it eventually got there, right? Where we were, we were working way more than we wanted to, you know, kids go to bed and then you flip open the laptop and keep going. were doing all our customer service. So that’s like a constant nag on you is like, you don’t want to let those tickets sit for more than they should. And so we’d hop back on, get through customer service. So then the next morning it would just let it pile back up again. And so yeah, it got really, it got really busy.

42:26
I guess my question for you is why didn’t you hire? Yeah. It’s so funny hearing other people say it like, duh. And even in my mind, I’m like, yeah, like that’s how like, that’s how, that’s how like novice of a business person I was, I guess, inserting a company in that, um, we didn’t, I mean, we did think to hire Steve, wasn’t a matter of like, we never thought about it. I thought about it, but I was always under this impression that we wanted to build this company that didn’t have anybody in it.

42:55
Because we didn’t like managing people were not great, right? People managers and you know, the dynamics of people is just difficult. We’re working from our homes and so it’s this big friction to like now we got to get an office and go in nine to five and be there to be with them. It’s like what about our lifestyle business? Our whole lifestyle business was flexibility so that if we needed to pop out in the middle of the day or if we wanted to go, you know, fishing from 10 in the morning till two.

43:23
we could knowing that we could make those hours up somewhere else. And so this thought of like going down that road was going against everything that we wanted to build. Like our ideal company was one that gave us our lifestyle, gave us enough money, and most importantly gave us that freedom and flexibility. And employees just was everything. It was like the, you know, it was everything against that, what we were trying to build. I can completely relate to everything that you’re saying. It’s just funny. Cause I know most people.

43:52
they tend to think that hiring employees is pretty glamorous. Right. That’s the opposite for me. Yeah, and me too. And we’re because even the complexities of it, right is like, I like the marketing, I like making product, I like I like e commerce, I like all the tactics and that stuff. Anything about okay, employees, one, I don’t even know how to do that. Because what do have to do? Do I have to like, how do I even do payroll now? And do I have to offer benefits? Like, and where will they sit? Like, do I have to buy them all their equipment? And then like, what who’s gonna even teach? Like, do I have to teach them? Like,

44:21
All of these thoughts, I think ran through our heads. And it just was a lot of friction for us to be like, that’s the right path. It doesn’t seem like it if it’s, if it feels like a lot, like a lot of friction, but in hindsight, right? Should we have hired earlier? think, yeah, I think we probably could have hired earlier. think we probably could have hired to a point where it was running smoothly and, you know, doing really well. And maybe we didn’t have to go down a path of selling it. I don’t know. I mean, I think there’s a lot of ways

44:51
Skinny Cat. And I think there’s a lot of curvy paths to the same destination. And the beauty of owning your own business is you get to choose your own adventure for better or for worse. And I think we chose the way we did it. And it did eventually lead to building out a team and growing as we figured out if we are to exit this thing, then there’s a clear path that we need to follow, which is a little bit counterintuitive to

45:20
what someone did you enjoy that path of selling? Yeah. Oh, no, I did not. mean, hi. Well, what I’ll you, it’s type two fun, right? It’s type two fun, where while you’re in it, it’s horrible. Like, it’s, it’s, it’s like self abuse, and you don’t know why you’re doing this to yourself. And then you get through the other side. And you’re like telling other people all the cool stories. And yeah, like I did this, I did that. And I think you kind of forget.

45:48
all the pain that you went through or your selective memory. And so when I’m talking to it’s like having kids, well, yeah, I dare I don’t dare go down that route. I’m not I did not give birth to my kids. My wife did that. And I would never say that it was that difficult. Yeah, I mean, I think the analogy holds in that, you know, you forget about some of the pain. But no, I didn’t enjoy it. I didn’t enjoy it because we’re doing everything that we didn’t want to do that we tried not to do. But

46:16
I did it because it was a means to an end. It was means to the end. in 2016, we tried to sell the company. It had Fox Outfitters and it had Solo Stove. And Fox Outfitters was the majority of the revenue and profits. And Solo Stove was kind of the little brother that had a lot of potential. And that’s really the short story of it is we came out of it knowing that nobody really wanted our Amazon company.

46:45
Amazon brand that was doing millions of dollars and people were more interested in this little brand that we had built that has momentum on its dot com, its D2C. While we were still selling a lot on Amazon, there was glimmers of hope for this brand. There was glimmers of hope in the IP. There was glimmers of hope in product development and what it could turn into. And that’s what we ended up doubling down on and letting go of Fox.

47:12
We actually sold it to some guys in Houston who wanted to get their toe, you know, dip their toes into e-commerce. Um, and we sold it for pennies on the dollar. We just let go of the inventory. I know that’s amazing. That’s a tough decision right there. It was tough. It was a little bit sad to kind of do it that way. While we were selling it, I was honestly telling me and my brother had a conversation of saying like, the people would ask us, what are you going to do? Like, uh, if we, if we don’t buy this and, and I remember telling them, I was like,

47:41
I don’t care if you don’t buy it. It’s a great deal. It’s pennies on the dollar. I just want it off my books because I got to clear up my books and clear up my warehouse and all this stuff for, we’ve to get ready for the dance and the stuff’s in the way. And I said, I don’t care if you don’t buy it because in my heart of hearts, I could go turn this thing into a multimillion dollar business after I’m done and I have time. Like I know I could do that. And so it was this like feeling of, man, this is good for someone. This could be the difference of somebody working in their

48:10
day job hating life and finding freedom. This is a tool that could do that. I just hate to feel like I just toss it to the side. But the truth is, we didn’t have time to sell it the right way. We didn’t have time to try to go through diligence with someone on it. This is what it is. Do you take it or leave it? And if you want it, I’ll give it to you for pennies on the dollar and it’s yours. And that’s how we let go of the majority of our revenue and profits at that time.

48:37
and six in 2016 and then double down on solo stove. Wow, Spencer, I want to shift gears a little bit and I know you had an amazing exit. You probably don’t need to work another day in your life. What are your future plans? So and we were talking a bit about this before we hit the record button, but I’ve really loved diving into like content creation. I think it’s the creative side of me that needs an outlet and

49:03
So, you know, I registered my own company. got a, I got an office space that has a whole bunch of offices and a front room and, know, got a whiteboard and just started thinking about how can I give back and help others like find, find value and find freedom through entrepreneurship. And not that that’s the only way, but it’s the way I know. And it’s the experiences I have that I can give an offer. And so I’m trying to find a way to do that in scale and try to.

49:32
help others explore the path of entrepreneurship as a viable path to one, a career, and then two, a better lifestyle. And while it was a difficult road for me, I think it’s possible. I think it’s a very, think entrepreneurship is net positive, right? Jobs are created. The ripples effect of someone being able to start a company and.

49:57
provide for their family and for other families and what it does in society. think it’s a good thing. And so I’d like to continue to find ways to champion entrepreneurship. I started a YouTube channel that talks about entrepreneurship and e-commerce, but I’m starting to even transition. What’s channel called? It’s just Spencer Jan. So if you just look up my name, you’ll see my mug up there making funny faces as I try to win the thumbnail game.

50:24
but I’m trying to transition to actually just visiting more companies and not in venturing outside the realm of e-commerce. Like I want to go visit a donut shop and I want to go visit somebody who opened a flower shop or somebody who started a car wash because all of these are valid businesses. And I think the learnings that I have while they lend towards e-commerce companies, I think the fundamental principles still translate to other businesses. I feel like telling other people’s stories

50:54
Uh, in, those lights, whether it’s a, uh, a mobile dogwash station or yesterday I was at a skincare clinic of, uh, of a female entrepreneur who started this, this, this company that now has two clinics here in DFW and is making amazing money. want to tell more of those stories. So hopefully I kind of get to that point and hopefully it resonates with people and helps people explore that, um, that entrepreneurial bug or itch that, um, a lot of us have.

51:24
I was just thinking, just listening to your voice right now, I think you should do a podcast too, in addition to your YouTube. Yeah, that might be. think I, I’ve enjoyed being on podcasts and I enjoy talking with others. I think that’s what I get out of it. I’ve, I’ve kind of, I kind of am, am searching for that kind of fulfillment, right? Because chasing dollars and numbers really is a pretty empty thing to do. Um, and so I’ve realized that I gain a lot and I learn a lot and I enjoy.

51:52
talking with others and hearing their stories, um, meeting other people like yourself and all the people that we met at ECF. Like to me, that’s super rich and fulfilling. Um, and then being able to have, find opportunities to help those people and those listening, maybe, maybe I go down the road of podcasts and then I need to pick your brain and figure out how to set it all up. I’ll tell you what I have bought so much equipment.

52:16
that Amazon is about to ban me, because I buy it all and then I return most of it, because I’m like, oh no, I need a different mic. Oh no, that one didn’t work. So just this learning experience of how to set things up properly has been fun for me. Awesome. Well, hey Spencer, thanks a lot for coming on the show. If anyone has any questions for you or want to find out what you’re up to, where can they find you? Yeah, I’m not big on social. I try not to spend too much time on social media. I am on LinkedIn.

52:44
except for that TikTok channel. that has one post. I think I got to hire somebody to build that out. I am on LinkedIn. So you can find me on LinkedIn. You can also just email me at hello spencerjan at gmail.com or you can find me on YouTube as well. Drop me a comment there. And I think my contact information is in there as well. So I’d to hear from any budding entrepreneurs and anybody who’s looking for a sounding board for crazy ideas, more than happy to kind of try to fit people in and.

53:13
and talk to as many people as possible. Cool. Well, Spencer, it’s been a pleasure. I’m glad I met you finally at ECF. Yeah. And I know you’re emailed by heart now. Thanks, Steve. It’s been fun. All right. Take care.

53:28
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now I can’t really express in words how much I admire what Spencer has accomplished and how candid he was in this interview. Go check out Solo Stove when you get a chance. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 416. And once again, I to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned code sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

53:56
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now we talk about how I these tools in my blog,

54:26
And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

415: My Wife Goes Back To Work! I Need A New Domain And Your Advice

415: Wife Goes Back To Work. MyWifeQuitHerJob.com Is No More

Today I have my lovely wife Jennifer on the show to discuss a potentially significant event in her life. She might be going back to work!

And in doing so, my entire blog, my podcast name, and my domain may need to change to MyWifeWentBackToWork.com

But seriously, we need your advice. In this episode, my wife and I discuss the decision and would love your input. Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • How my wife got this life changing opportunity
  • Weighing the pros and cons of going back to work
  • How this job will affect our ecommerce business

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. That today I have my lovely wife, Jennifer, on the show to discuss a potentially significant event in her life. She might be going back to work. And in doing so, my entire blog, my podcast name, and my domain would have to change to mywifewentbacktowork.com. But seriously, this episode is about my wife and I talking out the decision, and I would love to get your opinion as well.

00:30
But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for ecommerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for ecommerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash d.

00:59
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and it depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who’s shopped in your store and exactly what they bought.

01:27
So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customer depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony.

01:54
And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:20
Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. As you can see here, I have my wife with me on the show. And today what we’re gonna do is we’re gonna discuss her potentially unquitting her job. And the reason why we’re doing an episode on this is because I actually want your feedback on this. My wife and I, we’re gonna kind of discuss the situation here and see if we can come to some sort of conclusion on what the best course of action is for her. So real quick, do you wanna just describe

02:50
what this opportunity is that you have? Okay, so the opportunity is being a part-time teacher teaching at my daughter’s old school as their entrepreneurship teacher. I think I might have mentioned this before in a prior episode, but my wife, volunteers at my kid’s school a lot. And one of her favorite activities was volunteering at my daughter’s entrepreneurship fair. And she literally ran the whole thing last year.

03:19
Was it the past two years or? two years. Yeah, past two years. And she had a blast is very rewarding. Yeah, it’s more of an entrepreneurship program to be clear. So it just ends with a big bang at in a big fair. Right. And it just so happens that the current instructor is leaving, right? No, actually, she decided to take a different role within the school. Okay, but she’s no longer going to be teaching. Yeah, she’s no longer going to be teaching in the current position. She’s going to take a position in a different role.

03:48
but she’s been teaching the program for 13 years. And because my wife did such a good job running the fair last year, they actually offered her the position. Now there’s a couple of caveats and let’s go into detail here. Okay. Why didn’t you jump at this right away? Well, I was super, super excited about it when I first heard about it, but the program has shifted in the past two years because of the pandemic and I was super excited.

04:16
for where the program was going, where it is going. And they wanted to go back to their old format now that the pandemic hopefully is over. The other thing is, you know, do a lot of business. I still do a lot quite a bit at Bonneville-Linnon’s, though I don’t work full time there. I am there quite a bit, especially during the holidays. And so their big entrepreneurship night is in February with most of the work happening in January, February, but there is some work.

04:45
in November to summer, which is my busiest time at Bumblebee. So I was a little concerned that things would fall behind at that position. All right, so let me just add some more detail there because you left out a lot of details. Okay. All right. So before the pandemic, the way the entrepreneurship fair worked was that and you can correct me if I’m wrong, because because I don’t know all the details, but the girls would create something, something physical, they would literally make it themselves.

05:13
and then they would get up on stage and present it to a panel of VCs. Since we live in Silicon Valley, there’s lots of VCs. So these are like real VCs that would bid on their project and fund their project. And then they would physically create a whole bunch of these items. And then there’d be a fair where they would have booths and actually sell their products. Correct. So it’s more like a trade show. the students would potentially make a lot of product and they would sell.

05:42
many times until the fair. So at the actual fair night, they would actually present their sales, their current sales to the VCs and also try to get an investor for that product. So there was a lot of issues with that just because so much time was spent making the product. There is a lot of benefit of making the product because through the time period, they can actually iterate. So they’ll find out, oh, well, I can do this in a faster way. I can do

06:12
You know, I can make a tweak here. I can try to save money by doing it this way. So there’s a lot of learning process that they’re going to learn. But my biggest issue was the fact is leading up to the event, so much time was spent making the product and less time was used toward learning about marketing, doing computer websites or websites to sell the product. There was just a lot of difference. There was just a difference in priority. So let me finish the part because I…

06:39
before we get into the pros and cons of whatever. So during the pandemic, as you know, kids weren’t going to school, but they decided to still have the entrepreneurship program. And they turned it into more of a virtual thing where people had where the kids actually had websites they were selling online. And all that kind of fell into our wheelhouse and my wife’s wheelhouse because we run an e commerce store. And this is where the future is going, right? I think

07:07
E-commerce sales are still growing at an insane pace. I think due to the pandemic, it hit like 18 or 19 % of all retail sales. know, brick and mortar stores are still around, but as you can see during the pandemic, actually destroyed a lot of brick and mortar businesses. Anyway, the reason why when my wife ran the program was super exciting was because there was an e-commerce component. And then now that the pandemic is mostly over, when they presented her with the offer,

07:36
They wanted to go back to the old way, which I’m gonna- Had no e-commerce. Without the e-commerce component, which is still rewarding. mean, the kids make their product, they present it, and then they have like a trade show, like a physical trade show. But that made you less excited about it, right? Correct. Right. And I think it was more of, the reason I’m mentioning this is a lot about was making the product. So the students were so focused on making the product.

08:05
they weren’t learning all the other skills that makes a business successful, such as marketing. There was less focus on building a website. There was less focus on now they do pitch videos. So they’re doing more video, which I think was really exciting. You got the creative juices of the students really, really ramped up by doing all these more creative aspects versus just making a product. So my biggest complaint about the OL program was they wanted to make a lot of pro…

08:34
product to sell at this trade show. So all the focus was trying to make as much as they could because they could only sell what they made. But to be fair, like you still develop sales skills live at the trade show. But I think the difference between the online component is that you have to learn how to sell and outline your value propositions in video or just in copy. Right. Or in sales copy. Right. The written word. That’s correct.

09:02
So anyway, okay, so this is what ended up happening. Obviously we haven’t There’s a lot of different. There’s a lot of other things going on right now, but the person came back and said, hey, we’ll let you take it whatever direction that you want. Correct. Okay. All right, so let me throw the wrench now in. I was listening to all this stuff, and there’s a lot of details that were missing here, but during, while my wife was running the program last year,

09:31
there were all these issues with like accounting and certain restrictions that could be made because you you’re dealing with a school that has like a set infrastructure and a way of doing things. And so there was a lot of, I don’t wanna use the red tape, use the word red tape, because it’s a little extreme. But anyways, basically you just can’t do whatever the hell you want. Correct. So I thought about it and like within like a minute I was like, forget the school, why don’t we just launch our own entrepreneurship?

10:01
program for kids and we’ll just start as a summer program. We’ll first get our friends kids in there and test out the program, see if it works. And if it’s good, then we can bring it out to the masses. And this way we have full control over everything. We can do exactly what we want, run it like how we want and probably make a lot more money as well. Cause this part-time position wasn’t paying that well. And ironically, I think what my wife would have been paid and you can correct me if I’m wrong.

10:30
Was it going to be essentially the equivalent of hiring another employee at Bumblebee? Correct. So we wouldn’t be making We wouldn’t be making any money. It’s more… So I saw it more of an opportunity to give back and do something, following something I was passionate about versus making money. It was definitely not a moneymaker and it was not a factor in the decision process really. I mean, we’re not doing this for the money, but you don’t want to just like…

11:00
break even or potentially lose money, right? That was what I was thinking. Correct. I don’t think we would lose money, but we definitely wouldn’t be ahead. So of course, when you go out on your own, there’s other hurdles and there’s kids and whatnot. assuming that we could navigate all the red tape of running a summer program, what would you guys do if you guys are listening to this right now? So what we’re going to do now, I guess, is just kind of run through some of the, guess what’s going on in your mind, Jen, really.

11:29
Right. So what are some of your pros and cons between taking a job versus doing it on your own? Okay. So you want to start with the pros or I mean, what’s going on through your head right now, really? I don’t even know what’s going on through your head right now, actually. You know, I think, you know, as I mentioned, my biggest worry is whether or not right now they’re saying I can run at the program how I want it. Like originally they were leaning one way.

11:58
and I was basically meeting with them to try to convince them not to do it that way. I mean, the old program is very, very strong also. It’s been run that way for like decades, right? Right, correct. But it’s definitely more dated. I mean, you don’t need to get a VC to invest in your company, right? And so I think what was exciting about the new program is the idea that these students could go in and learn right away, hey, it’s not that difficult to

12:27
create your own website. It’s not that hard to be able to maybe crowdsource. There’s so many different ways to get funding nowadays. It doesn’t have to be through a formal process. And they used to have to write business plans. So there’s all these processes that think most people would not, or most students would not ever use in their future. I think what was more important was more of learning marketing, sales copy, the creative aspects, learning how to take pictures.

12:58
learning how to present themselves. Learning how to write copy. Correct. Emphasizing your value props and all that stuff. So, sorry. So the main thing was initially my concern was like, okay, I’m not going in to try to take this position. I really just want to convince them to go to toward the newer model because I like where it’s kind of gone. I think there’s benefits of maybe doing a hybrid model, but at the time I was just really focused on the fact that I wanted them to make product after the sale.

13:27
So after the websites were created, typically when something is made, you put it on your website, but this way you could take pre-orders basically, and then the students would then have a month to create the products after the sales night is over. So that was my big push. So my biggest worry was actually maybe they’re just telling me that they’re allowing me to have free reign. And once I’m in the position,

13:55
they’re gonna say, hey, actually we’re gonna go through the old process. I mean, I suspect, and again, this old program has been running for a long time. I suspect that, you know, there’s gonna be resistance to change and you’re probably gonna have to be political and getting what you want. That’s just my opinion. Right. Of having worked at a large company. Right. You know, it’s just the way things work. Here’s my thing. I think, cause I experienced the way the old program was run as well as the new program. And the old program…

14:23
I felt like there was much less emphasis on the marketing and more on the production. And in my opinion, running a business is less, I mean, the product is important, but it’s less about like hand making the product en masse because realistically, guess, unless you’re selling an Etsy or whatnot, that’s not really going to happen, right? Right. So I, for me, I was, you know, there was products that were being sold last year that I felt the students could have learned how to market better. Like, so

14:50
most of the items, most of the students were able to sell all their items. But there was this couple teams that did not sell all their product. And one of the things that could have been taught was how to market that product a little bit better. They were extremely niche products, extremely, extremely niche products. And then how they messaged it was that if you want to do something, you are going to buy this product. But they could have framed it as like, well, if you support

15:18
this community, example, that’s a, you know, you could definitely buy this product. So I think there’s learning. I think if I taught it last year, they could have framed a lot of things better. And given that feedback a little bit earlier than when the student made their website. It’s really funny when I was watching their presentations, there are certain kids who had products that weren’t, there’s nothing special about it, but they presented it so well that it sold out. Whereas there was other kids that had products which were pretty cool.

15:48
but they didn’t actually do a great job marketing it so it didn’t sell as well. Which says something, right? Like the product has to be decent, but it’s the marketing that matters. Anyway, that’s one of the reasons why you were debating whether to take this position or not. When I first presented, screw this, let’s just do our own thing, you weren’t all that excited. I’m just kind of wondering what your reservations are there.

16:17
I think for me… Actually, before you answer that question, let me just describe what my idea was to the audience. Okay. All right. So with the emphasis on product and creativity, I was thinking that the whole class for these kids would be a print-on-demand class. So the students would sign up and they would use their creativity to create these designs. They would put them on products. The way print-on-demand works is,

16:44
you don’t actually have to pay for the product until someone makes a purchase and it has your own design on it. And so this way you’re selling a physical product. We would base it off of a platform that is free, like ShiftWoreShop. So the kids, I don’t know how long this would take, maybe two, three weeks, they would end this program with a website, products, being able to take transactions, have a strong value prop for what they’re selling and learn how to market their site. There’d be a presentation at the end and whatnot. And then they could take real transaction in their store. It could become a real business.

17:14
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

17:42
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

18:12
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. All right. So with that in mind, you weren’t that excited about it. Well, what’s so funny about this is I suggested the print on demand for the school. Right. Yes. So I suggested that for the school this past year and

18:38
the school pretty much said no. I did not understand why. Yeah, it was actually had to do with them. Kids would make too much money, which is funny. Right. And that’s like another candle. This is just like an idea of what the red tape was like. Whereas I think it’s ideal. I mean, realistically, how many people are going to be physically hand making like 100 units of something? Right. Well, it’s your the print on demand is definitely more scalable. Right. Versus hand making all the products.

19:07
I think the school believes in a maker, in a maker environment for sure. And I do too. So they definitely want like a lot of the program is about prototyping and reiteration and making. And I totally, totally agree with that because I think there’s a lot to be learned about doing things faster and cheaper, right? Like over time. So you learn, you you learn that you can cut half the half that amount of time by doing it one way versus a different way.

19:36
Sometimes you need that realization when you’re making a lot of product. Yeah, so I guess that would be missing from print-on-demand. I guess if it was a longer program, you could literally manufacture something, but that sounds really complicated to me, at least for this first iteration. Correct. Anyway, you didn’t answer my question, so how come you were kind of lukewarm on it? So I was lukewarm on it because it’s a little intimidating creating a full program from scratch.

20:05
So this program that I’m considering has been around for decades. And so I would definitely make some iteration, but I have basically a foundation, a starting point that I can build off of. The old curriculum. curriculum. And then I would just make tweaks because I think the old program is very good. Don’t get me wrong. It is very good. It’s a good program. It’s the main reason why we decided to send our daughter to the school, you know, because it’s a great program. I think it just can be modernized quite a bit.

20:35
So the other big concern was I’ve never taught before. mean, that was my big thing. And that’s one of the cons of the current position is I’ve never taught before. So I think it’s a little intimidating. I know the students at the school. I’ve volunteered there for past two years. Some of these kids came from the local school that our daughter and son went to before. So I kind of feel I know the…

21:04
the population that is attending. So I feel like it’s a pretty safe way for me to learn how to teach. I mean, you’d have that same issue whether you’re teaching this way or not. I know, know. That’s true. Yeah. Yeah. But I think the biggest thing was the intimidation of, you know, starting something completely from scratch. Sure. And also, like you have me to do all the infrastructure stuff. All you would have to do is figure out the lesson plan, right? And in the teaching aspect. Right. And then my other concern

21:34
was more of, I guess, whether or not, you know, if I taught at the school for a couple years or, you know, because regardless of why decide, if I take this role, I don’t plan to do it for just one year. I would basically be kind of locked in. much committed for a little committed for a while because it’s not fair to the school to constantly have to find, you know, another teacher. Right. And I definitely have a passionate side to this kind of teaching entrepreneurship.

22:04
you know, two kids early. mean, in even in our kids elementary school, I started a fair there, you know, true. So there’s, I mean, I to mention that. Yeah. My wife ran the elementary school fair. Yeah. So I think, you know, I definitely have a passion for it. I just never physically taught, you know, my extensive teaching has been being a Girl Scout troop leader and it were volunteering in the classroom. think you’d be a great teacher. Yeah. So I, know, that was my concern, but I think, you know,

22:32
I kind of, you know, maybe I’m in that, what, the imposter syndrome. Like, I feel like I need to have experience teaching before I can start my own thing. So that could be part of it. You know what’s funny about this school that my daughter goes to, most of the teachers, am I correct? They don’t really have teaching credentials. They came from completely diverse backgrounds, right? I don’t know if that’s necessarily the case. Is that not true? Yeah, I don’t think that’s the case. Maybe I made that up. But I remember you telling me that- Well, this position. Not your position, but just the teachers there in general.

23:01
No, I think most of them have teaching credentials. It’s just this position in particular, because it’s entrepreneurship. It’s not necessarily a traditional. And maybe we should be clarified. My daughter was at a private school. So it’s not a public school. So maybe that gives you a little context. But a lot of the parents or a lot of the administration, they were.

23:31
old, you know, old former former parents that they hired. Yeah. But I think the actual teachers probably all have degrees. mean, either way, I don’t think you can go wrong with either decision. And here’s what I think you know which way I’m leaning. to have full freedom over the curriculum, and just do whatever you want without asking anyone and with the potential to make money just I’m thinking to myself that this works good.

24:00
live in a summer program, it would work even better virtual. Can you imagine anyone, and I already have the audience for that too. Kids could just send their kids for the summer and come out with an e-commerce store where we would, my wife would just help them out with their websites and come up with product, value props, copy and all that stuff. And then the kid would just come out with something to be really proud of. mean, our daughter has, this is her second store now. She now sells her own jewelry.

24:28
And she’s super excited. She’s like adding new products every day and she’s super excited about it. And that’s just really rewarding watching her do that. Well, it’s rewarding also because she’s more self-directed. Right. She’s totally into it. She’s managing her own website. It’s not us pushing her to do it, which is great. Exactly. All right. So where are you at then? yeah, where are you at? I don’t know. I still don’t know. mean, well, why don’t you know?

24:57
I think I, you know, I just, I don’t know, I wanna make a big impact, right? So it’s whether or not it’s my own thing or not. I think I had some conversations with some of my friends and my family. And so, like my sister, for example, and you know, my only concern about doing it during the summer is, you know, the kids are, we only have limited number of summers left with our This would be a two week program. I know, I know.

25:26
But that’s how I’m thinking of it. I do think about limited time left with our kids. They would be in the program. They’d be helping. Well, Okay, so here’s… I think you’re using this podcast just to tell you that. Well, I’m curious what the listeners are thinking too.

25:53
So I can let me just go over the pros of the school. Okay, the infrastructure is already there. No red tape there’s already a curriculum you wouldn’t be starting from scratch and Wait for the for the for there is red tape. No, no Sorry, there isn’t red tape in that you don’t have to like there’s no infrastructure stuff. You don’t to register the business and all that stuff, right? So there’s no red tape like, you you just go and you start teaching correct and there’s already a curriculum there and you can get up and running

26:23
quickly. Also, there’s also like the credentials of teaching at like a real school, right? Right. It’s almost like self publishing versus going with with a publisher. And just to be clear, it’s not it is a part time position. So our time position, it’s not full time, right? It’s like two days a week or something. Yeah. If it was full time, I would say no, for sure. Right. Because bumblebee still got a Yeah, still got to grow. Yeah. Right. So I can see the pros there. But in this day and age, I mean,

26:53
I don’t think you’re going to be like a full-time teacher. Maybe you will. Actually, I don’t even know. What are your future plans? Do you want to teach full-time at a school later on in life, maybe once kids are off to college? I don’t think so. You don’t think so? I think I would, if I took this position, I would just continue to do it. Okay, so having this on your resume doesn’t matter. It doesn’t matter. No. And it’s definitely not about the money, for sure.

27:20
Right. So, okay, so let’s go with what are the cons of doing going out on your own? I think it’s the intimidation of building a curriculum from scratch. Okay. Right. I mean, I just happen to have 500 lessons on this. I know. But that means I have to listen to your lessons. That’s true. You have to listen to lessons, although you know most of lessons are. Yeah. Yeah. I think it’s just, you know, it’s the unknown. That unknown is why I get a little more worried about. Right. Less.

27:50
It’s less structured and I don’t think it would fail. think it definitely wouldn’t fail. I don’t think it would fail. If we went virtual, it definitely would not fail. I think timing wise, summers might be a concern for me. I know it’s only two weeks, but you know, there is a lot of building in the next year if I do do it. What are the pros of taking the position?

28:19
of taking the position. Yeah. For you. I think it’s just feeding my passion, but both things would feed my passion. Right? So there’s really no true to pro. mean, right. Like there’s nothing. I mean, if it was so easy for me to decide, it’d be so Right. I would have made a decision. The reason why I haven’t is because I see both benefits of starting my own thing and also

28:49
teaching at the school. I can tell you my pros and cons. Just a pro right now of you going there is actually it’ll force us to take you outside of the business. So right now, Jen has all this knowledge in her head that hasn’t all been documented. And there’s also these processes at our company that aren’t fully automated. They could be, but we don’t, I mean, there’s no reason to automate them. Yeah. And we’ve already kind of started the process and it’s, it’s actually good.

29:19
for the business and it’s also fun for me. So that’s a pro. So that’s a pro. And then the con also is that, I guess it’s only two days a week. So it wouldn’t even really affect Bumblebee. I don’t think it would really affect Bumblebee that much. Cause it’s one or two days a week. It’s a weird teaching schedule. It’s basically a floating schedule. it…

29:44
It’s not like every Wednesday at this time, which would have made things much easier if they could just tell me exactly what day. I know ahead of time what the schedule is, but it’s not like the same time every week, which will make things much easier. You know what I forgot to mention on this podcast? What? I forgot to mention that you’ve been running Bumblebee for like 15 years and you’re getting a little sick of it. Right. And you want to do something different, which is completely normal.

30:12
And this has been rewarding for you and this is why you need a change. And I’m all for the change. Actually, it seems like you’re not all for the change. You’re not all for the drastic change. Correct. And then maybe teaching at the school is more of like a stepping stone, I guess, since all the infrastructure is already there. Am I just putting your words in your mouth? I’m just pulling this out of right Well, think I was really excited initially about the teaching position because it’s something that I’m passionate about.

30:40
And this seemed like a nice, easy transition in my mind. It seemed like a nice transition. Plus the kids are getting older. So there’s less volunteer opportunities at both schools. So I think this was more of a way for me to still help like kids and really, you know, have them make a meaningful impact to them growing up. Because I do think learning entrepreneurship when they’re young is

31:10
better than waiting until they’re older. There’s a lot more risk. They’re willing to take more risks now. And there’s something about energy about being around like younger, younger, guess, people. there is there’s just something about like, you know, feeling like you’re giving back. So, So I rarely do this on the podcast, but I actually want your opinion.

31:38
And feel free to email Steve at mywifequitterjob.com if you’re listening to this. What are your feelings? And if you have kids actually, would you send them to our print on demand summer course? And what do you think Jen should do? You think she should just go on our own or go with the school where everything’s set? Again, she’s never taught before, formally, I should say. Formally, correct.

32:06
regularly with kids in an informal setting. You ran a Girl Scout troop, you’ve volunteered in the school for as long as I can remember. One of the advantages of having our business was that my wife could take part in all the kids’ activities. And so in my mind, you actually have a ton of experience with kids already. So I don’t think that’s a factor. I don’t think teaching is gonna be a problem. So guess the real question is then is, do you wanna go with something?

32:32
that’s completely flexible where you have to define everything yourself or you start with something that’s already established. I think the problem in taking the position is that it’s a commitment. You can’t just go in there for a year and then leave. And you also can’t just go there for a year, take the curriculum that you developed there and create your own product out of it later on, right? I think that’d be unethical. Yeah. I think the program, if we did…

33:00
the summer program would be actually quite different than the program that I would do at the school. But how so? Okay, so a couple of things, right? So the website building would be very similar, right? So actually it’d be a lot better. Yeah, probably a lot better because there’s limitations, limitations at the school for sure. I think there will be a lot more focus on the build aspect.

33:28
at the current school, product building versus print on demand. I think the curriculum on marketing and sales copy would be very similar between the two. They would be similar. You think? Yeah. Okay. It’s messaging on… You know what’s funny is like most of the products are just kind of They’re generic. No, I mean, of the teams that I saw in the past, I would say like over 50 % of the products are kind of artistic in nature. Would you agree? Yes, it’s true. Sure.

33:58
Yeah, sure. So print on demand and art is the same thing, although some people do make pretty elaborate things. Well, I mean, I think it’s more maker. Sure. Yes. Versus. I think you’re getting also a little mixed up because our daughter last year, they were expanding it to more like a digital product. That’s true. So that they’ve never done that.

34:26
So the digital product is what I was pushing for the print on demand at the school and that didn’t fly. So that is definitely more artsy versus making. I mean, I think both decisions you can’t really go wrong. I don’t think I can go wrong. think partly I think, I don’t know, I feel like it’s more risky to do.

34:48
our own thing, but I know it’s not. know there’s no risk. That’s the why. cost us zero dollars. I know. I that’s why I think it’s like, it just feels like more risky. It would just be pride. Oh, if it fails, but I don’t think it would fail. It wouldn’t fail. I know it wouldn’t fail. I’m a hundred percent sure it wouldn’t fail. Yeah. Yeah. So I think it’s just, I don’t know. It’s maybe it’s ego. I don’t know. It’s not ego, right? Like to teach at a school. Oh, it looks better to teach at a formal school for all, for sure. Yeah.

35:16
Again, similar to ebook versus a top five publisher. I mean, I’m going the ego route. For my book that’s coming out, right, I got a real publisher, HarperCollins, as opposed to doing self-publishing, because I want it in the bookshelf. mean, that’s a pure ego thing for the most part. You don’t have an ego.

35:41
Anyway, I don’t want to belabor the point here. I am curious. Feel free to email me at Steve at MyWifeCoderJob.com and let me know what your opinion is on this. you know, any email that gets there, obviously Jen’s going to see and we’ll keep you posted on what happens. Hope you enjoy that episode. Now, even though my wife and I have both started several businesses, we still sometimes get cold feet, as you could kind of tell by my wife’s reactions. But what do you think?

36:11
Should she take the job or should we start an entrepreneurship program for kids? Let me know by emailing me at steve at mywifecoupterjob.com. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoupterjob.com slash episode 415. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

36:40
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now we talk about how I use these tools on my blog.

37:08
And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

414: How To Get Into Oprah And Other Magazines For Free With Andreea Matei

414: How To Get Into Oprah And Other Magazines For Free With Andreea Ayers

Today I’m happy to have Andreea Matei on the show. Andreea is the creator of Launch Grow Joy where she helps e-commerce businesses get free publicity. 

She’s helped many shop owners get into Oprah, Vogue, Country Living etc…, and she has personally appeared in more than 200 magazines, newspapers, and TV shows. 

With the holidays right around the corner, Andreea is going to teach us how to get free press to maximize your Christmas sales.

What You’ll Learn

  • Where to find editors for popular magazines
  • How to approach a publisher to get your products included in gift guides
  • How Andreea created a successful media publicity company

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have my friend Andrea Ayers on the show. And a common question I get asked is how we were able to get into popular magazines like Brides, Martha Stewart Weddings, and Real Simple. Well, Andrea is an expert when it comes to getting free press. And in fact, we used her service long ago to get in some of these publications. And she’s helped us a lot over the years. And in this episode, she’s going to teach us how to get

00:29
featured for free in magazines. But before I begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store. And it depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores. And here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who is shopping in your store and exactly what they bought.

00:56
So let’s say want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought piece of cake and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. If you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own

01:26
and this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source for my ecommerce store and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in ecommerce and ecommerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:54
Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscope.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S T U P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that I released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a random entertaining way.

02:24
So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:36
Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. Today I have Andrea Ayers back on the show and the last time I had Andrea on was back in episode 27, I think it was 2014 or 2015, and it’s been long overdue to have her back. She is the creator of Launch Grow Joy, where she helps e-commerce businesses get free publicity. And long ago, actually, she started a t-shirt company and a soap company.

03:01
that she’s scaled by appearing in more than 200 magazines, newspapers, and TV shows. And today, she helps others replicate her success. Now with the holidays kind of right around the corner, Andrea is going to teach us how to get in magazines and television to maximize your Christmas sales. And welcome back to the show, Andrea. How are you doing? Oh, good. I’m so happy to be back. I can’t believe it’s been that long. Wow. I was just thinking about it. I can’t believe I’ve been podcasting that long. You were one of my first 30 or so people on the show, so I thank you.

03:32
Wow, that’s crazy. Yeah, I’m honored to be back. So thanks for having me back on. Yeah. So it’s actually been a long time. Do you sell physical products anymore? Or is your focus just on Launch, Grow, Joy and the media leads aspect of your business? Yeah, my focus right now is solely on Launch, Grow, Joy and media leads and helping other e-commerce entrepreneurs to grow their business through PR. So I’m not selling anything right now that could change in the future. I do have a bunch of ideas. So

04:00
at some point I may get back into the e-commerce game. Yeah. So what were your motivations for creating like a media publicity company? main motivation was actually my own business where I realized that whenever I got a mention in either a blog or a print magazine that I would get a bunch of sales. And I just kept thinking, wow, this is really where it’s at. now

04:26
This is definitely a lot different because I had my business back in 2001. So things have changed drastically and we can talk about some of those changes on the podcast today. But I just realized the power of PR and I also realized how time consuming it was. And it would just take so long to go to a website on go to Barnes and Nobles and look at the masthead of a magazine and try to figure out who the editor was and

04:54
to contact and that process was so time consuming. And I always thought I wish there was an easier way to do this, like a quicker, faster way to do it because this is so effective in terms of getting sales, but it’s so time consuming. once I sold a t-shirt business, kind of knew that I wanted to create a resource for other e-commerce entrepreneurs to get their products in the media without either spending thousands of dollars on a PR agency or

05:23
buying a PR database, which can be up to $10,000 a year, and just saving people time. So that was my main motivation with Media Leads. So last time I interviewed you, it was 2014, 2015. I’m sure media has changed drastically since then. One question I have is, getting in magazines as relevant as it was in

05:48
It’s definitely still relevant, although it’s really interesting because there have been a lot of shifts and the main shift is that a lot of print magazines are shutting down and some of them closed now in 2022. Others have been closing over the last few years and they have been focusing a lot of their efforts in their online media. So it’s interesting because there’s fewer

06:13
opportunities to get into print magazines because so many of them are shutting down. But those print magazines are constantly turning out stories like daily on their websites. So in some ways, there’s a lot more opportunity to get into those magazines, but into their online version instead of the print version. you know, there’s still, it’s still relevant to get into print magazines. People are still seeing sales from it and

06:39
I wouldn’t discount that as a strategy. I would still definitely focus on it, but just know that online is really where a huge focus is right now for editors. Yeah, so when you get into the print magazine, does that mean you get into the online website as well? Yes, most often that’s the case because they just republish their print articles onto their online websites.

07:06
And then they also publish other articles online that they don’t publish in print. but yeah, usually all of the print articles are also published online. Okay. So when you’re talking about getting publicity to these days, is it more about getting on the online website as opposed to the print media? I think it’s both. So I always recommend both. And the reason I still believe in print is because

07:33
it’s easier to get found in a print magazine than it is to get found on a magazine’s website. And let’s say, for example, the editor’s big section of a magazine, there may be only like five or six products. So your product really stands out. Whereas if you’re on their website, there could be hundreds of products that are listed in that article because there’s more room. So.

07:55
because there is less room in the print magazine, you stand out more. And people are still reading print magazines. They’re still subscribing to them. They’re still reading them. So it’s still really effective. Okay. I was just thinking like we’ve been featured in many, not nearly as many as you have for your other business, but I would say a good like 50 or so magazines and they’re always hit or miss. What would you say is more effective being in print or online?

08:25
And the only reason I ask this is because whenever we’re featured online, there’s actually a link that people can click on. Whereas in a magazine, they actually have to go and Google the company, find the product and make a purchase. Yeah. So that’s such a good question. And usually what I’ve seen is that it is hit or miss. unless you’re in one of the large, like large national magazines, like, you know, Oprah, although Oprah is not only doing one print issue a year for the holidays, but unless you are

08:54
in a large magazine like that, sales are not necessarily a direct result of publicity, but they can be. I’ve had products featured in Oprah magazines. I had a client who had over two million in sales just from that one feature. then I’ve had other clients who got into Lady’s Home Journal and Real Simple and Martha Stewart and all of those. And he’s had $20,000 in sales. then

09:22
I’ve also had clients who were featured in, I don’t know, like let’s say Time Out New York or some of the local or regional ones. And they’re like, I only got a few hundred dollars in sales and others have resulted in no sales at all. So I think it really ranges and it varies depending on the circulation of the magazine, obviously. But when it comes to online media, the reason I also focus on that and getting featured in online magazines and

09:51
blogs and online media is because of the SEO power of it and getting links back to your website. sometimes, although it’s not a direct, like it doesn’t always result in direct sales, it oftentimes results in indirect sales because it helps with Google rankings. It helps with link links back to your site. And it also helps to build credibility because as you know, sometimes it takes a bunch of times for people to see you.

10:19
before they buy your product. And I don’t know what the average is now. Last time I learned about this, was like seven to eight times or something like that. someone can see you, let’s say in the Give Guide for Organic Spa Magazine, then they’ll go to WI Co. This is a cool product. And then they’ll see you on maybe like Refinery29 and they’ll think, oh, wow, yeah, I remember seeing that product in Organic Spa Magazine.

10:48
And I remember liking it. So now here I am again in front of this product. Let me go buy it. So oftentimes it’s like that indirect sort of path that someone takes to buy your product. you talked about these articles generating millions or $20,000, how does the attribution work? It works because yeah.

11:12
usually the magazine will hit new stands like let’s say you know November 15th or something like that for the gift guide and what I’ve seen personally happen is that during like those first few days of when people get their magazine in their mailbox or on the new stands all of a sudden my sales would increase you know I have like ten thousand dollars in sales and I’ll think where did this come from and then I would realize that you know Red Book magazine just published

11:40
And then oftentimes people, so you’ll see like an increase in sales where it’s sort of out of the ordinary for what your daily sales volume is like. So you know that a certain magazine probably just got published and hit the newsstands or people’s mailboxes. So that’s one way to know. And then I would also have a bunch of people say, oh, hey, I just bought this because I just saw you in Red Book Magazine or in Shape Magazine.

12:08
So sometimes people will tell you and you’ll get emails and they will ask questions and they’ll say, hey, I just saw this in this issue, but I have a question before I buy. that’s one of the ways to know. Right. OK, so let’s go to the juicy part. How do I get in magazines? How do people get in magazines or their products? And are there certain types of products that work better than others, actually? Yes. So definitely products that are like mass consumer.

12:36
products that have a wide appeal are usually have a lot of success. So things like water bottles or certain food products or anything that’s unique but appeals to the masses has a lot more success of getting in magazines. Now there are things like baby and kids products, that’s a mass appeal product as well. But if you have like, let’s say something that is specifically

13:05
for babies and kids, but it’s maybe designed for like allergies. Well, the majority of kids don’t necessarily have allergies. So you can still get publicity for those products because there is a wide audience, but it’s just a lot smaller because it’s more of a subset of like a larger audience. So I would say that’s how, know, if it’s a product that like millions of people would use, then you know, that you have

13:34
somewhat of a success if you pursue publicity. And I had actually someone reach out to me yesterday and she’s like, I make rings that are in like the goth kind of style and I know it’s coming back, but is your platform a good fit for me because I’m not appealing to a mass audience. And in that case, it’s really not. There are a few goth publications and online websites and

13:59
For anybody like that, I would recommend you can just do like your own research because there are hundreds of publications targeted toward that audience. So that’s kind of how you would know if your product has mass appeal or not. So mass appeal, any other attributes? So for example, like let’s say I sold like office supplies. I mean, that wouldn’t be good for publicity necessarily, right? It depends. So like if you have, you know, if your office supply is something that can help

14:29
people with planning or if it’s like an office chair that helps to alleviate back pain or if it’s something that has some sort of like therapeutic thing in it that reduces stress or something like that where it’s like almost everybody has an office chair and a desk and they have supplies in their office. So that could totally be a mass product even though

14:55
It’s not necessarily something that people buy every single day or regularly, but people still use it a lot. don’t like almost everybody, especially nowadays has a home office and needs office products. so yeah, I hope that answered your question. right. So let’s say, so does the product have to be unique or special, or is it more about just kind of legwork and pitching your product to get into magazines? Like, does it need to be special or?

15:23
Um, it doesn’t necessarily need to be special. It does need to be maybe a little different or even if the product is not different, if you, if the story you share about it is different, then that can help. So it’s basically about how you shape the story that you tell to the editor as opposed to the actual product. But yes, if the product is unique, if it hasn’t been done before, if it solves a problem that

15:52
no other product can solve that, that’s always a plus. And that always really, really helps. Like the uniqueness of a product really helps. But what’s even more powerful, it’s how you tell your story to the media. Okay. That’s good to know. Okay. So let’s, let’s get started. Let’s say I want to get my product in a holiday gift guide in a magazine. Just walk me through the steps.

16:13
Yeah, so I have five easy steps that you can do. So the first one is to think about your product and think about the story that you want to tell with your product. for example, with holiday gift guides, oftentimes magazines will have a holiday gift guide category or different themes. So they will do things like gifts under $50, gifts under $100, gifts for the mom who has everything or the person who has everything or

16:42
gifts for pets, gifts for teachers and so on. you wanna think about specifically with holiday gift guides, you wanna think about, okay, what are maybe like five to 10 different ways or different themes that my product can fit in? So I’ll give you an example with my t-shirt business. I had gifts that give back because we would donate money for every t-shirt that we sold. I had eco-friendly gifts because my t-shirts are made out of bamboo.

17:10
I had gifts for everybody on your list because my t-shirt is something that you can literally give to anybody on your list. I had gifts for men because I had men’s t-shirts, gifts for babies and kids because I had babies and kids t-shirts, gifts for women. I had affordable gifts, gifts under $50. So right there, that’s eight different ways that you can categorize your product. So the first step is to think about what sort of overall themes

17:39
your product would fit in. And it’s crazy how many ideas you can come up with, you know, when you think, oh, it’s just, it’s just one, one idea that I have, but you literally can fit it into so many different things. So that’s the first, um, how do you know what magazines are looking for though? So that’s the next step. So, um, so the next step would be to think about, um, okay, what kind of magazines would I want to get my products in? What kind of magazines do my,

18:08
does my audience read? So for example, if you have yoga products, you know that a lot of your audience is gonna read yoga magazines and spa magazines and spiritual magazines, women’s magazines, fitness and health. So if you think about what does my audience read and who is this product for, those are the types of magazines that you’re gonna wanna look at. And you know, can…

18:34
A lot of people know or what do want magazines they wanna have their product in, but you can also go to Google and you can look for lifestyle magazines or you can go and look for health magazines. There’s another website called magster.com. It’s M-A-G-Z-S-T-E-R, I think something like that. And you basically, it’s like a website that has access to

19:01
almost all of the magazines that are out in publication. you can, you don’t have to buy any subscriptions or anything like that, but you can go down their list of like, what are the health magazines that are out there? What are the lifestyle ones? What are the men’s interests? So if you’re not familiar with the magazines in your niche, then you can find them that way as well. Or even Amazon has like a list of all the magazines in the categories. And the next thing you can do, can also Google,

19:30
different gift guides. So you can type in gifts for women under $50. And then you’ll see what magazines and websites in the past have done that sort of type or like that sort of gift guide. And then you can start building your list of publications and websites and online media that provide those types of gifts and that they’ve done those gifts in the past. And the chances are if they’ve done it in the past, they’re gonna do it again.

19:59
This year maybe with like a slightly different twist, but usually like the themes are the same. So oftentimes you just have to, to Google, you know, the, the magazines and online media in the industry that you’re in.

20:14
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

20:42
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

21:12
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. So given that there’s like probably thousands or tens of thousands of magazines, do you have any criteria about what to go for? Like minimum circulation, readership and that sort of thing? Or is it just shotgun effect, you get what you get? Well, it’s both. So I think when you’re first starting out with PR, it makes sense to reach out to the smaller ones.

21:40
because you’re more likely to get featured in a smaller publication and smaller magazine. So can you define small? Yeah, smaller is local and regional publications. So things that are only sold for people or only applied to people, let’s say who live in Montana or Las Vegas or, you know, Austin, Texas or whatever. So things that are geared towards a local or regional population.

22:09
and interests of that city or state as opposed to like Ladies Home Journal, which covers the entire nation. So those are the smaller ones. I don’t necessarily think that you should say, oh, this magazine has only 2000 subscribers a month. I shouldn’t pitch it. I think you should still pitch it because every little bit helps and it helps you to build your confidence and get more links back and.

22:37
It’s interesting how like the more press you get, the more press you seem to get from other places and not necessarily because like magazines don’t read other magazines to see what’s published, you know? So it’s not like that, but it’s just this crazy thing happens that like once you get publicity, you keep getting publicity. So I am a fan of reaching out to as many relevant people as possible.

23:04
if it makes sense for your brand. there’s a lot of local magazines whose website, I’m sad to say, but their websites look like crap. And it’s a website that I would never want to be associated with. So sometimes if you go to their website and it’s like, this doesn’t look professional, doesn’t look like anybody’s reading this, then I wouldn’t recommend those magazines. you kind of just have to see. But if you’re working with online media, I would say,

23:31
Usually if you want links for SEO and credibility, then it doesn’t really matter how many visitors they have. If you want sales, I would go for websites that have at least maybe like 10 or 20,000 visitors per month if you want sales. So it just depends because the goal isn’t always sales, but oftentimes it is. Is there a reason not to go for a big publication even if you’re just starting out?

24:00
Um, no, I always recommend going for the big publications anyway. The only reason where I wouldn’t do it is if you don’t have enough product to meet demand. So if you are getting featured in Oprah magazine, you better have inventory on hand, um, to sell because if you don’t and you can sell, like you just can’t keep up with demand, then that looks, that makes you look really bad and Oprah is never going to feature you again.

24:26
You know, because people will get back, you know, they’ll say, Oh, I found out about this product in your gift guide, but they’re all sold out. This is really frustrating. So you just want to make sure that you have enough inventory on hand to meet demand. If you’re going to pitch the larger publications, what is enough? I thought you, I knew you were going to ask that. Um, enough, would say, depending on how much sales you have usually, I would say.

24:55
like at least four to five times that. So if let’s say right now you only have $2,000 in inventory, I would up that to maybe like 10 to 20,000 in inventory. Not necessarily when you’re pitching the larger publications, but when you hear back that they’re gonna feature you. And oftentimes like a place like Oprah, they’ll tell you, they’ll be like, okay, we love your product. We wanna feature you, but you need to make sure you have.

25:23
at least 5,000 units on hand before we do this, because they kind of know how much demand their publication gets. So I hope that answers your So they’ll let you know, basically. Yeah, they will let you know. The really large places will. But even if they don’t let you know, you should be prepared. All right. So we have a list of publications now. Walk me through, I guess, how to get the big guys, since that’s the most interesting it seems.

25:53
Yeah, so the easiest way to do it actually is to go to the magazine’s website and see who else or see who wrote that gift guide a year ago or six months ago or the last time that gift guide came up. And oftentimes you’ll be shocked. They will tell you the name of the person who wrote it, their link to their bio on their website, and in their bio, they will give you their…

26:20
email address. know, I think Business Insider does this. Maybe Mashable does this as well. But like a ton of these magazines will tell you who wrote it and what their contact information is. So that’s the easiest way to do it. Oftentimes, if you if they don’t have the contact information, then they at least have

26:44
the name of the person who wrote it and you can search for that person and find their name on LinkedIn. You can use a database like MediaLEADS to find the contact information. You can sign up for like a media database as well. there’s different ways to do it depending on like, do you have time to research or do you have money to spend? And then you just type in the person’s name and their email address comes up if you have the money to invest into like a database or something like that.

27:14
If it’s so easy to find, that means these people probably get thousands and thousands of emails per day, right? They get more like hundreds. So I think it’s crazy. It’s easy to find, but not a lot of people do it because it’s work. And I think one of the things about PR is that you do have to, unless you’re hiring a PR firm, you do have to spend time to do the pitching and kind of personalize.

27:43
your pitch and have a great pitch that somebody is going to be inclined to answer. So yes, all of this information is out there. It’s really easy, but it takes time. And I think so many entrepreneurs don’t have the time. So oftentimes they’re not going to do it simply because they don’t have the time. so yeah, it’s okay. Yeah. Well, walk me through a good pitch.

28:12
So a good pitch is something that is short and to the point. And I usually like to say, you know, like three to four paragraphs of two to three sentences each, where the first paragraph you talk about what, you know, what do you want to be featured in? So you’ll say something like, you know, hey, Anne, I know you’re working on a holiday gift guide for XYZ Magazine, and I’d love to introduce my product to you. So you’re telling them.

28:40
why you’re reaching out, right? Cause you want to be in the holiday gift guide of XYZ magazine. And I feel like a lot of people start out with, know, we just launched a new collection and it’s so great. And it’s like, that’s not telling me why you’re reaching out. It’s like, what do want me to do with that? So I’m sure you get pitched all the time. I get pitched all the time too. And it’s like, you just want to know why the person is writing. So in your first paragraph, just tell them why you’re writing and why you’re reaching out and where you want.

29:08
to be considered for. The second paragraph, you wanna talk about a little bit about your product and why you think it’s a great fit for the readers. So you can say, I know your readers are busy moms or I know your readers love yoga or they love to travel. Here’s a couple of reasons why I think my product would be a great fit for your readers. So you’re still like, you’re making your pitch about them and why your product is good for their readers as opposed to

29:37
how wonderful your product is and what it does where it’s all about you. So you wanna keep the whole email all about them. The third paragraph, you wanna say how much your product costs. So you can say, our baby blankets, for example, range in price from 20 to $60. And you can find them at our website and list your website. If you sell on Amazon, you can link your Amazon store as well. So basically just telling them how much it costs and where you can find it.

30:06
or where the readers can buy it. And then the last paragraph would be basically just offering them a sample or more information and asking to connect with them. So you would say something like, if you’d like a sample, let me know what color you want or what kind of material you want and we’ll get it out to you right away. And I really look forward to working together and helping you find products because basically,

30:33
you need to frame your pitch as in, I’m going to help them find an awesome product for their gift guide, as opposed to my product is so great and it’s made out of organic cotton and this and that, and I’m going to tell them about it. So you just need to phrase it more like, here’s a great product that I think would be great for you. Now my product is so great, if that makes sense. So yeah, you just need to keep it really short and then

31:00
it’s always a good idea to embed an image in your pitch. So that way they can see like what your product is and exactly like what the packaging looks like and the sort of vibe that your company has without them having to go look at your website. So if they’re interested, they’re definitely going to go look at your website. But oftentimes that like that eye catching image or picture is what’s going to get them interested. So you definitely want to embed, not attach.

31:29
a photo in your email. Should it be a product shot or should it be a lifestyle image? It couldn’t be either. I often recommend anything that’s more colorful and that stands out. like if your product is, I don’t know, let’s say a white water bottle or like a silver necklace or something like that, that’s not really that bright and colorful to look at. So in that case, I would recommend lifestyle shots. I usually go for the lifestyle shots in

31:59
in the pitch email and then make other shots available for them once they’re interested and all of that. But yeah, like the more colorful and bright and happy and oftentimes the only way to convey that is through a lifestyle shot. So I tend to go for the lifestyle shots. How much of this pitch is generic versus specific to the person you’re applying to?

32:27
Most of it is going to be generic. The only thing that’s going to be specific is your intro paragraph. So in your intro paragraph, you’re going to say, am, you know, if you’re working on a holiday gift guide for Glamour magazine. you’re kind of like specifying what you want and in which magazine. So like your first sentence or two are the only things that I usually keep personal to

32:56
to the editor and the magazine, and then the rest you can kind of just copy and paste. But it has to be relevant because you’re not gonna pitch like a men’s watch to a parenting magazine, you know, and say that every mom would love this because it’s a men’s watch. So sometimes you need to change the features of your product and the benefits based on who you’re pitching. But oftentimes those are gonna be the same.

33:24
So I get pitched all the time, but I’m not expecting the pitch, nor am I looking for it. Are the people who are these editors, are they expecting people? Do they want people to submit their products? They do, because it makes their job easier. If you pitch the right way, and if you make it relevant, it really makes their job easier. And oftentimes, what I know editors do is that they have like a folder where they’ll keep your pitch.

33:53
if it’s relevant. let’s say you pitch them for holiday gift guides, but they’re now working on that for like another week or two, they’re going to file. If it’s a good pitch and a relevant product, they’re going to file that away in their holiday gift guide email folder and come back to it. So oftentimes they will do this. And it’s crazy, especially with like freelance writers, which a lot of magazines are now using freelance writers. But freelance writers even have

34:21
this thing called, I think they call it like a call for pitches where they send out like a weekly or sometimes daily email while they’re like, I’m looking for the best hammocks or I’m looking for, like I had an editor the other week say, there’s a Sriracha shortage coming up. I’m looking for like Sriracha alternatives. I think I’m saying that wrong, but so it’s like, they will reach out to their list.

34:48
of people and brands and publicists to get product ideas. So that is part of their job. in addition to seeking their own products and going to different shows and using websites, they also expect to get pitched as well. What about the subject line? What should that be? The subject line is very important. It’s actually the most important thing because it’s going to determine whether or not they’re going to actually open your email. But that subject line should be really simple.

35:17
And it should pique their interest, but not necessarily tell them too much, right? Like you don’t want to use the subject line and have like 20 different words about what your product is. So an easy subject line, effective one, can be, you know, for your holiday gift guide in Oprah magazine or product for your Valentine’s Day gift guide in Glamour magazine or just like,

35:47
a few words where you’re telling them what the pitch is about. So that way they know, you know, or like the best face wash after the beach, you know, if, you know they’re working on a product about that. So it’s like really concise, a couple of words where you can use their publication name or their website name in the subject line as well. So do you want it to be clickbaity?

36:16
Or, know, it depends. there are sometimes I’ve used the subject line, for example, quick question, right? Like who doesn’t want to open an email that says quick question? Cause it’s like, I wonder what that is. Like it picks curiosity. So those emails I’ve done that. I still do that once in a while. It is a bit clickbaity and it works. So I think you need to find a balance. Like if you’re always sending out.

36:42
an email that says quick question to everybody. Like after a while, they’re going to be like, okay, I’ve gotten messages from this person with quick question. I’m over it. Like what else is next? So I think you can experiment. Quick question does work really well though, to get your email opened. So if they’re categorizing these emails from you and their pitches, seems like you want to include your product name somewhere in the subject line. Is that right? So they can do a quick search in case they want to include it somewhere else.

37:10
Not necessarily. think including your product name. It’s like they don’t necessarily know your product, but they know like what the product could do. So I think when you’re searching an email, you can search based on the subject line or sorry, based on the body of the email as well. So yeah, I don’t recommend necessarily putting the your product name because they’re not familiar with it, you know, and they’re not going to open that email.

37:39
because of your brand name. They’re gonna open that email because of either what they’re working on is relevant or the features and benefits of your products. Yeah.

37:52
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

38:21
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

38:33
Can we talk about hit rates here? So you’re sending these pictures out. Let’s say you’ve already compiled the list of magazines. You know the editors. What I mean is it it luck or are there things that you can do to improve your chances? And what is it? Yeah. So I would say on average after sending like hundreds or possibly thousands of pictures by now.

39:01
This is going to discourage a lot of people, but I would say maybe like one to five percent would be a good response rate to your initial email. Now to your follow-up email, that can actually go between like five and 10 percent. So I always recommend following up with everybody because most likely you’re going to get featured because of your follow-up email, not because of your initial email. So

39:29
Don’t get discouraged. You are going to have to send 100 emails to get maybe five yeses and five responses or maybe 10. But yeah, it’s often, I think, one of the biggest things that discourages people. They’re like, I sent 20 emails and I heard nothing back. And I’m like, well, did you send 100? Because you need to send a little more than 20. And sometimes you will hear back after your first email or your fifth email.

39:59
But I would say, you know, if you’re looking at averages, like one to five percent would be a good response. So if you don’t get a response, do email again? Yeah. So if you don’t get a response, you’re going to wait about, I usually say about a week and then write back or follow up again. And your subject line, if it says, you know, either checking in or following up or something along those lines, those kind of click baiting.

40:28
things work really well. So on my follow-up email, I always say, you know, following up regarding your gift guide or checking in about your Mother’s Day gift guide or something like that. So yeah, you want to kind of hint that you’ve already emailed them before and that creates a bit more urgency. For your clients who’ve gotten an Oprah magazine, for example, what was special about their pitch and what was the pitch? I’ve gotten a bunch of clients. So I’ve had

40:58
a client who had Bluetooth speakers that were just like super cute and colorful. And it’s like, you look at these speakers and it was like, oh my God, those are awesome. And I know specifically with Oprah, like they love color. So it’s like, if you look at their gift guide, it’s just full of colorful products. So, and I’ve had clients in the beauty industry who have like really bright and colorful packaging. So that seems to work really well with Oprah, but

41:27
I think the most special thing about their product was their packaging. Honestly, when it came to Oprah magazine, and you need to have really good packaging, you need to have professional packaging. can’t, you know, I know a lot of like, jewelry designers and soap makers, like they, they package their products and you know, it’s cute. But it doesn’t look professional and it doesn’t look like a mass.

41:56
mass market brand, you know, that you can find the like Whole Foods or Target or something like that. So you need just like professional and good packaging. Okay. All right. So packaging is number one. Anything else that made that particular pitch stand out or is it sometimes just the right product that they’re looking for? Yeah, sometimes, you know, it’s I like to say that publicity is pitching the right person with the right product at the right time.

42:22
So it really, it really depends. Like you can have an amazing product, but if a magazine literally just like closed their holiday gift guide two days ago, your product would have been awesome, but it’s not going to make it because you pitched at the wrong time. So a lot of it is like pitching the right product to the right person at the right time. And oftentimes it’s really hard to know who is the right product with, you know, who is the right person at the right time.

42:51
which is another one, another of the reasons why I launched MediaLEADS because I was like, how do I know, you know, what their deadline is? Cause they don’t tell you, like you’re not gonna go to Mashable and see a list of, we’re looking for Bluetooth speakers and my deadline is February 2nd. Like they’re not gonna do that. So that’s where a lot of like working with an agency can be really great because they find out this information ahead of time. So what I do,

43:19
And what my assistant does is that like we reach out to editors all the time, like we’re talking to them every single week and we’re like, Hey, what are you working on? And what’s your deadline? So that way, like we know exactly what product they’re looking for and when they need it by. So oftentimes, you know, sometimes you’ll have to guess, if it’s now it’s the holiday gift guides, you know, that the national magazines are looking for products for holiday gift guides from like June to August.

43:47
is when that timeframe is, you know, but online media, they’re not going to look for that until like October or November. So you kind of have to know that information. you know, you can find that information on my website if you go, like I have every month, like the main overall themes of what magazines are looking for. So, yeah, it’s just literally pitching.

44:11
at the right time often is more important, if not as important as what the actual product is. How many times do you try until you give up? if you send out like… I personally and for my brand and with my clients, I will do the initial pitch and the follow up pitch. So I’ll try twice. And if I get no response, then I will wait like a month or two and then pitch again, maybe a different person or even the same person.

44:39
I’ll pitch them again. So for example, like let’s say ladies home journal, would maybe, you know, this month I will pitch for like a Valentine’s day gift. The next month I’ll pitch for eco-friendly products. The following month I’ll do a mother’s day gift. And I don’t always reach out to the same person. Like sometimes I’ll reach out to the associate editor, sometimes the lifestyle editor, sometimes the assistant editor, senior editor. So at these large publications, you can

45:08
shoes from quite a few different people. And usually starting out with like the lowest person on the corporate ladder is best because they get pitched or they get pitched, they get less pitches and pitch less often. So if you want to start off with like the assistant or associate editor, then move on to the senior editor, then move on, you know, to the assistant or sorry, to the like editor, the regular editor. So you kind of

45:37
can choose. But yeah, I don’t give up if my product I think is relevant, you know, and when I had my t-shirt business, it took me, I think, I don’t know, I want to say like nine months to get into Shape magazine. And I pitched them like every single month, you know, I’m like, and I did different editors that I would come back to the same editor a few months later. So yeah, it just it just takes time. And I don’t do that with every publication. I only do that with the publications that I’m like, I really, really want to be.

46:07
in this magazine. And maybe that’s like your list of top 10, you know, where like every month you’re finding a different pitch angle and a different person. Can this process be automated in any way? Sadly, no. I mean, I would say the best way to save time is to make yourself a schedule and like a plan and to say, OK, every January.

46:34
I am going to pitch online media for Valentine’s Day gift guides. Every February, I’m going to pitch national magazines for summer features. Every March, I’m going to do this. it’s like, at least when you’re pitching, you know exactly what theme you’re going to be pitching and what products you’re going to be pitching. So when you go in, you’re not just starting from scratch, but the process itself can’t really be automated.

47:02
you can buy like a media database and pull a list of like all of the fashion editors and email like 2000 of them at a time. And you can schedule emails, but that’s not as effective. It works, right? Like I’ve done that where when I had my t-shirt business, I was like, I just want to get out to as many people as I can. And I bought a media database for $5,000 and sent it out to thousands of editors. And I did get quite a few presses from that, but

47:32
So that works. But again, you can’t really automate it. You still have to select the right editors, the right magazines, write in your pitch, schedule it, and all of that. Can you comment on Harrow? Yes. So I think Harrow is great, but it’s really overwhelming. So you can definitely find a lot of good leads in Harrow. And when I have time, I look at Harrow as well.

48:00
But what happens with Harrow is that those editors get like hundreds of responses to their emails and they don’t often look at them. So the competition is really high and it just takes so long to go through each email and look for the relevant products that I find it very ineffective. But I think it’s great if you wanna like, you know, let’s say maybe you have an assistant and you’re like, hey, every morning I want you to look at Harrow and

48:29
pitch like, you know, all of the outlets that are relevant for our product. But I would say like as a business owner, as a founder, I don’t necessarily think that Harrow gives you a good investment on your time return because, obviously it’s free, but it just takes a lot of time. So the difference between what you’re talking about versus Harrow is that the people are fixed.

48:58
and you know what they’re writing about. So you’re just emailing the same people over again. Whereas Harrow, it’s different every day. Yeah, and you know, right, Harrow is different every day. And I actually got the idea to do media leads because of Harrow, because I was like, you know, imagine if there was a company like Harrow, but they only did products, right? Because Harrow is all over the place. They do experts, authors, everyone.

49:26
Um, so was like, I wonder if there’s a place that can do what Harold does, but only for products. And there wasn’t, um, at least not at the time. think now there are a few others, but, um, you know, Yeah, I was like, there has to be like an easier way. So here was great, but they’re just so inundated with like responses. And I’ve actually put up a bunch of requests on Harrow for my own business and like,

49:52
I get hundreds. If it’s something more general, I will get hundreds of pitches. And I’m like, I’ll look at maybe the first 20. And I’m like, I can’t look at the rest. It’s just too much. So yeah. Well, let’s talk about media leads. So would you say it’s like the harrow of e-commerce products? I would say so. How does it work? The main difference is that we charge a monthly fee and Harrow doesn’t. And I think they’re, I don’t know if they still do advertising or not.

50:22
as the way to get revenue. But yeah, I would say we’re very similar to Harrow in that reporters come to us or we also go to them, but we’re just focused on e-commerce products. So we have like lifestyle products and food and baby and kids products and fashion and accessories. So you can search by category. like, let’s say you have a jewelry brand, you can look at the lifestyle or the jewelry list and you know who to contact.

50:51
and what they’re working on. yeah, I would say those are some of the differences. you help write the pitch at all? is it? We don’t, we give sample pitches for gift guides and for, different things and follow up pitches. We don’t write it, but we, can review it. So oftentimes people will say, you know, Hey, I wrote my pitch. Can you take a look at it let me know what do you think about it? So we’ll like give suggestions and review it, but we don’t write it for you. Okay.

51:21
Well, where can people find your service and where are you located online? Online, we are at launchgrowjoy.com and you can go there and see a link to media leads and it explains how to sign up, shares success stories and all of the different benefits that you get and features that you get when you sign up. Cool. I know that when we got featured on the Today Show, we got 7x our orders per day for like

51:49
three days and then there was a second wave because it got syndicated somewhere. And then we got all these backlinks from that also. So yeah, all it takes is a couple of of hits and it can really boost your SEO. Totally. Yeah. And you’re so right. It’s like so many of those shows re-air, you know, and then you get a second boost and it’s like, oh, where did that come from? I didn’t do anything today. So so yeah, it’s I definitely recommend going for like

52:16
the big guys, you know, because that’s where you really see the big sales. But I think having the balance and pursuing all types of media outlets is really well-rounded because you don’t want to put, you know, all of your eggs in just one basket. Well, Andrea, was great having you back on the show. Maybe next time we won’t wait like six years. Yeah. I know. Thanks so much for having me on. I’m super excited to talk about this and it’s been fun to chat with you again. So thanks.

52:48
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now if you’re willing to do the legwork, you can get free press without spending any money at all using the strategies that Andrea taught us today. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquaterjob.com slash episode 414. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

53:14
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLA v IYO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLA v IYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

53:42
Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to MyWifeQuarterJob.com and sign up for my free 6 day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!